Blog Tools
Edit your Blog
Build a Blog
RSS Feed
View Profile
« March 2004 »
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
You are not logged in. Log in
Entries by Topic
All topics  «
BULLETIN
Wednesday, 17 March 2004


????


?????? ??????? ????? ???????


????? ??????? ??????? ?? ???????? ???? ??? ????? ????? ??????? 15/3/2004 ??? ????? ??????? ????? ??? ?????? ???? ????? ????? ??? ???? ?????? ??????? ?????? ???? ???????? ?? ????? ???????? ??? ??????? ??????? ???? ?????? ??????? ???? ?????? ?????? ?????? ???????.

?? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ????? ??????? ??????? ?????? ???? ??????? ??? ?????? ???? ??? ????????? ???????? ????? ???????? ????? ????? ?? ??????? ???? ?????? ??? ????? ???????.

-------------------------------------------------------------------

?????? ??????? ????? ???????


????? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ?????? ??????? ??? 1575 ?????? ?? ???? ??? ??? ???? ?????? ???? ??????? ?? ??????? ????????? ?? ??????? ??? 6/2004 ???? ??? ??? ???? ?????? ?? ???????? ?????? ????????? ??? ????? ??????? ???????.

???? ?? ?????? 1575 ??? ????? ????? ?? ??????? ??????? ??? ??? ??? ?????? ??????. ??? ???? ?????? ??? ???? ???? ????? ??????? ?? ???????? ???:
1- ???? ???? ???? ??????
2- ????? ???? ???? ???????
3- ???? ???? ???? ????
4- ???? ???? ??? ???? ????
5- ???? ???? ???? ????
????? ???? ??? ?????? ????? ?????? ???? ??? ????? ???? ????:
1- ??? ???? ???? ???? ??????
2- ???? ??? ???? ???????
??? ?????? ??? ????? ????? ??????? ?????? ?????? ???? ??:
1- ???? ????? ???? ???? ????
2- ???? ??? ???? ???????
3- ???? ??? ???? ????
4- ???? ???? ???? ???????

?? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ???? ???? ??? ???? ????????? ?? ??????? ???????? ?????? ?? ?????? ? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?? ???? ????? ??? ??? ????? 1575/2004 ?????? ???????? ??????? ?? ???????? ????????? ?????????? . ?????? ?????? ????????? ?????? ?? ????? ??????? ?????? ?????? ??? ?????? ?????? ??????? ?????? ????????? ?????.






SHRC Calls the 8th of March 2004 a National Day Against Emergency Laws
SHRC
Syria has been suffocating over the past 41 years as a result of the Emergency Laws which were imposed on the 8th of March 1963 following the coup de tat which brought the Ba'th Party to power. Despite the approval of a permanent constitution in 1973, which itself consisted of grave faults and shortcoming, Article 153 thereof stopped any of its contents being implemented, as it stipulated the continuance of the state of emergency, and legitimised all exceptional laws, tyrannical measures and on-site court trials that followed, all of which continue to be practiced and in effect under the pretext of countering the foreign enemy.
Throughout those 41 years, the state of emergency has expanded to include many more oppressive, arbitrary and tyrannical laws that have been enacted and many courts, both special and exceptional, have been held. Under the pretext of the martial laws, prison cells have been filled and thousands have been detained and inhumanely tortured. 17,000 political prisoners remain unaccounted for and are thought to have died under torture or have been killed in one of the many massacres committed in the prisons of Palmyra and Al-Mazza as well as in the various Intelligence and Security Force bureaus throughout Syria, following fictitious trials which lacked the most basic principles of justice and impartiality.
It goes without saying that all sections of the political, social and racial array have suffered immensely from these oppressive and arbitrary measures, and many continue to linger in Syrian prison cells because of their political views, ideas, stands, affiliations or tendencies. One of the main consequences of the imposition of Emergency Laws, was that authority and power were concentrated in the hands of a small group who took advantage of this, exercised oppression and tyranny across the board, and committed a number of massacres which claimed the lives of tens of thousands of innocent citizens.
The totalitarian authority governing Syria has proved its absolute failure in solving any of the country's political, social, economic or ethnic problems and resorted to exercising extreme oppression instead, and referred all problems through security and intelligence channels in accordance to the mandate granted by the Emergency Laws and the exceptional regulations that followed.
Furthermore, the regime failed in dealing with critical issues, ranging from the occupied Syrian lands to Syria's presence in Lebanon and many other issues no less threatening to the country and its future.
The continuation of Emergency Laws over a number of decades has resulted in the country reaching a state of total political and social collapse, economic stagnation and malfunction, widespread corruption, siphoning of national wealth and the transgression of security forces in respect to all sectors of Syrian life.
As a result of the regime's continued insistence to pursue the same oppressive means through the persistence of the state of emergency and martial laws throughout the country despite all the appeals and calls from human rights groups and civil society organisations, the Syrian Human Rights Committee has declared the 8th of March 2004 a national day of protest against the state of emergency and calls for a total upheaval and reform of political, social, cultural, ideological and economic areas, following 41 years of such an abnormal state of affairs. SHRC also calls on Syrians as well as Syria's friends and those who uphold human rights all over the world, to hold a peaceful vigil in front of Syrian Embassies on the 8th of March 2004, and call for the following:
The lifting of the state of emergency and martial laws.
The annulment of all exceptional courts and trials.
Ceasing all oppressive and exceptional laws which were issued under the state of emergency.
Stopping all tyrannical detentions and pursuits outside the realms of the law and justice.
The release of all political prisoners and prisoners of conscience, and the compensation of all those who spent years in prison and suffered immensely on all levels.
Reinstating the civil rights and liberties to all those whom were stripped thereof and compensating them for the harm that came unto them as a result.
Allowing the return of those exiled and deported whether voluntarily or forcibly and offering them legal guarantees of a safe passage.
Opening the cases of those who have disappeared and are unaccounted for and reinstating their or their relatives' rights and offering them compensation.
Reinstating the Syrian citizenship to those whom were stripped of it without due right and in contradiction of the Constitution.
Allowing public freedoms including the freedom of expression and the formation of political parties and civil organisations in order to steer the country towards a democratic future.
Accordingly, the Interim Executive Office of the Syrian Human Rights Committee in London, has decided to hold a peaceful vigil in front of the Syrian Embassy in London on Monday the 8th of March from 1.00 pm until 3.00 pm, demanding the lifting of the state of emergency and achieving the demands listed above.
The Syrian Human Rights Committee appeals to Syrian citizens in other capital cities to arrange for similar vigils on the aforementioned date.

Address of Syrian Embassy in London
8 Belgrave Square
SW1X 8PH
London

Nearest Underground Stations:
Hyde Park Corner (Piccadilly Line)
Knightsbridge (Piccadilly Line)
Victoria (Victoria, District and Circle Lines)






PLF: Abu Abbas to be buried in Syria; autopsy may prove his assassination
Omar Shibly, deputy secretary-general of the PLF, revealed to Al Bawaba that the body of Abu Abbas will now be buried in Syria. The late PLF leader was supposed to be buried in the West Bank but the Israeli government refused the request.
Shibly was thankful to the Syrian government for accepting to have Abu Abbas buried in Damascus.
"The Americans did not hand over the body yet. They accepted to hand it over to us...but they did not set a date yet." Shibly added.
Regarding whether he thinks that Abu Abbas' death was of natural causes, Shibly commented, "Personally, I am convinced that he was assassinated. He was in very good health. The last letter we got from him was a week before his death...in it he assured us that he was in good heath and spirits."
Shilby also asserted that the PLF is holding the US responsible for the death of their leader.
"An Arab and Palestinian panel will be formed to try to get to the bottom of the issue. Also, we will be asking for an international panel to investigate the incident. The most obvious proof that Abu Abbas was assassinated is because he died in US custody." Shibly added. (albawaba.com)


Arab human rights group holds Syrian government responsible for Friday's riots
Haitham Al Manaa', spokesperson for the Arab panel for human rights, told Al Bawaba Sunday that the panel has invited various Arab and Kurdish parties to meet in Paris to discuss Al Qamishli riots that took place last Friday. Al Manaa' added that the panel is also stressing the urgent need for reform.
The panel held the Syrian security apparatus responsible for the tragedy. Reports said that at least 15 people were killed in the riots that interrupted a soccer match between Syria's Jihad and Fatwa teams.
"The Syrian security apparatus are the ones to blame; they were the ones who opened fire on innocent civilians. We ask all Syrians to rise above the calls for sectarianism and to listen to the voice of reason in order to solve this issue" Manaa' told Al Bawaba.
"We are demanding a local yet independent panel to investigate the incident. In the case that such a panel is not formed, we would be willing to cooperate with the human rights organizations in Syria [within the scope of the investigation] to try to establish the parties responsible," Manaa' concluded.
Ghazi Al Deeb, director general of the Syrian Arab News Agency - SANA, (the official government news source), explained to Al Bawaba that what had happened in Qamishli was very sad indeed, however "many parties are trying to exaggerate the incident for their own political gain. A mere sporting riot was exploited to get people to leave the stadium and street-riot," Deeb added.
Syria's state-run newspapers and news agencies generally act as mouthpieces for the government.
"Kurds are an essential part of Syrian society. The Syrian government does not differentiate between its citizens, especially within its official institutions. Syria had a Kurdish prime minister in the past and the current grand mufti of Syria is a Kurd...serving his post as a Syrian rather than a Kurd," Deeb explained.
Deeb also confirmed that the Syrian government has already formed an investigative panel to look into the incident. The panel is expected to conduct a thorough investigation and bring those responsible to justice. (Albawaba)



More Kurds, Arabs reported killed in northern Syria
At least 17 Kurds were killed in northern Syria in clashes with Arabs, as unrest among the Kurdish population spread to more towns and villages, an official of a Kurdish party told reporters on Wednesday.
Mashaal Timo, a member of the political bureau of the Kurdish People's Union, said nine people were killed in the Asharafiye and Sheikh Maksud districts of Aleppo, the main northwestern city.
Another six were killed in the village of Ifrin, 40km northwest of Aleppo and two others in Ras al-Ain, on the Turkish border to the northeast, he told the AFP.
The clashes started on Tuesday and continued overnight, and followed police suppression of rioting in the city of Qamishli, in which at least 19 Kurds were reported killed at the weekend following disturbances during a football match.
Timo conveyed Arabs had also been killed at Qamishli and Arab tribesmen seeking revenge had attacked Kurdish villages along the Turkish border, including Amuda, Derik, Ain Diwar, Malkiye and Derbassiye.
According to Timo, Syrian authorities made efforts to restore calm and had held a meeting with leaders of both sides. (Albawaba.com)





Gains made by Kurds raise hopes, spur riots
By Nicholas Blanford
The Christian Science Monitor
BAGHDAD, Iraq -- It's the worst domestic unrest in Syria in two decades. Over the weekend and into Monday, Kurds rioted in several Syrian towns adjacent to Iraq and Turkey, prompting swift intervention by Syrian troops.
At least 14 Kurds died in riots, which began Friday in Qamishli during a brawl between Kurdish and Arab soccer fans. The violence reportedly began when Arab fans began chanting support for Saddam Hussein. According to diplomats in Damascus, Syrian security forces fired on the crowd, killing six people. Three children were trampled to death in the ensuing panic. Rioting the next day killed five people in Hasake, a town of Arabs and Kurds 50 miles south of Qamishli.
Violent outbursts by Syria's Kurdish minority reinforces concerns that recent political gains by Kurds in Iraq will embolden Kurds in neighboring lands to seek greater recognition. Some analysts see Kurdish ambitions for independence as a regional powder keg. Kurds have been a significant minority in Syria, Iraq, Turkey and Iran since the early 1900s, when Kurdish lands were divided as the Ottoman Empire disintegrated.
The U.S.-led war in Iraq was opposed by Syria and Iran, in part due to the potential ramifications of a resurgent Kurdish community in Iraq's north. Turkey, a regional ally of Washington, also was worried about the way the war's aftermath would impact its own Kurdish population.
Kurds in Iraq have enjoyed near autonomy for the past 12 years under a U.S. and British protective umbrella. Iraq's interim constitution, passed last week, formally recognized Kurdish control over three provinces in northern Iraq, prompting jubilant Kurds to take to the streets in Iranian cities.
The growing influence of Iraqi Kurds has apparently struck a chord with Syria's Kurdish population. Violent demonstrations such as the one over the weekend rarely happen in Syria, where the ruling Baath party maintains tight control over signs of dissent.
In the early 1970s, thousands of Arabs settled in Kurdish villages along the Turkish frontier. Kurdish place names were replaced by Arab names and the Kurdish language was banned from schools.
Restrictions on the Kurds gradually eased under Syrian President Hafez al-Assad who died in 2000.

Copyright ? 2004 The Seattle Times Company


Bashar Arriving Today for Talks
Staff Writer
RIYADH, 17 March 2004 -- Syrian President Bashar Assad will arrive here today for talks ahead of an Arab League heads of state summit later this month, an Arab diplomatic source said yesterday.
During his one-day visit, Bashar will discuss "the Arab situation, namely in Iraq and the Middle East, as well as recent developments in Syria," the source said requesting anonymity.
The reference to "recent developments in Syria" concerned the Kurdish riots which swept through several towns and villages in northeast Syria over the weekend, and which the Kingdom denounced on Monday.
Bashar's meetings in Saudi Arabia will also focus on the Arab summit in Tunis opening March 29, the source said.
Foreign ministers of the Arab League's 22 members held talks earlier this month in Cairo to draw up a blueprint for radical reform of their organization, to be submitted to the two-day summit at the initiative of Saudi Arabia, Syria and Egypt.
Egyptian Foreign Minister Ahmad Maher earlier responded to criticism of the Saudi-Egyptian-Syrian initiative saying the door was open for any other countries to join, according to Al-Watan Arabic newspaper.
He was speaking ahead of a possible further meeting between the three countries' foreign ministers to prepare for the Tunis summit.
Maher denied suggestions the three countries were forming an "axis", and said the three-way meeting was owing to nothing more sinister than the friendly relations between them.
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak met Bashar on Sunday in Damascus and discussed the need for Arab reform to come from within and not from outside the region, Egypt's state television reported Monday.
The Arab foreign ministers earlier this month also covered a US plan for democratic reform in the Middle East, an issue the ministers decided to refer to their heads of state to discuss in Tunis.
The "Greater Middle East Initiative" has been widely rejected by Arab states, who insist that any reform cannot be imposed and must be internal.
Washington hopes to launch the scheme, which it says will bolster democracy in the Middle East, during a summit of the Group of Eight (G-8) industrialized nations in June.
The US says its initiative aims to encourage democratic reform and economic opening in the Arab world and other Muslim countries.
Seven Arab countries have presented written proposals for the reform of the Arab League, including Libya and Yemen, both of which suggest changing it into an "Arab Union".
All of the written submissions agreed on the need for a collective will to implement League commitments, reform relations between Arab states, and ensure respect for each country's sovereignty.
The most intriguing procedural issue is whether to do away with the consensus required on every decision taken and getting nations to abide by what does pass by majority vote.
------------------------------------------------------
The Massacre of the Military Artillery School at Aleppo - Special Report


SHRC


On 16th June 1979, in collaboration with a number of the Combatant Vanguard (Attali'a el-Moukatillah) headed by Adnan Uqla, Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf, the officer on duty (in charge of moral and political steering and head of Ba'ath Party Unit) at the Military Artillery school, located at el-Ramouseh district in Aleppo province, committed a massacre, killing 32 cadets and wounding 54 others. The culprits targeted cadets from the Alawite sect, however the then minister of information Mr. Ahmad Iskander Ahmad stated that they included Christians and Sunni Muslims.

The then Syrian minister of the interior, Mr. Adnan Dabbagh accused, in an official statement on 22nd June 1979 the Muslim Brotherhood Organisation for being behind the killings. He said: " The latest of their (Muslim Brotherhood) assassinations was that in the artillery school in Aleppo, where they were able to bribe a member of the armed forces, Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf, who was born in Tadif, a village in the Governorate of Aleppo. They utilised his presence and his powers on the day when he was duty the officer at the school. On the evening of Saturday 16 June, el-Yousuf was able to bring a number of criminals of the Muslim Brotherhood organisation into the school. He then called the cadets to attend an urgent meeting in the mess hall. When they rushed from their beds in response to his orders and came to the hall, he ordered his criminals accomplices to open fire. Automatic weapons were fired and hand grenades were thrown. In a few moments, 32 unarmed young cadets were killed and 54 wounded."

On their part, the Muslim Brotherhood Organisation denied any knowledge of the carnage prior to its occurrence, they also denied any involvement in a statement distributed two days later, on 24th June 1979. The statement was entitled: A Statement from Muslim Brotherhood about facts finding and history testimony regarding the artillery school incident in Alepp "The Muslim Brotherhood organisation was surprised, exactly as the others were surprised at the campaign launched against them by Adnan Dabbagh, the Syrian minister of the interior, accusing them of treason and treasury ..., charging them with things which he is well aware that they have nothing to do with. He blamed them for the carnage committed at the artillery school and also the assassinations that took and are still taking place in Syria."

In their statement, Muslim Brotherhood made clear that the group that committed the carnage, including Ibrahim el-Yousuf are well known to the Syrian authority, and that they have nothing to do with Muslim Brotherhood: "a- Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf who committed the carnage at the artillery school in Aleppo is known as an active member of the (ruling) Syrian Ba'ath Party. He has not any connection with Muslim Brotherhood. So, why his actions are imputed to Muslim Brotherhood ? "

In the aforesaid statement, the Brotherhood challenged the Syrian authority to give any evidence about their involvement in the massacre: " The Muslim Brotherhood challenges any authority in the world to prove, via neutral inquest, whether their leadership or members have ever committed violence; nonetheless the Syrian rule have found many adversaries who believe in the use of violence."

Twenty years later, the present leader general of the Syrian Muslim Brotherhood Mr. Ali Sadruddin al-Bayanouni defended his organisation's innocence when interviewed by " No Frontiers" programme transmitted by Aljazeera satellite channel on 7th July 1999: "the Syrian authority made us responsible for incidents which we have nothing to do with, like the artillery school massacre, despite the fact that we issued a statement revealing our position. Those who committed the carnage left their statements", he said Mr. Husni Abo, the leader of the "Combatant Vanguard" who was arrested after the massacre and executed in prison in 1980, said in a televised interview (while still in custody) broadcasted by the Syrian TV in 1980 that he had not approved the massacre. It is said also that Mr. Abdusattar el-Zaim who was killed by the authority near Damascus (1979) and who led the Vanguard after the death of Marwan Hadid in prison (1975) was also against executing the massacre. In the meanwhile Adnan Uqla was very determined to carry out the action. He planned for the massacre and committed it in collaboration with Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf.

Immediately after the massacre, a country-wide campaign was started to uproot the Muslim Brotherhood organisation. In two weeks time, the authority had already arrested about 6000 citizens. Fifteen Muslim Brotherhood members already in prison were executed. The decree issued by the supreme state security court on 27th June 1979, some of whom had been in jail since 1977 all of them have nothing to do with this issue.

Cairo radio commented on the Syrian authority's executions on 10th July 1979: " The Syrian authorities have tried to put the blame for the massacre on the Muslim Brotherhood so as to divert attention from the covert conflict between Alawis and Sunnis within the Syrian party... The members of the Muslim Brotherhood who were executed recently had been detained in Syrian prisons since 1977 and had no connection with the artillery school incident."

The Brotherhood's statement we quoted, regarded the accusation as a pre-arranged plot made by the authority to trap and condemn the Muslim Brotherhood: " Numerous Muslim Brotherhood's leaders and members have been detained for months, and some of them for years. Is the announcement issued by the authority yesterday no more than a plot to condemn them (Muslim Brotherhood) with something they have not done ?"

The Syrian authority linked between the artillery school massacre and the external opposition supported by the Egyptian president regime of Anwar Sadat, because of the former refusal to sign a peace treaty with the Zionists as the latter did: " These people moved immediately after the (Egyptian-Israeli)Sinai agreement (signed in September 1975). Their criminal actions escalated following al-Sadat's visit to Jerusalem (in November 1977), and again following the signing of the shameful and humiliating agreements with the Zionist enemy. They began a series of assassinations in Syrian cities, in Aleppo, Hama and Damascus. The victims included innocent citizens in various walks of life and of diverse employment."

The brotherhood's response was very critical : " It is incredible to accuse the Brotherhood of dealing with Israel, however , their struggle on the land of Palestine is known to all, meanwhile the others (Syrian authority) bear the responsibility of the successive defeats." " The (Syrian authority) claims that the Brotherhood are acting in favour of Camp David treaty is refuted by the fact that they are the only party who sincerely and insistently refuse a Jewish state on even a foot of the Palestinian land."

The Combatant Vanguard members (Attalia Almoukatilah) wrote their organisation's name on the board in the mess hall, recording their responsibility for the operation, leaving literature that confirmed their liability and disclosed their motives behind the massacre. Moreover, a year later on 11th June 1980, Adnan Uqla confirmed the Vanguard's responsibility for all military actions taken, including the massacre at the artillery school. He stated: " The Combatant Vanguard has its independent leadership since its conception in 1975, the Combatant Vanguard is the only party responsible for the historical confrontation resolution with the ignorance (Syrian regime)..."

Names of the main figures who planned and executed the massacre of the artillery school in Alepp

1- Adnan Uqla : born in 1953, an architect, resident of Aleppo, his family come from southern Syria. His membership in Muslim Brotherhood was terminated either in 1974 or 1977 because of his opinions regarding the armed confrontation with the Syrian regime.

2- Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf: An active member in the Ba'ath Arab socialist party and the officer of moral and political steering at the artillery school. He was born in Tadif village in the governorate of Aleppo. It was said that his brother was killed by the Syrian authorities and he determined to avenge him. Other sources said that Adnan Uqla convinced him to work for the Combatant Vanguard.

References:

1- Statement of the Minister of the Interior, Adnan Dabbagh. Radio of Damascus, 22/6/1979

2- Islamic parties and movements: edited by Faysal Darrage & Jamal Barout. (Arabic)

3- Statements of Muslim Brotherhood in Syria (24th June 1979 - 1st October 1979) (Arabic)

4- The struggle for power in Syria. Nikolas Van Dam (English)

5- Islamic struggle revolution in Syria : Omar abdul-Hakim (Arabic)

6- Without Frontiers programme 7th July 1999, Aljazeera Channel (Arabic Video)





------------------------------------------------------

Pro-reform Saudi scribe arrested
by
Wednesday 17 March 2004 4:25 PM GMT
Saudi security services have arrested a journalist who criticised the arrest a day earlier of a group of Saudi reformers, three of whom have since been released.
Speaking to Aljazeera on Tuesday, Abderrahman al-Lahem, who is based in Saudi, had said the arrest of the reformers was "contrary to the law".
He advocated "freedom of expression, a priority for economic reform" envisaged by the authorities.
Sources close to the reformers on Wednesday said Saudi security forces had arrested some 10 reformers since Tuesday, including academics who were among 116 signatories to a petition to the government in December calling for transforming the kingdom into a constitutional monarchy.
Release
The sources added that three of the reformers had been released on Wednesday while the rest were still in detention.
They named the three as Khaled al-Hamid and Adnan Al-Shakhs, both academics, as well as Abdul Rab Abu Khamseen, an activist.
An official with the Saudi interior minister confirmed the arrest "of a limited number of individuals for questioning about statements they issued that do not serve national unity and the social fabric built on the rules of Islam," said the official SPA news agency.
The official provided no further details of the number or identity of those arrested.
AFP
By
You can find this article at:
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/2579DBB0-414D-4360-B913-FAB54A47673F.htm

Posted by maximpost at 11:51 PM EST
Permalink

>> WHATEVER HAPPENED TO THE IRAQI REGIME'S SHIPS?
New al-Qaida threat:
15-ship mystery navy
U.S., Brits fear high-seas terror posed by bin Laden's vessels
Posted: September 29, 2003
1:00 a.m. Eastern
? 2003 WorldNetDaily.com
Osama bin Laden's al-Qaida network has purchased at least 15 ships in the last two years - creating, perhaps, the first terrorist naval force, reports Joseph Farah's G2 Bulletin.
Lloyds of London has reportedly helped Britain's MI6 and the U.S. CIA trace the sales made through a Greek shipping agent suspected of having direct contacts with bin Laden, the online intelligence newsletter reported.
The ships fly the flags of Yemen and Somalia - where they are registered - and are capable of carrying cargoes of lethal chemicals, a "dirty bomb" or even a nuclear weapon, according to G2 Bulletin's sources. British and U.S. officials worry that one or more of these ships could hit civilian ports on a suicide mission.
The freighters are believed to be somewhere in the Indian or Pacific oceans. When the ships left their home ports in the Horn of Africa weeks ago, some were destined for ports in Asia.
The U.S. Department of State Friday warned citizens overseas that the threat of terror attacks did not end with the passing of the September 11 anniversary - specifically mentioning the threat of maritime terrorism.
"We are seeing increasing indications that al-Qaida is preparing to strike U.S. interests abroad," said the State Department's "Worldwide Caution."
"It is being issued to remind U.S. citizens of the continuing threat that they may be a target of terrorist actions, even after the anniversary date of the September 11 attacks and to add the potential for threats to maritime interests."
"Looking at the last few months, al-Qaida and its associated organizations have struck in the Middle East in Riyadh, in North Africa in Casablanca and in East Asia in Indonesia," the State Department said.
The report continued: "We expect al-Qaida will strive for new attacks that will be more devastating than the September 11 attack, possibly involving non-conventional weapons such as chemical or biological agents. We also cannot rule out the potential for al-Qaida to attempt a second catastrophic attack within the US. US citizens are cautioned to maintain a high level of vigilance, to remain alert and to take appropriate steps to increase their security awareness," the warning said.
G2 Bulletin sources say other potential targets of the al-Qaida armada, besides civilian ports, include oil rigs. Another threat is the ramming of a cruise liner.
Some British navy officials have expressed concerns about not being able to patrol its coasts adequately against such a threat.
If a maritime terror attack comes, it won't be the first. In October 2000, the USS Cole, a heavily armed ship protected with the latest radar defenses, was hit by an al-Qaida suicide crew. Seventeen American soldiers died. Two years later, following the attacks on the Twin Towers, a similar attack was carried out against a French supertanker off the coast of Yemen.





>> KUWAITI TROUBLES?

2 Kuwaiti Firms Win New Iraq Fuel Deals
Both Were Halliburton Subcontractors
By Mary Pat Flaherty and Jackie Spinner
Washington Post Staff Writers
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A18
Two Kuwaiti companies involved in the Pentagon's criminal investigation of possible overcharges in a previous Halliburton Co. contract to import fuel into Iraq have been awarded new contracts for the same purpose.
Altanmia Commercial Marketing Co. yesterday won a $39.9 million contract to transport gasoline and diesel fuel to southern Iraq. Altanmia was the lowest of 19 bidders, said Lynette Ebberts, a spokeswoman for the Defense Energy Support Center.
The support center took over the job of finding fuel suppliers from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, which gave the original contract to KBR, a Halliburton subsidiary. The Pentagon is investigating possible overcharges of $61 million in that contract and has referred the matter to the Justice Department.
Altanmia will transport fuel on behalf of Kuwait Petroleum Corp., which yesterday won an $80 million contract to supply fuel to southern Iraq -- and was also the supplier under the KBR contract. Kuwait Petroleum is a private corporation that manages Kuwait's state-owned oil sector.
An Altanmia spokesman could not be reached last night and a spokeswoman for Kuwait Petroleum in Washington declined to comment, referring questions to headquarters in Kuwait, where offices were closed.
Kuwait Petroleum will charge $1.08 a gallon for gasoline and Altanmia will charge 42 cents a gallon to transport it, according to documents obtained by The Washington Post. The deal under investigation included a price of $1.17 a gallon for gasoline and $1.21 a gallon for transportation, according to U.S. Rep. Henry A. Waxman (D-Calif.). With Halliburton's markup, the price rose to $2.64 a gallon, said Waxman, who has been a strong critic of Iraqi contracts awarded to Halliburton, which Dick Cheney headed from 1995 until 2000.
The Corps of Engineers yesterday declined to comment on the original contract because it is under investigation. The new contract is for three months, while the original was month-to-month.
"Altanmia dramatically reduced its transportation prices to win this contract. This raises many questions about why Halliburton was charging taxpayers so much more for the very same services," Waxman said in a written statement yesterday. "The new contract shows that real competition can save the taxpayers millions of dollars."
In a separate deal yesterday, the Shaheen Business and Investment Group (SBIG) won a $71.8 million contract to purchase and transport gasoline to southern Iraq from Jordan, at $1.18 a gallon. Headquartered in Amman, Jordan, SBIG is a multinational set of companies that includes Cemex Global Inc. of Washington. It also has a contract to train Iraqi police.






>> THE OTHER GPS?

Israel Signs Up for EU Satellite Navigation Project
Wed Mar 17,12:40 PM ET
BRUSSELS (Reuters) - Israel agreed on Wednesday to take part in the new multibillion-dollar satellite navigation system being developed by the European Union (news - web sites), the European Commission (news - web sites) said.
Galileo, which will be a European version of the already existing U.S. Global Positioning System (GPS), will become operational in 2008. China has already agreed to take part.
"This lays the basis for Israel's active participation in the (Galileo) program," the Commission said in a statement after an agreement was initialed in Jerusalem.
The EU in February reached a landmark agreement with the United States on radio frequencies to enable Galileo to work alongside GPS, dispelling severe reservations in the Defense Department and NATO (news - web sites).
Galileo's planned system of 27 satellites has a range of potential uses from guiding cars and ships or landing military aircraft to precision positioning in engineering projects.
Neither European Commission nor Israeli officials could immediately give a figure for how much Israel would invest in the project. Sources on both sides have suggested it would be tens of millions of euros, although one said Israel might contribute a maximum of $100 million.
China has put up 230 million euros ($283.7 million) and India, which is negotiating to join, has spoken of 300 million euros. ($1=.8106 Euro)
------------------------------------------------------------
>> BUZZ WATCH...

-Kim Jong-Il for first time acknowledges famine to military but vows they will eat well...
-N. Korea builds massive database on its 23 million citizens as market reforms begin...
-CIA: N. Korea ready to test missile 'capable of reaching' California...
-Report: N. Korea, Iran secretly met for talks on uranium enrichment in January...
-Mobile phone ties S. Korean to major drug deal between N. Korea and Japan...
-China silent on evidence of its key role in Libya, Khan's nuke network...
-Chinese commander pushes to develop bases on disputed Spratlys...
-Jiang comeback: Former president seen as force behind military buildup - Former Chinese President Jiang Zemin, who left office last year but continues to hold power as chairman of the Central Military Commission, is growing in power, U.S. official said. Jiang is believed to be the driving force behind the secretive Chinese communist leadership structure for building up the armed forces. Last week Jiang called for speeding up the military buildup of Chinese forces. Jiang spoke at a conference of National People's Congress deputies. In his remarks Jiang called for China to initiate a "revolution in military affairs" using advanced weaponry and modern warfare tactics and strategy...
-Drug smugglers dressed as clerics flourish on Iraq-Iraq border...

-------------------------------------------------------
>> SAUDI CONVERSATIONS - one step forward, two steps back?


Saudi Press Seen as More Free
http://www.npr.org/rundowns/segment.php?wfId=1775704
?
from All Things Considered, Wednesday, March 17, 2004
Journalists in Saudi Arabia appear to be enjoying more freedom than at any other time in the history of the desert kingdom. Articles advocating political reform and women's rights and criticizing the conservative religious establishment are now commonplace in Saudi newspapers. NPR's Mike Shuster reports.


washingtonpost.com
Saudi Arabia Detains Reformers
Reuters
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A17
RIYADH, Saudi Arabia, March 16 -- Saudi Arabia detained several prominent reformers Tuesday in a move their supporters described as a major setback to democratic change in the conservative Islamic kingdom.
An Interior Ministry source, quoted by the official Saudi Press Agency, said the men were being questioned for issuing announcements that "do not serve national unity or the cohesion of society based on Islamic sharia law."
Sources close to the detainees said eight people had been taken in by police, including former university professors Abdullah Hamid and Tawfiq Qussayer. Hamid was one of more than 800 people who signed a letter to Saudi Arabia's de facto ruler, Crown Prince Abdullah, urging that a timetable for political reforms be implemented in the Persian Gulf state, which is under pressure to open up its absolute monarchy.
Also detained were Matrouk Faleh, a professor of politics at King Saud University in Riyadh, and Mohammed Said Tayyib, a retired publisher. Four others, including poet Ali Dumaini, were also being held.
"This will make people lose trust in the government and their promises. It contradicts 100 percent what they have been promising," said one academic with ties among the detainees.
Saudi Arabia has come under pressure from Washington to reform following the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, which were carried out mainly by Saudis. The government has promised to hold municipal elections by October, and this month the country's first independent human rights organization won royal approval.
The country has also introduced changes to its educational and religious institutions, which promote an austere version of Sunni Islam and are blamed by critics for creating a fertile environment for militants.
On Monday, Saudi security forces killed a Yemeni man believed to be a leading al Qaeda figure in the kingdom, officials said.
The Saudi Press Agency quoted an Interior Ministry source as saying Khaled Ali Ali Haj, reported to be a senior al Qaeda figure, was killed in a shootout in Riyadh along with another suspected militant, Ibrahim bin Abdulaziz bin Mohammad Muzainy.
Haj had been wanted by Saudi authorities since May, when his name was published along with those of 18 other suspected al Qaeda operatives. Days later, suicide bombings blamed on the al Qaeda network killed at least 35 people in Riyadh, including several Americans.

? 2004 The Washington Post Company

----------------------------------------------------
'Liberating' Saudi's Shi'ites (and their oil)
By Ashraf Fahim
If the rulers of Saudi Arabia held out any hope that the post-September 11, 2001, demonization of their kingdom was finally waning, then someone in Riyadh should pick up a copy of An End to Evil, a recently published neo-conservative roadmap for "winning" the "war on terror". In it, David Frum, an ex-speechwriter for President George W Bush (and inventor of the term "axis of evil"), and Richard Perle, the eminence grise of the neo-con fraternity, suggest that the United States should bring Saudi Arabia to heel by threatening to support independence for the country's Eastern Province or Al Hasa (also known as Ash Sharqiyah), where much of Saudi Arabia's minority Shi'ite population and, coincidentally, most of its oil is situated.
While the continuing turmoil in Iraq might inhibit lesser souls even to consider tinkering with the map of the world's most important oil producer, Frum and Perle are made of sterner stuff. Lamenting the discrimination suffered by Saudi Arabia's Shi'ites at the hands of the Sunni elite, whose power base lies in Najd and Hijaz in the center and west of the Arabian Peninsula, they deduce that "it is not bigotry alone that explains these Saudi actions, but also their fear that the Shi'ites might someday seek independence for the Eastern Province - and its oil". If this fear were somehow brought to fruition it "would obviously be a catastrophic outcome for the Saudi state. But it might be a very good outcome for the US."
There is, of course, nothing new in the suggestion that, in extreme circumstances, the United States might seize strategically important oilfields in the Persian Gulf region. Such a step was contemplated at an advanced level by the administration of president Richard Nixon during the 1973 Arab oil embargo. But some observers believe that the events of September 11, as well as the frailty of the House of Saud and the Shi'ite awakening in Iraq, have given this contingency new life.
Dr Sa'd al-Fagih, head of the London-based Saudi opposition group the Movement for Islamic Reform in Arabia (MIRA), says the military plan to "liberate" Al Hasa is already in place but would only be considered if the US-friendly House of Saud falls. In that event, he claims, the US "has made preparations to isolate the Eastern Province militarily". US bases in Qatar and Kuwait are aimed, he says, "at the north end of the Eastern Province and at the south end of the Eastern Province. So the scenario is, America will take over in a line extending from Kuwait, down to Dammam [the capital of Al Hasa] or down to Qatar." With the oilfields secure, they will "leave Najd and Hijaz to their fate".
Whether or not al-Fagih's claims are accurate, other observers of the situation in the Gulf are dismissive of neo-con fantasies about partitioning Saudi Arabia. Professor Gary Sick of Columbia University, who served on the National Security Council staff under presidents Jimmy Carter, Gerald Ford and Ronald Reagan, calls the idea typical of the kind of "irresponsible dreaming about the types of changes that can be brought about in the Middle East" now commonplace. However, he says, "admittedly some of those dreams have come true in these last few years".
The current plan to "liberate" Al Hasa has its genesis in the post-September 11 bipartisan Washington consensus that Saudi Arabia is, to some degree, a problem in the "war on terror". Many in Washington allege that the kingdom has financed, offered ideological inspiration to and provided the manpower for al-Qaeda and its fellow travelers. The more extreme ideologues such as Frum and Perle say that Saudi Arabia "deserves its own place on the axis of evil", and have zeroed in on the ethnic peculiarities in the Eastern Province as a possible trump card in pressuring the kingdom.
That perspective gained voice at an April 2002 panel discussion at the Hudson Institute, an influential conservative think-tank, titled "Saudi Vulnerability: The Source of Middle Eastern Oil and the Eastern Province". On the panel were Ali al-Ahmed, head of the Saudi Institute, a Washington-based Shi'ite opposition organization, and Max Singer, co-founder of Hudson. No transcript was available for the event, but the tone can perhaps be discerned from an article Singer subsequently authored titled "Free the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia".
For Singer, the diffusion of Sunni Wahhabi "extremism" abroad could be eliminated by severing its source of funds - oil. A conference at Hudson in June 2002, titled "Oil, Terrorism, and the Problem of Saudi Arabia" and hosted by Republican Senator Sam Brownback, allowed various anti-Saudi luminaries to expand on that theme. "One has to think in terms of intervention in the oilfields, which are conveniently all on one side," noted panelist Simon Henderson, a British writer on Saudi Arabia. "And I dare say there are at least a few people in the Pentagon who plan this one day by day."
The neo-cons discover 'Petrolistan'
Though the Saudi Shi'ite grievance has been newly championed by the neo-cons for transparently realpolitik reasons, it does have a legitimate basis in the religious and political discrimination the Shi'ites have suffered. The Shi'ites have been excluded from positions of power and certain professions, hindered from fully practicing their faith and subject to hostility by some in the conservative Sunni religious establishment. In addition, though they make up a large part of the workforce at Saudi Aramco, Shi'ites have watched the oil wealth flow west to Najd and Hijaz. Thus intermittent uprisings have erupted since Al Hasa was incorporated into the Saudi realm in 1913, most recently after the Shi'ite Iranian revolution emboldened their co-religionists throughout the Persian Gulf.
Various estimates put the Shi'ite population at 5-10 percent of the 17 million native Saudis, and it is possible they constitute a majority in Al Hasa. Thus far, the priority for the Shi'ite opposition has been equal rights within the Saudi state, and it is not at all clear that they would welcome US intervention on their behalf.
The aspirations of the Shi'ite, however, are not the priority of the advocates of a "Muslim Republic of East Arabia", as Singer dubbed it. And this kind of neo-con grand strategizing, based largely on ethnic number-crunching, strikes Sick as foolhardy. The notion of disrupting a country "as important as Saudi Arabia requires a lot more serious thought than the idea that there are just a bunch of Shi'ite running around the Eastern Province", he says.
Neo-con scheming could also potentially stir sectarian strife inside Saudi Arabia. Crown Prince Abdullah, the country's de facto ruler, recently took the unprecedented step of accepting a petition from prominent Shi'ites, titled "Partners in the Homeland", calling for greater rights. Such attempts at reconciliation could be undermined if the Shi'ites, unjustly or not, are seen to be conspiring with outsiders to break up the Saudi state.
The Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia is not the only place where the Sunni-Shi'ite divide plays out atop large reserves of black gold. A sectarian power struggle simmers throughout the Gulf, and some see in the Shi'ite revival in Iraq the makings of a significant shift in power. "Now that the dust of the Iraq war has settled, it is clear the Shi'ites have emerged, blinking in the sunlight, as the unexpected winners," wrote Mai Yamani, a research fellow at the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London. "[The West has] also woken up to the accident of geography that has placed the world's major oil supplies in areas where they [Shi'ites] form the majority: Iran, the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia, Bahrain and southern Iraq. Welcome to the new commonwealth of 'Petrolistan'."
The concept of an emerging "Petrolistan" feeds into the growing paranoia in the region that the Shi'ites are conspiring with the United States to dismantle Sunni hegemony across the Middle East. But Sick says such paranoia is misplaced. "I don't think there is a Shi'ite policy," he says. In fact "the US tends to be very nervous about Shi'ite governance". He notes, among other things, hostile relations between the US and revolutionary Iran, and the US failure to topple Saddam Hussein in 1991 precisely out of fear of a Shi'ite takeover of Iraq.
For the time being, the idea of liberating Saudi Arabia's Eastern Province remains on the fringes of US policymaking, and in fashion among the mandarins of think-tanks such as the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies, the Hudson Institute and the American Enterprise Institute (AEI). But, says Sick, it "has acquired no significant following in the administration".
Unfortunately for Riyadh, the fringes have become the nursery for future policy, and the fashions of the neo-cons often become conventional wisdom for the grown-ups in the Bush administration. Anyone who followed the policy prescriptions of AEI's "black-coffee breakfast" seminars prior to the invasion of Iraq, for example, would recognize a stunning similarity in the way US policy in Iraq has evolved.
At present, however, Al Hasa's would-be liberators appear cognizant of the limits of their influence and content to use the threat of partition to browbeat the Saudis into obeisance in the "war on terror" and the construction of a new Iraq. The threat is also intended to ensure that Saudi Arabia doesn't think about using its own oil as leverage in the Arab-Israeli conflict, the context in which invasion was first discussed in 1973.
Frum and Perle are frank about the strategic utility of their proposal. "We would want the Saudis to know that we are pondering [partition]. The knowledge that the US has options other than abjectly accepting whatever abuse the Saudis choose to throw our way might have a 'chastening' effect on Saudi behavior."
Some observers have suggested that the chaotic situation in Iraq signals the waning of the neo-conservative star that rose after September 11. Whether or not this is the case, political fortunes can change quickly in Washington. Another Bush term could easily embolden the neo-cons, and if, as so many predict, the House of Saud falls, they could undertake their grandest delusion yet.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Saudi chastises Arabs for blaming U.S.
'If I were a Shia and from Iraq, I'd pray ... that America remained'
Posted: March 17, 2004
1:00 a.m. Eastern
? 2004 WorldNetDaily.com
Taking an unusual stance, a columnist for the Saudi English-language Arab News criticized Arabs for blaming the U.S. for recent terror attacks in Iraq.
Muhammad Al-Rasheed chastised Shia clerics in a column last Wednesday for blaming the U.S. for the recent attacks against Shia in Karbala and Baghdad, reported the Middle East Media Research Institute.
Arabs tend to "blame others and shun the facts," he said, pointing out prominent clerics, including some in Lebanon, have pinned responsibility on the U.S.
"Mind you, this America is the [same one] the Shia are now talking to so they can finally govern themselves for the first time in 1,400 years," al-Rasheed said.
"If I were a Shia and from Iraq, I'd pray to the Almighty that America remained in Iraq until the country was stable and on its feet again," he continued. "Otherwise, the Karbala massacre will be just a trailer for the full version of an unbelievable horror show."
Al-Rasheed said he found the reaction of the clerics "overwhelming" while "the blood is still hot and streaming down the streets of Iraq."
Bomb attacks March 2 in the Shia holy city of Karbala and in Baghdad killed more than 100 people as millions of pilgrims packed streets for the Ashura ceremony, one of the holiest in the Shia calendar.
Al-Rasheed challenged the clerics to "name names and point fingers in the right direction."
"We are sick and tired of this kind of behavior," he said. "We honestly have had enough of it and cannot blame the world for looking at us and wondering if we retain any shred of humanity. The creed that sanctions blowing up worshipers in mosques (or any other religious venue for that matter, including office buildings since Islam says that work is worship) should be declared the public enemy of humanity. The U.N. should vote on that publicly and let us count the votes and identify those who vote against the motion."
Al-Rasheed called the terrorists who carried out the attacks more barbarous than ousted Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein.
"The perpetrators have an agenda more vicious than anything Saddam could have dreamed up," al-Rasheed said. "Saddam killed and maimed to maintain his rule by brute force. These people kill and maim to turn people against each other and to satisfy a bloodlust based on elitism in theological terms. In other words, they want to win in this world and go to heaven in the next. I don't think Saddam was that optimistic; otherwise, the Americans would not have found him alive in a hole."
Al-Rasheed said, "Just when we seem to have moved a step forward, something happens to make us take 10 steps back," said. "Sacrificial blood in Karbala and Baghdad is nothing new but the latest atrocity on the most sacred day for the Shia was a criminal act of monstrous proportions. The carnage and the spectacle were on a scale not seen since the last sacking of Karbala over a century ago."


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Syria arrests hundreds as riots sweep the nation
Regime blames U.S. after American flags spotted in protests
SPECIAL TO WORLD TRIBUNE.COM
Wednesday, March 17, 2004
Syrian military troops and police have arrested hundreds of Kurds suspected of being involved in the anti-regime riots in cities throughout Syria over the weekend.
Kurdish sources said Syrian intelligence arrested hundreds of suspected Kurdish separatists in Aleppo and surrounding communities. The unrest was sparked by a soccer riot on Friday in the town of Qamishli near the Turkish border.
Syrian officials have accused the United States of fomenting the Kurdish riots. They said the Kurds, who raised U.S. flags during anti-regime demonstrations, were connected to the U.S.-aligned Patriotic Union of Kurdistan in northern Iraq.
The unrest was termed as the worst in Syria since the Islamic insurgency against Damascus in the early 1980s.
The sources said Syrian troops, backed by main battle tanks and armored personnel carriers, patrolled towns and cities, including Damascus.
On Monday, Kurdish sources reported that Kurdish insurgents killed the son of a Syrian governor in the Aleppo district. They said the insurgents also raided an Aleppo prison and freed an unspecified number of inmates.
In the Qamishli area, government buildings and police cars were attacked and in one case, a security police headquarters was torched. At one point, the sources said, Kurdish unrest reached Damascus.
Syrian officials said six Kurds were killed, all of them trampled to death in the soccer match in Qamishli. Kurdish leaders aligned with the government said at least 19 Kurds were shot dead in clashes with Syrian forces.
But on Tuesday, the Turkish daily Hurriyet, quoting Kurdish sources, said more than 100 people have been killed in the clashes. Earlier estimates placed the casualty toll at 80.
On Monday, Kurds in the northern Iraqi town of Suleimaniya demonstrated in solidarity with Kurds in nearby Syria.
On Monday, Syria acknowledged the extent of the damage from the Kurdish unrest. Syrian authorities released footage of torched cars, damaged buildings and even defaced portraits of the late Syrian President Hafez Assad, father of the current president.
Syrian authorities has closed the border crossing of Nusaybin with Turkey. Kurdish sources said Turkish nationals in Qamishli were attacked during the unrest and their vehicles torched. They said the Turks have returned to Turkey.

------------------------------------------------------------
>> HEIMAT WATCH...

Homeland Security bureau studies lessons of Spain bombings
By Chris Strohm
cstrohm@govexec.com
In the wake of deadly bombings in Spain last week, the Immigration and Customs Enforcement bureau is examining ways to beef up security, such as combing through databases for suspicious immigration patterns, protecting federal infrastructure or mobilizing explosives detection units, the agency's director said Wednesday.
Assistant Secretary Michael Garcia said ICE is waiting to receive initial results of the investigation into train bombs that killed 201 people last week in Madrid to determine how the bureau can help increase U.S. security efforts.
"We're going to have to look at what happened; look at what the vulnerabilities were, what the planning was, get the details on it and then look at that model and bring it back and go forward," Garcia said. "Right now, we're looking at rail security as [a border and transportation security] issue. Can we be of any help given our expertise in explosives detection?"
Garcia noted that ICE includes the Federal Protective Service, which guards about 8,800 federal facilities and uses canine explosives detection teams.
ICE is able to comb through databases to determine suspicious travel patterns in the United States, especially people who might have criminal records or be in violation of immigration laws.
"We can use our compliant enforcement systems very proactively to determine what the risk is, and [see if there is] information in our system that we can start to put together a picture emerging of a threat," Garcia said. "We've done that in the past and as we get information, we'll see if we can do that here."
He added: "You can take information, you can feed it into an ongoing investigation and look at geography, nationality, travel patterns and those types of things that we couldn't do in the past."
The federal commission investigating the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks concluded in a January report that immigration and law enforcement agencies failed to share information and prevent some of the attackers from illegally entering and remaining in the country.
According to Garcia, immigration and law enforcement tactics have improved, especially in the areas of border security, sharing database information between agencies, and the initial deployment of a biometric identification verifications system at airports and seaports.
"We've come tremendously far," he said. "I do see almost on a daily basis concrete examples of that tightening that will prevent those kinds of things from happening again."
Garcia also testified Wednesday on the fiscal year 2005 budget request for ICE before the House Appropriations Subcommittee on Homeland Security.
Garcia said the Homeland Security Department estimates there are about 7 million illegal aliens in the United States. About 450,000 are evading deportation orders, Garcia said, and of those, about 40,000 also are wanted for criminal offenses.
The budget would fund 30 new fugitive operations teams, which would be dedicated solely to apprehending and deporting alien absconders. Garcia predicted that the additional teams would help the agency catch about 25,000 absconders.
Brought to you by GovExec.com
-----------------------------------------------------------------

FBI should see improved technology in 2005, agency chief says
From National Journal's Technology Daily
FBI Director Robert Mueller on Wednesday said he hopes by next year the agency is on the "cutting edge" of technology.
Mueller made the remarks before a House committee responsible for appropriations for the Commerce, Justice and State departments. He also was responding to comments by Rep. Harold Rogers. R-Ky., that the panel has "pumped zillions" [of dollars] into the agency over the last 10 to 20 years for information technology, but only recently has seen progress.
Appropriators in recent years have cut the agency's budget for its anti-terrorism computer system known as Trilogy because of delays in its implementation.
Rogers also questioned Mueller about the Homeland Security Department's inability to access the FBI's fingerprint database system.
Mueller said Homeland implemented a two-print system at the nation's borders - rather than a 10-print system like the FBI -- as a "stopgap" measure to quickly roll out biometrics technology.
Brought to you by GovExec.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------
TSA to require passenger data and issue privacy rules
By Drew Clark, National Journal's Technology Daily
The government will require airlines to provide passenger data so it can test a new computerized screening system, for which it will issue proposed privacy rules, the head of the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) said Wednesday.
The order to provide data for the Computer Assisted Passenger Pre-screening System (CAPPS II) would come under a "security directive" within the next several months from TSA, said agency acting administrator Admiral David Stone in testimony before the House Transportation Aviation Subcommittee.
CAPPS II has been criticized on privacy grounds, and airlines are unwilling to provide passenger data to the TSA unless they are compelled or privacy protections are put in place.
Subcommittee Chairman John Mica, R-Fla., and ranking member Peter DeFazio, D-Ore., harshly criticized the agency for neglecting privacy rules and for the slow pace in testing the system. CAPPS II would use names, addresses, phone numbers and dates of birth to conduct background checks on all travelers.
Mica said it was "unacceptable" that TSA was behind schedule because it could not obtain airline data. "I believe TSA has sufficient authority under the authorizing law we passed to require airlines to provide data, and should do so promptly."
"It is our intent to use the [regulation] along with a security directive," Stone replied. That should address both the airlines' concerns and those of privacy advocates, he said.
Mica also criticized the agency for failing to integrate terrorist "watch lists." Stone replied that a preliminary version would be offered by March 31, and that the integration would be complete by year's end.
Lawmakers also hammered the agency on failing to address privacy concerns. But Stone said in his testimony: "There is an inherent goodness to CAPPS II that I believe will shine through as we examine the program more closely."
"CAPPS II seems to be collapsing before it is even testing," said District of Columbia Democratic Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton. "I can't imagine what it will take to get the public to accept the screening that CAPPS II is offering."
"The bottom line is assuring the American public that CAPPS II does not begin to look like Big Brother," said Rep. Bill Pascrell, D-N.J.
"I am a little bit troubled about the plan to implement" CAPPS II, said Rep. Bob Ney, the Ohio Republican who chairs the House Administration Committee. He said he was concerned about its privacy implications and how it dealt with errors. "This has got to be thought out to the nth degree."
"It is my understanding ... that we gave significant authority to issue security directives with no notice of rulemaking and no public comment," said DeFazio. "Why wouldn't you just use that criteria with the airlines?"
Stone replied that issuing proposed rules were important "to instill trust and confidence and to provide notice to passengers that we will be taking data and testing it." In a brief interview, Stone said the agency had not decided whether it would first issue the "security directive" or the proposed notice of regulation.

Brought to you by GovExec.com
--------------------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 10:34 PM EST
Permalink

Chairman Hubbard?
The right man to replace Greenspan.
No one expected the Federal Reserve to change interest rates at their policy-setting meeting yesterday, so the monetary moment may seem a little low drama. But a huge monetary question is churning through the Washington rumor-mill with increasing velocity: Will the 79-year-old Alan Greenspan accept renomination as Fed chairman when President Bush offers it to him this summer?
Bush has made his decision clear. Greenspan has not. Observers have remarked on the Fed chairman's unusually active speech-making agenda in recent months. For a senior citizen he has a lot of energy for the rubber-chicken circuit, raising eyebrows that something is up.
More, he's been vocal on a number of wide-ranging topics: He has defended his approach to the stock market bubble, advised reducing Social Security benefits, relentlessly attacked Fanny Mae and Freddie Mac, passionately supported free trade in the face of a silly-season political assault on so-called jobs outsourcing, and argued -- in an unusually zealous manner -- that new spending restraint and economic growth (not tax increases) are the best ways to solve the post-9/11 budget deficit.
It's almost as though the Fed chairman is making a victory lap, one that will secure him a positive historical legacy after a 17-year, four-term run as chairman of the most powerful economic agency in the world.
Technically, Greenspan's chairmanship must end in 2006, when his seat on the Federal Reserve board expires. So if he were to accept renomination for an unprecedented fifth term, he would only be eligible for 2 more years. But will he take it? No one knows.
Conventional thinking has Greenspan departing in 2006 and Bush appointing Harvard economist Martin Feldstein as his successor. The former Reagan economic adviser has strong ties to the administration, dating back to Papa Bush and extending through Bush Jr.'s presidential run, when he sat on the campaign's economic-policy committee. Since then he has frequently briefed both the president and vice president. As president of the National Bureau of Economic Research and a prolific writer, he enjoys considerable credibility inside the economic establishment.
But the recent Washington buzz is not about Feldstein -- it concerns former Bush II economic adviser Glenn Hubbard.
Hubbard returned to his teaching post at Columbia University last year after authoring the best supply-side tax cut enacted in 20 years, one that dramatically reignited both the stock market and economic growth. While in Washington, the 45-year-old Hubbard showed himself to be an adept inside player. His tax-cutting views overwhelmed the hapless former Treasury man Paul O'Neill. He even outlasted Bush adviser Lawrence Lindsey in the dramatic shakeup that followed the 2002 midterm elections. Hubbard emerged as the principal Bush administration spokesperson and communicator. In numerous television appearances he proved himself to be an unyielding free-market advocate. In congressional hearings his political ear was uniquely sensitive.
Like Greenspan, Hubbard understands the crucial interaction between monetary and fiscal policy -- an essential function for any Fed chair. Lower tax rates that spur economic growth require an accommodative Fed to create efficient liquidity that will fund new work and investment incentives. This is exactly what Greenspan did nearly a year ago when the Fed eased policy once the Bush tax cuts were signed into law. In private conversations Hubbard has indicated he would have done the same.
Supply-side doctrine -- synthesized by Nobelist Robert Mundell and economist Arthur Laffer -- has always emphasized that lower marginal tax rates increase liquidity demands while higher taxes reduce them. The Fed must react accordingly -- although Greenspan has not always done so.
Ten years ago, the estimable Greenspan properly tightened policy following passage of the Clinton tax hikes, which removed growth incentives and would have left an inflationary overhang of excess money. But his biggest mistake came in 2000, when he met a non-inflationary and liquidity-hungry economy (one that followed capital-gains tax cuts and was driven by a remarkable high-tech productivity surge) with a dearth of money. As the Fed tightened relentlessly, the long bull-market economic run was destroyed.
Greenspan has clearly learned from that mistake. So has Hubbard.
A money manager recently told me about a call he placed to a prominent speakers bureau in Washington. The investor requested Martin Feldstein, but the speech broker said, "Don't you know that everyone down here is talking about Glenn Hubbard as a replacement for Alan Greenspan?"
During the early Reagan years, Feldstein wandered far off the reservation in a panic over budget deficits. He started publicly opposing the president by recommending tax increases. Many supply-siders have never forgiven him. As George W. Bush ponders a second-term agenda that includes reduced tax burdens on capital formation, private investment accounts for Social Security, and legislation to make his first-term tax cuts permanent, surely he will want a sound thinker running the central bank.

-- Larry Kudlow, NRO's Economics Editor, is CEO of Kudlow & Co. and host with Jim Cramer of CNBC's Kudlow & Cramer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Awkward Dance, GOP Embraces Both Deficit Reduction and Tax Cut
By Alan Fram Associated Press Writer
Published: Mar 17, 2004
WASHINGTON (AP) - Congressional Republicans are engaged in a complicated political two-step, pursuing both tax cuts and deficit reduction in an election year when record federal shortfalls are starting to draw the public's attention.
Ignoring Democrats and deficit hawks who said the two policies are contradictory, the GOP-run House Budget Committee embraced both goals Wednesday by approving a pair of measures.
The committee, by voice vote, approved a bill making it harder for lawmakers to expand benefits for programs such as Medicare unless they are paid for with spending cuts. Unlike the Senate-passed version, tax cuts would not have to be paid for, protecting a priority that President Bush and GOP lawmakers have retained even as this year's deficit nears an unprecedented $500 billion.
"New spending and new tax cuts are not equivalent. New spending does not help maximize economic growth and tax cuts do," said Rep. Patrick Toomey, R-Pa.
By a party-line 24-19 vote, the committee also approved a $2.41 trillion budget for 2005. The spending plan largely follows the outline Bush proposed last month. But it distances House Republicans from the White House by proposing faster deficit reduction, smaller tax cuts and lower spending than the president sought.
The conflicting strains - erasing red ink yet reducing federal revenues, endorsing Bush priorities while recasting them - underscore the tricky terrain Republicans must tread as they try to retain the White House, House and Senate in November's elections.
The loss of 2.2 million jobs since Bush took office in 2001 means they need a plan for invigorating the economy. Their chief answer has been tax cuts which appeal to the GOP's conservative and business supporters.
Yet many Republicans have become disenchanted as deficits have spun out of control. Many in the party like the idea of clamping down on spending, but omitting tax cuts from the requirement for budget savings has rankled GOP deficit hawks, raising questions about whether it will garner enough votes to pass the narrowly divided Congress.
"I'm not sure reducing taxes and cutting deficits are necessarily corollaries of each other," said moderate Rep. Michael Castle, R-Del.
Democrats hope to use the red ink as a sign of Bush's inability to manage the economy and create jobs. They mock the GOP proposal to require savings for expanded spending, but not tax cuts, as a half-measure aimed more at protecting Bush's tax agenda than reducing red ink.
"What you're doing is ignoring the elephant in the room," said Rep. John Spratt, D-S.C., referring to the exemption of tax cuts. "This is a dodge."
"They've created a mess, and now they're trying to cover their flanks," said Rep. Rahm Emanuel, D-Ill., a budget committee member.
Until they expired in 2002 after a dozen years, budget controls required lawmakers to find savings for any tax cuts or expanded benefit payments.
But that was a compromise from an era when the White House and Congress were held by different parties. With the GOP controlling both branches of government, most of its members - including Bush, House Speaker Dennis Hastert, R-Ill., and Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist, R-Tenn. - have no interest in renewing those strictures for tax cuts.
The House budget panel rejected a Democratic effort to impose the restrictions on tax cuts, also by a party-line, 24-18 vote.
Last week, Democrats teamed with GOP moderates to force through the Senate a measure applying the requirement to spending boosts and tax reductions. It would let tax cuts or spending increases go unpaid for if 60 of the 100 senators would vote accordingly.
Under the House plan, most benefit programs - excluding Social Security - would be automatically cut if increases for those programs were enacted but not paid for.
The prospects for a final House-Senate compromise are uncertain.
The House committee's budget would hold most domestic programs to the same levels as last year and give Bush the boosts he wants for defense and domestic security. Republicans defeated Democratic efforts to add spending for emergency workers and veterans while trimming tax cuts.
The budget would allow $138 billion in five-year tax cuts - including renewals of popular, expiring breaks for married couples and families with children and the expanded 10 percent tax bracket. But it would ignore Bush's effort to make permanent other tax cuts expiring later this decade, the bulk of the $1.3 trillion in 10-year tax reductions he proposed last month.
The House plan also claims to halve this year's expected record $477 billion deficit in four years, a year sooner than Bush proposed.
Like Bush's budget and a similar plan approved by the Senate last week, most deficit reduction comes not from budget cuts; rather, an assumption that a strengthening economy will produce extra federal revenue.
The budget sets guidelines for spending and taxes for the year and leaves actual changes in revenues and expenditures for later legislation.

AP-ES-03-17-04 1858EST

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

What Iraqi "Resistance"?
"Occupation? This is a liberation."
By Steven Vincent
BAGHDAD -- You probably haven't heard much about it, but around a month ago, a U.S. military base near Ramadi in the Sunni Triangle came under a mortar attack. The Americans responded with artillery, accidentally lobbing several rounds into the town itself, damaging homes, destroying livestock, but killing no civilians. Seeking to make amends, an officer went to the affected area, where he encountered a group of Iraqis armed -- not with AK-47s or RPGs -- but a lawyer preparing property-damage claims. After some negotiations, the officer agreed to compensate town residents with $70,000. "We're glad this happened," the Ramadians informed the soldier. "This way we got to know you Americans better" -- and, not incidentally, emerge from the mishap substantially wealthier.
Not every resident of the Sunni Triangle is so easily swayed by dollars, of course, but this incident -- witnessed by Steve Mumford, a journalist friend of mine -- highlights a major tactic America is using to quell anti-Coalition sentiment in the region. With direct payouts of greenbacks to aggrieved Sunnis -- or, more commonly, to tribal sheiks who then exert influence over their members -- the U.S. is literally purchasing peace and acceptance among the populace. Attacks still occur -- an IED killed a soldier near Baquba recently -- but increasing numbers of Iraqis seem more interested in American currency than American casualties. "We're simply outspending the bad guys," remarks my journalist friend. Or, as Andy Warhol once said about art, it's all about the money, honey.
I think about the army's protection payments each time I encounter news reports that attribute anti-Coalition violence to the so-called Iraqi "resistance." I picture people back home hearing about "guerrillas" and "insurgents" and thinking that America is once again fighting cadres of dedicated revolutionaries. I see them recalling the nightmare of Vietnam and sense the word "quagmire" lurking in the back of their minds. And I remember a woman in New York saying to me after my first trip to Iraq, "Why are we there? The resistance shows that Iraqis don't want us occupying their country." And I get very, very angry.
For the truth is, there is no Iraqi "resistance." Not, at least, in the traditional manner evoked by the word: a disciplined insurgency intent on seizing control of an unpopular government. In the same sense, there are no "guerrillas" forming a national liberation front on behalf of an oppressed people. Instead, Iraq is plagued by a volatile mixture of criminal gangs, tribal gunmen, and humiliated Saddamites who, for inscrutable and often conflicting reasons, pay impoverished farmers to plant roadside bombs that kill more civilians that Coalition soldiers -- and who, if the price is right, will cease their "insurgency." The country also suffers from foreign-born Islamofascists who target Iraq's Shia population in hopes of rekindling a 14-century-old sectarian war. Listening to the BBC talk of Iraqi "rebels," or reading Reuters' claptrap about "guerrilla forces," I wonder -- is there another conflict going on in this country I'm not aware of?
As I've written here before, a trip through the Sunni Triangle reveals that anti-Coalition forces lack such presumed requirements of a "resistance" movement as identifiable leaders, goals, demands, ideology, propaganda -- even a name. My journalist friend reports that military forces around Tikrit recently picked up children who were paid to paint walls with anti-American slogans. What kind of "resistance," you have to ask, needs to pay kids to scrawl its graffiti? As for the foreign terrorists, since al Qaeda began this war with a plan for pan-Islamic world domination, shouldn't the Coalition be considered the "resistance?" But that, of course, would mess with the media's conception of Iraqi "rebels" somehow involved in a righteous insurrection -- as if Baby Boomer journalists were nostalgic for the anti-imperialist struggles of their youths.
Certainly Iraqis don't see the "resistance" in such a sentimental light. Public opinion of the fedayeen and Mafia-like crime lords in the Sunni Triangle ranges from anger to contempt. "Sixty percent of the Sunnis are criminal followers of Saddam Hussein," asserts Farman Hamid, director of the Office of Human Rights in Kirkuk. "They create problems in Iraq because they have no door to the future." Argues Basran shopowner Ghattan Mohammad, "This resistance' does not fight for Iraq, only for itself."
Even in prickly Baghdad, you find similar reactions. "We keep telling the Sunnis that they are not serving their people by attacking U.S. soldiers -- Iraq's future lies with America," says Abdul Mashtaq, a director of the Iraqi Human Rights Organization. "We are proud to help the Americans in the Sunni Triangle," proclaims sheik Ali Nsayief, of the Baghdad Council of Confederated Tribes. "What kind of resistance' kills seven civilians for every U.S. soldier, then sabotages our electricity?" asks Samir Adil, head of the Worker's Communist Party. "Ninety-five percent of Iraqis do not believe in this 'resistance.'"
The unfavorability rating of foreign-born mujihedeen is even higher -- as I discovered in Basra this when I found myself stopped innumerable times by police, private security guards, and religious militiamen suspicious of my foreign appearance. "We apologize," one hotel manager said after his staff seized me in the building's lobby and took apart my bag before assuring themselves that I was American. "But Iraq is at war with the terrorists."
And therein lies my main beef with the press's use of terms like as "resistance," "guerrillas," "rebels" -- even "insurgents." By evoking the revolutionary conflicts of the last century -- and such boomer heroes as Che, Fidel, and Uncle Ho -- the media bestows legitimacy on anti-Coalition fighters that the psychopaths, black marketeers and religious fanatics neither deserve nor enjoy in Iraq. This, in turn, denies the heroism of the Iraqi people themselves: They are the true "resistance force," fighting to prevent antidemocratic forces from pitching their nation in chaos and civil war. But all this is lost on a queasy American electorate who, hearing the words "occupation" and "resistance," fears that Uncle Sam is once more acting as an imperialist oppressor. After all, the war is really about Halliburton contracts and oil, right?
How should we describe this conflict? First, we might follow the example of some Baghdadi diners I recently overheard who, when asked how they viewed the "occupation," replied, "Occupation? This is a liberation." The Coalition is a liberating power. This way, should you find yourself, as I did, talking to an anti-American lawyer in Baquba, who states "My country has been occupied by a foreign power, of course I must resist" -- you need only replace "occupied" with "liberated" to understand the pathetic quality of the ex-Baathist's patriotism and the true nature of his goals.
We might then exchange the term "guerrilla fighters" -- and its association with left-wing (and therefore "progressive") insurrections -- for the more accurate word "paramilitaries." "Paramilitaries" conjures images of anonymous killers terrorizing a populace in the name of a repressive regime -- pretty much what the fedayeen and jihadists are doing in Iraq. And while we're at it, we could end U.S.-centric press reports that describe every rocket attack or suicide bombing as a "setback to the American occupation...." These are setbacks to the Iraqi people, who are struggling to resist the paramilitary murderers and terrorists valorized by our media. Actually, if we really want to conform press coverage to the true nature of anti-Coalition forces, we should replace the word "resistance " with "reactionary criminal aggressors" -- or better yet, "fascists." It smacks of Soviet-style propaganda, I admit, but that's okay. The Communists may have been wrong about dialectical materialism, but -- unlike today's Western media -- they knew a brown shirt when they saw one.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

La "fili?re marocaine" en ligne de mire au Maroc
LEMONDE.FR | 17.03.04 | 18h22
Selon une source du gouvernement marocain, Rabat avait alert? Madrid en juin 2003 du retour en Espagne de Jamal Zougam, Marocain de Tanger ?g? de 30 ans, l'un des principaux suspects arr?t?s, mettant en garde sur son appartenance ? Al-Qaida.
Rabat est loin d'?tre inactive dans sa lutte contre les islamistes sur son territoire, leurs ramifications internationales - la "fili?re marocaine" - ?tant mises en cause dans plusieurs enqu?tes antiterroristes, dont celle li?e aux attentats de Madrid.
Soup?onn? d'?tre le vivier de terroristes ayant particip? aux grands attentats des derni?res ann?es - des attaques du 11 septembre 2001 aux Etats-Unis ? celle de Madrid jeudi -, le Maroc a aussi ?t? la cible d'attentats commis par ses propres citoyens, comme ? Casablanca le 16 mai 2003 (45 morts).
De vastes enqu?tes polici?res et judiciaires ont ?t? lanc?e dans les milieux islamistes au lendemain de ces attentats. Et une nouvelle loi antiterroriste avait ?t? adopt?e imm?diatement apr?s le 16 mai. Dans ce cadre, plus d'un millier d'islamistes ont ?t? interpell?s. Des dizaines de proc?s ont donn? lieu ? 16 peines de mort et ? de tr?s lourdes peines de prison, le plus souvent pour "pr?paration d'actes terroristes". Dans la plupart des actes d'accusation, appara?t le nom du mouvement int?griste Salafia Djihadia (salafisme combattant).
Les interpellations et les proc?s sont actuellement moins m?diatis?s, mais ils se poursuivent ? un rythme soutenu, selon tous les t?moignages recueillis. Une source polici?re a ainsi indiqu? ? l'AFP que quelque 200 arrestations ont eu lieu dans les milieux int?gristes depuis le d?but de l'ann?e 2004, dont 90 int?gristes qui fr?quentaient une m?me mosqu?e ? Tanger - la ville dont est originaire Jamal Zougam, l'un des principaux suspects dans les attentats de Madrid.
TH?SES EXTR?MISTES ET MOSQU?ES
La tuerie de Madrid a conduit au renforcement de la coop?ration s?curitaire entre le Maroc et l'Espagne, avec un ?change d'enqu?teurs de divers services de police. Les experts venus d'Espagne examinent ? la loupe les r?sultats des enqu?tes men?es apr?s les attentats de Casablanca, ? la recherche de recoupements utiles, a indiqu? une source marocaine.
Le Maroc, qui s'efforce aussi de suivre les activit?s des islamistes marocains install?s ? l'?tranger, a fait savoir qu'il avait mis en garde l'Espagne en juin 2003 sur la pr?sence ? Madrid du Tang?rois Jamal Zougam, attirant l'attention sur ses liens avec le r?seau Al-Qaida.
Les autorit?s marocaines s'efforcent aussi de lutter contre la propagation de th?ses extr?mistes via les mosqu?es, notamment dans les quartiers pauvres des grandes villes - tel que celui de Sidi Moumen, ? la p?riph?rie de Casablanca, d'o? ?taient issus les kamikazes du 16 mai 2003.
D?but f?vrier, une r?organisation du minist?re marocain charg? des affaires islamiques a ?t? d?cid?e pr?cis?ment dans ce but, selon des analyses parues dans la presse marocaine. Une nouvelle direction des mosqu?es a notamment ?t? mise en place pour veiller au suivi des programmes de pr?dication, superviser la construction des mosqu?es et assurer les formations pour les imams. "La principale mission de la direction des mosqu?es sera d'assurer un contr?le efficace des pr?ches, essentiellement ceux du vendredi", avait estim? l'universitaire Mohamed Darif, sp?cialiste des mouvements islamistes.
Avec AFP


A Tanger, l'immeuble de la famille Zougam est devenu un objet de curiosit?
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Le principal suspect des attentats de Madrid n'?tait "pas sp?cialement religieux", selon ses proches
Tanger de notre envoy?e sp?ciale
C'est une rue propre et tranquille, bord?e d'immeubles ann?es 1940 et de petites villas avec jardins : la rue Benaliem, dans le vieux quartier Marshan, voisin de la m?dina historique, est ? des ann?es-lumi?re des faubourgs mis?reux de Tanger. Ici, vit une population de condition modeste, mais suffisamment riche, malgr? tout. L'immeuble de la famille Zougam, commer?ants de p?re en fils, plus connue aujourd'hui par Jamal Zougam, le principal suspect des attentats de Madrid, se rep?re de loin. Ce mardi 16 mars, des policiers en civil, portant vestes en cuir noir et cravates, font le pied de grue devant le num?ro 19, afin de contr?ler les journalistes qui viennent aux nouvelles.
L'appartement des Zougam, situ? au rez-de-chauss?e - on le reconna?t ? ses volets gris, tous ferm?s - n'a pas encore ?t? perquisitionn?. Mais il est d?j? devenu un objet de curiosit?. "La famille a quitt? Tanger pour Madrid, quand Jamal avait dix ou douze ans. Ils revenaient tous les ?t?s au mois d'ao?t - Jamal aussi", assure un habitant de l'immeuble, un vieil homme en pantoufles, qui dit ne "toujours pas arriver ? y croire". Jamal Zougam, un terroriste ? "On l'a connu tout petit...", soupire-t-il, incr?dule. "C'?tait un fils du quartier !", rench?rit le mokkadem (vigile officieux, charg? de surveiller le quartier). Jamal Zougam "portait la barbe" et il "avait sa voiture", ajoute le voisin en pantoufles. "Sauf que, l'?t? dernier, il n'est rest? que deux jours et il ?tait ras?", corrige le mokkadem.
LE PLUS JEUNE DU TRIO
Une voisine en djellaba s'en m?le : "C'est normal qu'il ne soit pass? que deux jours. La famille a pr?f?r? passer l'?t? sur la plage, ? camper. Du coup, on ne les a pas vus." Elle aussi a ?t? "stup?faite" d'apprendre que ce fils de famille, "tout ce qu'il y a de normal" et "pas sp?cialement religieux", puisse ?tre aujourd'hui soup?onn? d'?tre l'un des poseurs de bombe de Madrid. "Ce n'est pas ici, mais en Espagne, qu'il est devenu ce qu'on dit. C'est l?-bas qu'il a grandi. A Tanger, il venait seulement pour les vacances", plaide-t-elle, la voix pleine d'inqui?tude.
Ag? de trente ans, Jamal Zougam - arr?t? et d?tenu ? Madrid - est le plus jeune du trio tang?rois soup?onn? d'?tre impliqu? dans le massacre du 11 mars.
Mohammed Chaoui (34 ans) est "son demi-fr?re", pr?cisent les voisins de la rue Benaliem, les deux hommes ayant "la m?me m?re". Quant au troisi?me comparse, Mohamed Bekkali (31 ans), bien que natif de T?touan, il a grandi dans le quartier tang?rois de B?ni Makada - "fief de la pauvret? et de l'islam", selon l'expression locale.
"Les in?galit?s sociales n'ont cess? de s'aggraver depuis ces quinze derni?res ann?es. Pourtant, ? aucun moment, ne s'est exprim?e une volont? politique pour donner une chance aux jeunes, estime le journaliste Jamal Amiar. On en voit le r?sultat. Aujourd'hui, dans le nord du Maroc, l'extr?misme se manifeste de deux fa?ons : certains choisissent la patera -barque, en espagnol ; par extension, l'?migration clandestine dans des embarcations de fortune- ; d'autres se lancent dans l'extr?misme politique, l'int?grisme et le terrorisme."
Selon le patron de l'hebdomadaire Les Nouvelles du Nord, la proximit? de la r?gion nord du Maroc avec le sud de l'Espagne - "on est ? moins d'une heure d'avion de Casablanca, comme de Madrid"- expliquerait bien des frustrations.
Il n'est qu'? fl?ner dans les rues de Tanger, o? caf?s, restaurants et salons de th? s'appellent l'Eldorado, Mexique, San Francisco, Le Petit Berlin, Oslo ou San Remo, pour mesurer la nostalgie d'un cosmopolitisme autrefois bien r?el et l'attrait toujours tenace pour l'Occident et ses mirages.
La pr?sence, massive et ostensible, de fourgons et de policiers dans les rues de Tanger ne semble pas compl?tement rassurer la population. "Si ceux qui ont commis les attentats de Madrid sont les m?mes que ceux de Casablanca -le 16 mai 2003-, c'est que quelque chose ne va pas dans notre appareil administratif en g?n?ral et dans notre mani?re de g?rer la s?curit? en particulier", remarque Jamal Amiar, fustigeant p?le-m?le "la corruption, le copinage, le laxisme et l'?-peu-pr?s, qui sont encore, h?las ! la r?gle au Maroc."
Catherine Simon

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04

La communaut? marocaine craint "les repr?sailles"
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Madrid de notre envoy? sp?cial
La plus grande partie des "r?fugi?s ?conomiques" du Maroc - qu'ils quittent le plus souvent, au p?ril de leurs vies, ? bord des pateras (barques) qui traversent de nuit le d?troit de Gibraltar - travaillent, avec ou sans papiers, en Catalogne et en Andalousie. Mais ils seraient de 100 000 ? 300 000, selon les sources, ? r?sider ? Madrid ou dans sa r?gion.
Le choc provoqu? par l'annonce de l'implication d'un r?seau marocain dans le massacre du 11 mars, qui a fait 201 morts et 1 500 bless?s ? Madrid, semble particuli?rement vif parmi la population immigr?e musulmane dont certains membres redouteraient d'?tre l'objet de "repr?sailles". Pour l'heure, aucun incident n'a ?t? signal? et, dans le quartier de Lavapi?s, le plus multiculturel de Madrid, aucune tension particuli?re n'est perceptible.
Une Alg?rienne qui r?side au c?ur de ce quartier et milite pour les droits des femmes du Maghreb - dont pr?s d'un tiers seraient sans papiers - indique pourtant que plusieurs femmes portant le foulard lui ont confi? avoir observ? un changement de regard de la part de certains passants d?s le lendemain des attentats, alors que la piste islamiste n'?tait encore qu'une hypoth?se.
"Je ne crains pas d'explosions x?nophobes, pr?cise-t-elle aussit?t, car je pense que les Espagnols, fondamentalement g?n?reux, ne sont pas aussi racistes qu'on le dit parfois, m?me si le discours anti-immigration d?velopp? par le gouvernement depuis quatre ans a d? laisser des traces dans les esprits. Le plus grave, selon moi, est le r?le de la t?l?vision publique, la t?l?-basuras (ordures), qui ne propose jamais le moindre d?bat, la moindre analyse, et utilise r?guli?rement le mot "islamistas" au lieu de "musulmanas"."
Cette m?me militante dit avoir observ?, ces deux derni?res ann?es, une transformation de Lavapi?s en "ghetto ethnique"par l'afflux d'immigr?s indiens, pakistanais et bengalis, mais aussi chinois ou s?n?galais. "Dans le m?me temps, j'ai pu remarquer certains glissements dans les tenues vestimentaires, une augmentation du nombre d'hommes portant la barbe ou de restaurants cessant brusquement de servir de l'alcool. Il est ind?niable qu'un certain pros?lytisme int?griste tente de s'enraciner dans la vie quotidienne."
AL-QAIDA, LE PIRE ENNEMI
Youssouf Fernandez, porte-parole de la F?d?ration des entit?s islamiques, un Espagnol converti ? l'islam, se d?clare "naturellement horrifi? par les attentats du 11 mars" et souligne qu'il avait d?j? "tr?s fortement d?nonc? les attaques du 11 septembre"contre les tours de New York. "Nous pensons qu'Al-Qaida est le pire ennemi du monde musulman, affirme-t-il, et nous n'avons donc pas la moindre affinit? id?ologique avec ces gens-l?." M. Fernandez ne craint pas trop d'?ventuelles violences contre la communaut? musulmane, mais il redoute que "quelques cercles de pouvoir profitent de la situation pour tenter de faire passer des lois plus dures contre l'immigration. Or, lorsqu'on refuse toute r?gularisation pour les sans-papiers, ce n'est pas les terroristes que l'on atteint mais les immigr?s".
Egalement "atterr?" par les attentats, Mustapha Al-Mrabet, pr?sident de l'Association des travailleurs et immigrants marocains en Espagne (Atime), affirme, pour sa part, que, le jour de la trag?die, son organisation a commenc? ? recevoir des appels de menace ou d'insulte, tandis que certains de ses amis se faisaient traiter de "Moros asesinos" -Maures assassins-. "On ?prouve une certaine inqui?tude qu'on ne veut pas exag?rer et on a donc lanc? un appel au calme ? nos adh?rents en leur demandant de ne surtout pas r?pondre ? des provocations."
Robert Belleret

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04
Jamal Zougam, l'homme au centre de l'enqu?te
LE MONDE | 16.03.04 | 12h43
Cit? dans l'enqu?te du juge Baltasar Garzon, Jamal Zougam est connu des services de renseignements tant en France qu'en Espagne. N? ? Tanger le 5 octobre 1973 dans un quartier pauvre, il n'?tait apparemment qu'un "second couteau" dans la cellule d'Al-Qaida d?mantel?e par le magistrat espagnol au mois de novembre 2001. Une quarantaine d'arrestations avaient ?t? effectu?es, mais seulement douze des personnes interpell?es ont ?t? inculp?es et se trouvent actuellement en d?tention pr?ventive.
Jamal Zougam fut rel?ch? sans qu'aucune charge ne soit relev?e ? son encontre. A son domicile de Madrid, les enqu?teurs avaient trouv? dans son agenda un certain nombre de num?ros de t?l?phone, dont celui du chef pr?sum? de la cellule d'Al-Qaida, Imad Eddin Barakat Yarkas, alias Abou Dahdah. Les ?coutes ont permis de savoir que Jamal Zougam avait t?l?phon? ? ce dernier le 5 septembre 2001.
Furent ?galement saisies dans son appartement des cassettes vid?o sur la lutte arm?e au Daghestan dans lesquelles apparaissent plusieurs noms, dont ceux d'Abou Moughen (Salaheddin Benyaich) et Abdelaziz Benyaich, tous deux connus comme "les fr?res afghans" pour leur combat men? aux c?t?s des talibans. Tous deux sont emprisonn?s, l'un en Espagne, l'autre au Maroc, en relation avec les attentats de Casablanca.
Il n'a pas ?t? ?tabli si Jamal Zougam a particip? ? la fameuse r?union de Tarragone, en juillet 2001, au cours de laquelle furent coordonn?s les attentats du 11 septembre et ? laquelle particip?rent notamment Mohammed Atta et le Y?m?nite Ramzi Ben Al-Chaiba. Cependant, il semble bien qu'il connaissait certains des protagonistes, notamment Amer Azizi, dont le num?ro de t?l?phone figurait dans son agenda.
En revanche, Jamal Zougam a s?journ? au Maroc avant les attentats de Casablanca qui ont eu lieu le 16 mai. Il est rentr? en Espagne au mois d'avril. Etait-il dans l'un des trains qui ont explos? le 11 mars ? Madrid, comme l'affirment deux t?moins, selon El Pais ?
Les enqu?teurs essaient de l'?tablir, comme ils tentent de retracer l'itin?raire de cet homme arr?t? en compagnie de Mohammed Chaoui, qui serait son demi-fr?re et qui, lui aussi, r?sidait dans le quartier populaire de Lavapi?s. Tous deux auraient ?t? recrut?s par les fr?res Benyaich, dont les liens avec Abou Moussa Al-Zarkaoui sont, para?t-il, av?r?s.
Michel B?le-Richard

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 17.03.04

Madrid et Rabat veulent tourner la page des ann?es de crise
LE MONDE | 16.03.04 | 12h43
Les relations avec le Maroc seront "une priorit?" de la politique ext?rieure espagnole, a d?clar?, lundi 15 mars, au cours d'une conf?rence de presse, Jos? Luis Rodriguez Zapatero. Et le futur pr?sident du gouvernement espagnol d'ajouter : "Je suis convaincu que nous allons ouvrir une ?tape de bonnes relations (. ..). Nous sommes deux pays voisins, avec d'intenses relations historiques, avec des int?r?ts ?conomi-ques et culturels. Il va de soi que nous avons besoin d'une bonne relation."
Comme en ?cho ? ces bonnes dispositions des socialistes espagnols, qui devraient se traduire par une prochaine visite de M. Zapatero ? Rabat, les autorit?s marocaines se pr?parent ? r?pondre par un geste symbolique fort. Alors que juifs et chr?tiens se retrouveront mardi apr?s-midi ? la cath?drale de Rabat pour une c?r?monie ? la m?moire des victimes des attentats de Madrid, le roi Mohammed VI pourrait participer ? la c?r?monie, laisse-t-on entendre dans la capitale du royaume.
Que les responsables marocains aient invit? des journalistes espagnols ? venir couvrir l'?v?nement t?moigne que l'op?ration a aussi un objectif politique ? un moment o? le gouvernement espagnol change de couleur politique.
Paradoxalement, le Maroc entretient de meilleures relations avec une Espagne gouvern?e par la gauche que par la droite. Ce qui ?tait vrai du temps de Hassan II et du socialiste Felipe Gonzalez, l'est rest? avec le couple Mohammed VI-Jos? Maria Aznar, particuli?rement au cours de la seconde l?gislature de celui-ci.
Les sujets de friction entre les deux pays n'ont pas manqu?. Le plus s?rieux a ?t? l'affaire de l'?lot Persil (Perejil), minuscule ?lot inhabit?, sous contr?le espagnol mais pos? ? quelques centaines de m?tres des c?tes du nord du royaume ch?rifien. Les gendarmes marocains l'ont investi par surprise en juillet 2002 avant de s'en faire chasser, quelques jours plus tard, par les militaires espagnols.
Du coup, il faudra attendre l'ann?e 2003 pour que les rela-tions diplomatiques entre les deux pays connaissent un d?gel suffisant pour d?boucher, quelques mois plus tard, sur une visite de Jos? Maria Aznar ? Rabat. Mais les retrouvailles furent des plus ti?des.
Le Sahara occidental a ?galement ?t? le pr?texte de plusieurs crispations diplomatiques. Rabat a fait de la r?cup?ration du Sahara occidental la priorit? de sa diplomatie. Or, autant la France s'est align?e sur le Maroc et a fait sien le principe de la "marocanit?" des "provinces du Sud" - ce qui revient ? ent?riner l'int?gration au royaume ch?rifien du Sahara occidental -, autant l'Espagne, l'ancienne puissance coloniale dans la r?gion, d?fend une position moins partisane privil?giant une m?diation des Nations unies.
La recrudescence de l'arriv?e d'immigrants ill?gaux partis du Maroc a ajout? au contentieux. Pour Madrid, si des milliers de Marocains ou de Subsahariens tentent, au p?ril de leur vie, de rejoindre le territoire espagnol, soit depuis les c?tes du Sahara occidental (en direction des ?les Canaries), soit depuis le nord du royaume, c'est d'abord parce que les autorit?s marocaines laissent faire quand elles ne se rendent pas complices des passeurs. Les images de cadavres de candidats ? l'?migration ?chou?s sur les c?tes espagnoles n'a pas peu fait pour d?grader l'image du Maroc de l'autre c?t? de la M?diterran?e
De fa?on paradoxale, ces crises ? r?p?tition, ces successions de brouilles n'ont pas pes? sur les relations ?conomiques entre les deux pays, qui sont satisfaisantes. Avec quelque 700 entreprises install?es au Maroc et pr?s de 2 milliards d'euros d'exportations annuelles (sans compter la contrebande tr?s active via Ceuta et Melilla), Madrid reste, derri?re la France, un partenaire ?conomique majeur du royaume ch?rifien.
Jean-Pierre Tuquoi

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 17.03.04

10 000 condamn?s ? mort seraient ex?cut?s chaque ann?e en Chine
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Dix mille personnes sont condamn?es et ex?cut?es en Chine chaque ann?e. Cette information, qui ?mane d'un d?put? chinois, constitue un pr?c?dent : jamais un chiffre semi-officiel sur la peine capitale n'avait ?t? publi? en Chine. La teneur de cet aveu va par ailleurs au-del? des estimations sur les chiffres d'ex?cutions g?n?ralement publi?s par les organisations ind?pendantes de d?fense des droits de l'homme.
Dans l'?dition de fin de semaine du Quotidien de la jeunesse de Chine, Chen Zhonglin, le d?l?gu? de la municipalit? de Chongqing, dans le Sud-Ouest, vient en effet de d?clarer qu'il "y a environ chaque ann?e 10 000 cas de peine de mort suivis d'ex?cutions imm?diates, soit cinq fois plus que tous les autres pays combin?s".
Consid?r?e comme le pays qui a le plus recours ? la peine capitale, la Chine avait jusque-l? maintenu le secret sur le nombre d'ex?cutions qui ont lieu chaque ann?e sur son territoire. Il arrive que les autorit?s fassent publiquement ?tat de la mise ? mort de trafiquants de drogue, de cadres corrompus ou de tueurs en s?rie, mais celles-ci sont loin de repr?senter le nombre total de condamn?s ? mort pass?s par les armes.
Amnesty International elle-m?me n'avait d?nombr? pour l'ann?e 2002 "que" 1 060 ex?cutions publiquement annonc?es, m?me si l'organisation des droits de l'homme bas?e ? Londres affirmait que ce chiffre ?tait sous-?valu? par rapport ? la r?alit?. L'association internationale contre la peine de mort Hands off Cain avait de son c?t? estim? qu'il y en avait eu plus de 3 000 la m?me ann?e.
"B?N?FIQUE AU D?VELOPPEMENT"
En 1987, Amnesty affirmait que plus de 6 000 personnes avaient ?t? ex?cut?es, soit plus que dans le reste du monde durant la m?me p?riode. Et durant les trois premiers mois de 2001, ? titre de comparaison avec les chiffres que la m?me organisation avance pour l'ann?e suivante, Amnesty soutenait que 1 781 personnes avaient ?t? ex?cut?es en Chine, soit plus que le total des ex?cutions tous pays confondus durant une p?riode semblable...
Une porte-parole du minist?re chinois des affaires ?trang?res avait r?cemment d?clar? que l'application ou le maintien de la peine de mort d?pendait des int?r?ts du pays. "Il faut voir si -la peine capitale- est b?n?fique au d?veloppement g?n?ral et ?conomique du pays, et ? sa stabilit? sociale", avait estim? Mme Zhang Qiyue.
Le m?me d?put? Chen Zhonglin, dans une proposition soumise la semaine derni?re lors de la session annuelle de l'Assembl?e nationale du peuple (ANP), avait sugg?r?, avec une quarantaine d'autres d?put?s, que seule la Cour supr?me, la plus haute juridiction du pays, devrait ?tre autoris?e en dernier ressort ? prononcer la peine de mort. En r?ponse, vient d'indiquer un quotidien de P?kin, le pr?sident de la Cour supr?me a d?clar? qu'il entendait que soient rendus ? cette derni?re "les droits d'approuver et de d?cider de la peine capitale".
D?sormais, le droit de d?cider de la peine de mort est en effet entre les mains des quelque 300 tribunaux locaux, ou cours interm?diaires populaires, r?partis dans les 31 provinces chinoises. Cet appel, pour l'instant th?orique, au retour ? un contr?le de la Cour supr?me sur cette question, r?duirait, soulignent des experts, le nombre de condamn?s ex?cut?s chaque ann?e.
Bruno Philip

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04

La France et l'Allemagne soutiennent une meilleure coordination entre Europ?ens
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Bruxelles d?nonce un manque de "volont? politique"
La france et l'Allemagne ont appel? ? leur tour, mardi 16 mars, au renforcement de la coop?ration europ?enne en mati?re de terrorisme. A Paris, au cours d'une conf?rence de presse commune, Jacques Chirac et Gerhard Schr?der ont confirm? que le prochain sommet europ?en, qui se tiendra les 25 et 26 mars ? Bruxelles, examinera les mesures ? prendre pour relancer le plan d'action de l'Union europ?enne contre le terrorisme, adopt? en septembre 2001 au lendemain des attentats de New York et de Washington.
"Toute l'Europe, ind?pendamment de ses d?cisions en mati?re de politique ?trang?re et de s?curit?, est devenue le th??tre d'actes terroristes. Nous devons, ensemble, Europ?ens, faire face ? ce terrorisme et lutter contre lui", a d?clar? le chancelier allemand. Les deux dirigeants ont ?galement insist? sur la n?cessit?, pour lutter efficacement, de s'attaquer aux sources du mal, les conflits et le sous-d?veloppement.
Concr?tement, le pr?sident fran?ais a indiqu? que les Europ?ens devaient, en plus des mesures prises au niveau national, "mieux encore coordonner nos services de renseignement et de police, ainsi que nos justices". Interrog? sur l'id?e d'une agence de renseignement europ?enne, propos?e par l'Autriche, M. Schr?der a jug? qu'une telle hypoth?se "rel?ve encore d'une lointaine th?orie". "Je ne saurais l'exclure, mais pour le moment il faut d'abord et avant tout renforcer la coop?ration des services existants dans la lutte contre le terrorisme", a-t-il dit.
En r?ponse aux critiques sur l'insuffisance des ?changes d'informations entre services nationaux, M. Chirac a estim? que la coop?ration s'?tait "consid?rablement renforc?e depuis un an, un an et demi". Selon lui, "les r?serves que l'on avait l'habitude, historiquement, de conna?tre entre les grands services ont tout ? fait disparu". Ces critiques sont pourtant de plus en plus nombreuses. La cha?ne de t?l?vision publique allemande ARD, ?voquant des sources internes ? la police criminelle allemande, a affirm? mardi que les responsables espagnols avaient ? deux reprises, apr?s les attentats de Madrid, induit en erreur l'officier de liaison allemand sur le type d'explosif utilis?. Le ministre de l'int?rieur, Otto Schily, s'?tait plaint lui-m?me, dimanche, d'une coop?ration insuffisante.
A Bruxelles, Reijo Kemppinen, porte-parole du pr?sident de la Commission, Romano Prodi, a regrett? que r?gne "une certaine culture du secret" qui se r?v?le trop souvent "contre-productive". "Les Etats membres, a-t-il dit, doivent apprendre ? faire confiance aux institutions europ?ennes et aux autres Etats."
Dans ses recommandations pour le sommet, la Commission a demand?, mardi, que les textes adopt?s par l'Union soient mieux appliqu?s et que ceux qui sont encore sur la table du conseil soient adopt?s en toute priorit?. Quelles que soient les mesures prises par l'Union, elles seront sans effet sans "la volont? politique des Etats membres de prendre leurs engagements au s?rieux", a soulign? M. Kemppinen.
La Commission a ?galement propos? l'adoption, en attendant la future Constitution, d'une "d?claration de solidarit?" par laquelle l'Union et les Etats membres s'engageront ? agir "conjointement dans un esprit de solidarit? si un Etat membre est l'objet d'une attaque terroriste".
Henri de Bresson et Thomas Ferenczi ? Bruxelles


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"L'Europe prot?gera ses citoyens"
"Face ? la menace et dans le respect des libert?s et de l'Etat de droit, l'Europe prot?gera ses citoyens. Cette exigence sera au c?ur des travaux du prochain Conseil europ?en", a d?clar? Jacques Chirac mardi ? Paris.
"La communaut? internationale doit se rassembler pour lutter contre le terrorisme, a continu? le chef de l'Etat. Mais soyons lucides. Nous devons aussi nous rassembler pour mettre un terme aux conflits qui alimentent la col?re et la frustration des peuples, pour lutter contre la mis?re, l'humiliation et l'injustice qui sont des terreaux de la violence. Nous devons choisir l'espoir, la solidarit?, le dialogue et notamment le dialogue des cultures contre la pr?tendue fatalit? d'un choc des civilisations."


* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> OH- THOSE SENSITIVE LIBYANS?
Libya Disappointed by Nuclear Show, Official Says
Tue Mar 16, 2004 04:15 PM ET
By Louis Charbonneau
WASHINGTON (Reuters) - Washington offended Libya with its display of the north African nation's dismantled nuclear weapons, an official close to the United Nations nuclear watchdog said on Tuesday.
The White House displayed for the media on Monday components flown out of Tripoli in late January under a sudden Libyan agreement to rid itself of weapons of mass destruction.
"Libya was quite unhappy with this dog-and-pony show because it hurts them domestically (and) in the Arab world," said the senior official close to the U.N. watchdog, the International Atomic Energy Agency.
"It looks like unilateral U.S. disarmament of Libya and Libya wants it recognized as disarmament under the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and IAEA auspices," the Vienna-based official added.
The White House insists the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq -- and the example of the toppling of Saddam Hussein -- played an important part in persuading Libya to disarm.
U.S. officials have also sounded out journalists' interest in a second show -- this time of a batch of larger program parts being shipped from Libya to the United States.
IRAQ WAR ANNIVERSARY
The visit to the Oak Ridge complex, where the United States developed the original atomic bombs in World War II, came in a week in which the Bush administration is marking the one-year anniversary of its invasion of Iraq.
President Bush is under heavy election-year fire over the failure to find weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, his main justification for going to war.
After Libya's Dec. 19 announcement that it would give up its weapons of mass destruction programs and allow international experts to disarm it, diplomats close to the IAEA said Tripoli had been harshly criticized in the Arab-language press for its sudden warming toward Washington and London.
"Libya was very sensitive to this criticism," a diplomat said.
IAEA chief Mohamed ElBaradei has made two trips to Libya since Dec. 19 and his agency has been overseeing the dismantling of Tripoli's unsuccessful nuclear arms program.
One Western diplomat in Vienna who follows the IAEA closely recently told Reuters that it was obvious Washington was trying to "spin" Libya's decision to come clean as the result of the Iraq war -- and not as part of a long process that began with Tripoli's decision to accept responsibility for Lockerbie.
He said Libya's decision was probably influenced by Iraq, but had more to do with a decade and a half of diplomatic isolation and harsh economic sanctions. (Additional reporting by Saul Hudson)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

? Copyright Reuters 2004. All rights reserved.

>> THOSE SENSITIVE NORKS?

N. Korea increasing 'nuclear deterrent'
By SANG-HUN CHOE
ASSOCIATED PRESS WRITER
SEOUL, South Korea -- North Korea declared it is strengthening its "nuclear deterrent," raising the stakes Wednesday in its standoff with South Korea and the United States.
South Korea's interim leader called for a stronger alliance with Washington, dismissing a claim by the North that the South's parliamentary impeachment of President Roh Moo-hyun last week reflected U.S. interference to "install an ultra-right pro-U.S. regime" in Seoul.
With the unprecedented impeachment spawning uncertainty, South Korea has ordered heightened military vigilance against the North. It is also going ahead with annual joint military exercises with the United States, scheduled to begin Sunday, to test the allies' defense readiness.
Pyongyang on Wednesday accused Seoul of "kicking up a racket of confrontation with the North."
"This attitude ... is a grave provocation to the compatriots in the North," said North Korea's Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of the Fatherland, a government agency handling relations with the South.
There are fears that Pyongyang may use the South's leadership crisis to stall six-nation nuclear talks aimed at defusing the nuclear standoff.
North Korea said Wednesday it was strengthening its "nuclear deterrent" - its term for nuclear weapons development.
The North blamed the United States for the lack of breakthroughs in last month's six-nation talks, and accused Washington of raising tensions on the Korean peninsula by holding the joint military exercises.
Washington and Seoul say the annual drills, which run through March 28, are routine exercises.
"The Korean people, who consider independence to be their life and soul, are keeping a close eye on the U.S. moves, while further strengthening the self-defense nuclear deterrent to cope with them," said North Korea's official news agency, KCNA.
A second round of six-nation talks ended in Beijing in late February with little progress. Washington insisted on a "complete, verifiable and irreversible dismantling" of all the North's nuclear facilities. Pyongyang said it would dismantle its nuclear programs only if the United States provides economic aid and security guarantees.
The talks involved the United States, the two Koreas, China, Russia and Japan. They agreed to meet again by July.
Prime Minister Goh Kun - who is leading South Korea's government until the Constitutional Court rules on whether to oust Roh or to restore his suspended presidential powers - moved quickly to dismiss the North's threats.
Amid political uncertainty, "establishing a solid security posture is more important than anything else," Goh said in a speech Wednesday at the Air Force Academy's graduation ceremony.
"We must further strengthen our alliance with the United States," he said.
South Korea's parliament voted Friday to impeach Roh for alleged election-law violations and incompetence. The Constitutional Court has 180 days to rule.
North Korea has bitterly denounced the impeachment, initiated by South Korea's conservative opposition - which favors a tougher stance toward the North.
"The U.S. is chiefly to blame for the incident," KCNA said. "The U.S. egged the South Korean political quacks, obsessed by the greed for power, on to stage such incident in a bid to install an ultra-right pro-U.S. regime there."
About 1,500 people protested the impeachment Wednesday night in Seoul. The number of protesters was sharply lower than the 50,000 who gathered over the weekend to hold candles and chant for Roh's reinstatement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Analyst says Al-Qaida may attack by sea
By D'ARCY DORAN
ASSOCIATED PRESS WRITER
SINGAPORE -- The al-Qaida terror network likely is planning an unprecedented maritime attack, hitting targets on land with ships carrying chemical, biological or dirty bomb weapons, a defense analyst said Wednesday.
The terrorist network could easily exploit weaknesses in shipping companies' crew selection procedures by planting sleeper agents on vessels to eventually seize them, said Michael Richardson, a senior researcher at Singapore's Institute of Southeast Asian Studies who writes extensively on Asian security issues.
"The al-Qaida network has serious maritime terrorism plans," Richardson told diplomats, academics and defense officials at the institute.
Singapore's Coordinating Security Minister Tony Tan has warned repeatedly since November that there is a "very serious" risk of terrorists using ships to attack the city-state.
Such an attack could have come sooner if it wasn't so difficult to procure a nuclear device and if al-Qaida's operations chief, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, and its head of naval operations, Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri hadn't been arrested, Richardson said.
"Sooner or later, al-Qaida or one of its affiliates will make and detonate a radiological bomb, whether it's in a ship or a shipping container," he said.
"If you look at how relatively easy it is to get the materials, put them together and make them go bang, and look at the motivation, terrorism is going to get bigger and it's going to get worse," he added.
A prime target would be Singapore - or any of the world's 40 largest port cities - or key international shipping straits and canals, Richardson said.
Al-Qaida operatives could easily get jobs on ships by buying fake seafarer credentials, which are widely available, he said.
But al-Qaida's past pattern of disciplined, coordinated attacks makes it unlikely that the network will risk hijacking a ship, or seeking help from pirates outside of its circle of zealots, he said.
The network has already demonstrated its willingness to attack sea targets with suicide attacks on the destroyer USS Cole in 2000 and the French oil tanker Limburg in 2002, Richardson said. In both attacks, suicide bombers detonated small explosive-laden boats next to vessels off the coast of Yemen.
Singapore, a close Washington ally, also claims to have foiled a plot by the al-Qaida linked Jemaah Islamiyah terror group to blow up, among other Western targets, a U.S. Naval facility in the island nation. The city-state has detained 37 terror suspects since 2001.
Jemaah Islamiyah is also blamed for the 2002 Bali bombings that killed 202 and an August 2003 suicide bombing at the J.W. Marriott Hotel in Jakarta that killed 12.

On the Net:

Maritime Terror Report: www.iseas.edu.sg/viewpoint.html


Posted by maximpost at 9:05 PM EST
Updated: Wednesday, 17 March 2004 9:20 PM EST
Permalink
Tuesday, 16 March 2004

>> QUOTE A FRIEND - "This intelligence failure is further magnified by the ease with which the terrorists were able to carry out their attack. They had no need of aircraft, suicide bombers, wads of cash or even box-cutters - only very simply to buy Spanish-manufactured explosives, stuff them into ten ordinary bags and leave them on the targeted trains."


Who's Next after Madrid?
DEBKAfile Special Analysis
March 13, 2004, 10:31 PM (GMT+02:00)
Officially, Spain's political parties cut short their election campaign three days before polling in deference to the agony and shock of the most brutal terrorist attack since the 9/11 assaults on New York and Washington. Thursday, March 11, three crowded commuter trains were blown up in Madrid, killing 199, injuring 1,400, and changing Spain overnight. In reality the campaign never stopped. By harping on the Basque terrorist movement ETA as the culprit of the outrage, the Aznar government hoped to drum up votes for the ruling PP - Popular Party's bid for reelection on Sunday, March 14.
It also left the investigators at sea in a probe of vital importance to the global war on terror.
The government's reasoning went like this: If ETA is proved to be behind the attack - which the group categorically denies - the PP's tough campaign against the Basque radicals would triumph and Mariano Rajoy would breeze in to the prime minister's office in place of the retiring Jose Maria Aznar.
If, on the other hand, it was orchestrated by Muslim extremists - al Qaeda or its associates - the ruling party would be held to account for stirring up Muslim wrath by backing Washington in Iraq. The opposition Socialist leader Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero catered to the war's unpopularity by promising if elected to bring the 1,300-strong Spanish force home from Iraq.
In the debate before terrorists hit Madrid, the conservative PP attempted to tar Zapatero as conniving with the hated ETA terrorists in clandestine meetings with its leaders in France and promises to engage them in negotiations if a Socialist-led government was returned.
Thursday's attacks cast a cloud of uncertainty over all these calculations. Yet the Aznar government refused to budge, insisting ETA committed the horrendous act, even as millions of grief-stricken Spaniards, including many Basques, marched against nameless terrorism.
Witnesses saw three shadowy figures bringing bags to one of the trains attacked from a stolen van found to contain detonators and taped Koran verses. The placing of ten explosive devices at four different stations in Madrid would have required many more personnel than ETA is believed to command after being decimated by mass arrests.
Yet interior minister Angel Acebes declared Friday, March 12: "So far, none of the intelligence services or security forces we have contacted has provided reliable information to the effect that it could have been an Islamic terrorist organization."
A few hours later, five suspects were rounded up in connection with a cell phone inside an explosives-packed bag found on one of the trains. Three were Moroccans, two described as Spaniards of "Hindu" origin. Still, the minister refused to assume anything. Police are investigating all avenues, he said.
By clinging to its campaign line against all odds, the Spanish government risked prejudicing an inquiry of fateful import for the rest of Europe and the West at large in ways that should be obvious:

A. The first hours after a terrorist attack, or any murderous crime, hold the key to the inquiry and its successful solution, because only then are the evidence and clues still fresh and untainted on the scene. The interference of Spanish politicians, or, worse, their attempt to prejudge the investigation's outcome, may well have thrown the counter-terrorist and intelligence investigators off-course before they got started. In those first precious hours, the terrorists might have messed up the evidence and made good their escape, removing any leads to their network. This network would have been left free to carry out its next deadly attack.

B. The findings of the Spanish inquiry are tensely awaited by European and US governments. Their counter-terrorist and intelligence services, which labor in al Qaeda's threatening shadow, need every scrap of authentic information to enable them to prepare for the worst. No one believes the Spanish government's insistence on ETA as the culprit. It is a fact that security has been stepped up in France, Portugal, Italy, Greece, Poland and Britain, among others, all gearing up for al Qaeda's next onslaught.

C. The drama of such events inevitably draws in seekers of limelight. The London-based Al Kuds al Araby newspaper claimed to have received an e-mailed letter from a group affiliated to al Qaeda which assumed responsibility for the Spanish train attack and announced that preparations for attacking the United States were 90 percent complete.

According to DEBKAfile's counter-terror sources, US and Israeli intelligence services refute the provenance of this letter after checking it out.

D. The line the Spanish government has taken with regard to the inquiry into the Madrid outrages ignores al Qaeda's operational roots in Spain and its strong ideological foundation in Europe at large, which points inexorably to the fundamentalists' next targets as being Italy, Britain and the United States.

DEBKAfile's counter-terror experts emphasize that Osama bin Laden's terrorist movement makes no secret of its plans, priorities or motives. They are all laid out - in English too - in a plethora of print and internet publications. While difficult reading for Westerners, who find it hard to take the florid phrasing and outrageous aspirations seriously, such publications are the daily fare of tens of millions of Muslims around the world, almost in the same way a daily newspaper may be part of an ordinary Westerner's routine.
According to data gathered by our experts, from December 2002, three months before the US invasion of Iraq, al Qaeda began issuing a stream of fatwas designating its main operating theatres in Europe. Spain was on the list, but not the first.

1. Turkey was first. Islamic fundamentalists were constrained to recover the honor and glory of the Ottoman caliphates which were trampled by Christian forces in 1917 in the last days of World War I.

2. Spain followed. There, al Qaeda set Muslims the goal of recovering their lost kingdom in Andalusia.

3. Italy and its capital were third. Muslim fundamentalists view Rome as a world center of heresy because of the Vatican and the Pope.

4. Vienna came next because the advancing Muslim armies were defeated there in 1683 before they could engulf the heart of Europe.

These aspirations are far from being restricted to a lunatic fringe of radical Islam. The Arab world's most popular television preacher, Yusouf Kardawi, whom DEBKAfile has mentioned before, subscribes to the same agenda in his sermons over al Jazeera - with one difference. Whereas al Qaeda aims to "liberate" Turkey, Spain, Italy and Israel by force of arms, Kardawi who addresses the masses from a studio in Qatar just a few hundred yards from American Central Command HQ, advocates persuasion.
However strangely these decrees and teachings may fall on the ears of their targets, there is no option but to try and make sense of them in order to understand the force driving an inhumanly ruthless enemy. The logic behind this philosophy is capable of attaining a perfect match between its injunctions and the actions of its faithful in practice.
November 2003 saw two terrorist outbreaks in Istanbul that claimed 63 lives and injured more than 600. Tuesday, March 10, the day of the attacks in Madrid, al Qaeda continued its deadly cycle in Istanbul by sending two suicide killers to a building on the Asian side of the city housing a Masonic lodge. Armed with a bomb belt and gas canisters they planned to go up to the conference chamber and set it alight during a meeting. The members would have burned to death. It so happened that the lodge meeting was postponed at the last minute. The bombers blew themselves up at the door of an empty restaurant, killing a waiter.
Since last year, Al Qaeda has been able to spread its operational wings through many countries by linking up with local affiliates or sympathizers - either as accomplices or surrogates. In Turkey, they rely on the Muslim radical IBDA/C.
A similar pattern of operation repeated itself on March 2 in the massacre of 271 Shiites in the Iraqi cities of Karbala and Baghdad. Another thousand or more were injured. A dozen suicide bombers whose identity eludes investigation to this day were used, but the logistical structure that made an offensive on this scale possible must have numbered hundreds of locals.
The offensive against Shiite Muslims is set to a timetable that is separate from al Qaeda's European planning. It belongs to the history of Muslim internecine warfare and is governed by a different set of fatwas.
In Madrid, as in Istanbul, al Qaeda most probably operated through or with the help of local terrorist organizations, possibly even young radical members of ETA, members of the half million Muslim population of Spain or terrorists from its former North African colonies.
This expanded infrastructure, straddling many target countries, also enables al Qaeda to multiply the number of deaths it is capable of inflicting in each individual attack. In the last four months, bin Laden's organization has managed to take 533 lives and maimed more than 3,000. The organization has pushed out the limits of the scale and diversity of its operations substantially since the 9/11 catastrophe in America.
On the same day as the Madrid trains were blown up, the Americans launched Operation Mountain Storm against "high value" al Qaeda and Taliban targets in the mountains between Afghanistan and Pakistan. It does not escape observers that while al Qaeda is capable of assaults on five fronts at least - Iraq, Turkey, Spain Kashmir and Saudi Arabia, the US global offensive against terror is limited to a single front, which too is far from the fundamentalists' most active current arena.
Where do the United States and Britain stand on al Qaeda's time table?
Its religious edicts dictate the "liberation" (by terrorism) of lands once under Muslim rule. Turkey and Spain were therefore placed ahead of London, Paris and Berlin. Israel is doubly anathemized as a Jewish state established in a country once governed by Muslims. Rome ought to come next, although the fatwas allow some flexibility to meet changing circumstances and enable al Qaeda to strike where least expected.
Bin Laden and the leadership group of his organization have been arguing over their next directions. Their debate is conceptual between those who advocate building up Islamic fundamentalist gains in Europe before turning to America and those who see Europe as a springboard to the United States. Bin Laden has issued a fatwa deciding the issue: the organization is instructed to strike simultaneously on both continents.





---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> OUR FRIENDS IN INTERIOR...


washingtonpost.com
Report Critical of Interior Official
Inspector General Calls Deputy Secretary's Dealings Troubling but Not Illegal

By Rick Weiss
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A23
An 18-month investigation by the Interior Department's inspector general has found multiple instances in which Deputy Interior Secretary J. Steven Griles had dealings with energy and mining industry clients of his former lobbying firm even as he continued to receive income from the firm's owner.
Among the actions detailed in the report was a dinner party Griles arranged for department officials at the home of his former lobbying partner, who was still paying Griles for his share of the company and who had mining and energy company clients with pending business before the department; a case in which one of Griles's former clients received preferential treatment for department contracts; and an instance in which Griles contacted Environmental Protection Agency officials regarding some of his former clients' efforts to gain coalbed methane extraction concessions in the Powder River basin of Wyoming and Montana.
The report sought only to lay out the facts and did not conclude that Griles, who assumed his post in July 2001, broke any law or was a party to conflicts of interest or ethics violations. The Office of Government Ethics, in reviewing the findings, said that, with two possible exceptions, Griles did not violate ethics rules.
But the inspector general made clear he was troubled by Griles's actions and by the inaction of the department's ethics office, which, he concluded, did a very poor job of helping Griles avoid the appearance of conflicts of interest until an "onslaught of public criticism erupted."
In the end, Inspector General Earl E. Devaney said in his transmittal letter to Interior Secretary Gale A. Norton, the American people may never get "a sound legal conclusion" on Griles's complex activities inside and outside government. But even "mere appearances" of conflict can seriously erode the public trust, he said.
"This is only one in a series of cases in which we have observed an institutional failure" to consider the appearance of conflicts of interest by Interior Department employees and officials, Devaney noted in his letter. "It is my hope, however, that [the Griles case] may be the case that changes the ethical culture in the Department."
In a letter to Sen. Joseph I. Lieberman (D-Conn.), who initiated one aspect of the investigation, Devaney said the Office of Government Ethics left open the possibility that in two instances Griles did violate ethics rules. The office referred those two cases to Norton. But Norton said yesterday that she considers the cases closed.
In a statement, Norton said she was "pleased that Deputy Secretary Griles has been cleared of the allegations that have been raised against him over the past two years."
Norton noted that Griles has already conceded that "he should have used better judgement" when, soon after his arrival at Interior, he organized a dinner party for department officials and his former lobbying partner, Marc Himmelstein -- especially given that, as a condition of his Senate confirmation, Griles had signed at least three agreements to avoid such dealings for up to six years.
Since then, Griles "has taken a number of steps to strengthen ethics screening in his office," Norton said. "This closes the issue. I'm glad that we can now put these allegations behind us."
Griles released a brief written statement in which he said he was "gratified" by the report's conclusions, which he described as a final determination "that I have adhered to the ethics law and rules."
Others read the report differently.
"The inspector general's report is damning. It uncovers regular and consistent breaches of Griles's ethics agreements and, more importantly, blatant violations of the public's trust," said Kristen Sykes of Friends of the Earth, the environmental group that helped trigger the investigation after it obtained Griles's meeting calendar through the Freedom of Information Act. "If this White House is serious about ethics and accountability, Griles should be dismissed immediately."
In an unusual arrangement, Griles is receiving payments of more than $1 million over four years from his former partner in the lobbying firm while serving as deputy secretary.
The report bluntly outlines the many roadblocks it faced in its effort to determine whether Griles had violated ethics rules. Foremost among them was an inability to ascertain exactly which companies had been -- or still are -- clients of Griles's former lobbying firm. Lacking adequate records, the inspectors had to rely on Griles himself and a few others with stakes in the investigation's outcome to tell them about those relationships.
That effort was challenged by "an unanticipated lack of personal and institutional memory; conflicting recollections; [and] poor record-keeping," the report stated, adding: "When we interviewed the Deputy Secretary and discussed our efforts to discern the status of his client list, he commented simply, 'Good luck.' "
Some of the questioned meetings concerned industry proposals and demands for concessions or exemptions from regulations pertaining to, among other matters, offshore natural gas exploration, air pollution and mining -- each involving substantial corporate revenue.
When investigators questioned these meetings, Griles provided various explanations. He said that some of the meetings were strictly "social"; that he was unaware client firms would be present at others; that he had not represented the firms on the particular matters being discussed.
Some of his assertions were corroborated by Interior Department colleagues and officers of the firms, but others were contradicted, with no resolution by the investigators.
The report said Griles took part in deliberations and meetings concerning three former clients -- Chevron, Shell and Aera (a Shell subsidiary) -- regarding their lawsuit against the government seeking access to natural gas fields they had leased in the Gulf of Mexico and off the coast of California. Griles also discussed the issue with the chief of staff of Florida Gov. Jeb Bush (R), the president's brother, who opposed the industry's plan, according to the report.
Although Griles had formally recused himself from dealings regarding Shell and Chevron, he said after being questioned that he had listed these companies erroneously on his recusal form. He said he had not lobbied for Chevron, for example, despite signing a contract while still at his firm that identified him as the firm's principal contact with Chevron, and despite having been listed as a Chevron lobbyist in filings with ethics offices.
The firm amended its forms to delete Griles's name after the controversy arose over his Interior Department meetings. The Office of Government Ethics accepted the assertion that he had not lobbied for the companies.
Griles told investigators he could not explain why Chevron's first six payments to his firm for lobbying included the annotation, "attn.: Steve Griles." He said at first that his meetings with Aera were permitted because his recusal did not apply to subsidiaries; later he said he was never aware that Aera was owned by Shell, according to the report.
Another possible conflict involved former client Advanced Power Technologies Inc. (APTI), which was lobbying the government for imaging technology contracts.
The report found that officials at the Bureau of Land Management's National Interagency Fire Center in Boise, Idaho, worked closely -- and improperly -- with the company, sharing information that gave APTI vital information about how much money the government was willing to spend, and providing specific details that ensured only APTI could win the contract.
Although Griles called the fire center's director in March 2001 -- a couple of days before he was nominated -- to explain that he would not get involved in the negotiations, his name popped up a month later when the company discussed its proposal with the fire center.
At an April 2001 briefing, an information technology officer at the center took handwritten notes that included the comment: "Steve Griles (Deputy Sec. of Interior)." The officer later told investigators he could not recall why he had made that notation, or what its significance was.
A contracting officer at the fire center told investigators that it was "suspicious" that APTI's bid ended up being so close to the government's estimate.
The report also noted that requests for bids should have been sent out to three companies, but they went out only to one: APTI. In addition, the contract requirements, including the use of trademark equipment, were so specific that only APTI could have met it, according to the report.
In another case, the officer whom Griles had designated to handle all matters related to APTI directed two junior officials to examine whether additional projects could be found for APTI, the report said. It resulted in another contract for the company, worth $165,000.
One key meeting of ATPI personnel was held in Griles's conference room. Although Griles was not present, an Interior official told investigators he was uncomfortable with that and with being summoned to the meeting. As a career civil servant, he said, he had never seen such a thing before.
All told, the report concluded, "Mr. Griles' lax understanding of his ethics agreement and attendant recusals, combined with lax dispensation of ethics advice given to him, resulted in lax constraint over matters in which the Deputy Secretary involved himself."
Staff writers R. Jeffrey Smith and Shankar Vedantam contributed to this report.



? 2004 The Washington Post Company

---------------------------------------------------------
Internet Cutoff Ordered at Interior
Judge Says Money Owed to Indians Is Still at Risk
By Carol D. Leonnig
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A19
A federal judge in Washington yesterday ordered the Interior Department to shut down most of its employees' Internet access and some of its public Web sites after concluding that the agency has failed to fix computer security problems that threaten millions of dollars owed to Native Americans.
The order, the third the judge has handed down regarding computer security concerns at the agency since 2001, enlarges the portion of the Interior Department that will have to disconnect from the Internet. In his decision, U.S. District Judge Royce C. Lamberth said he was forced to take this step because Interior officials have refused to address obvious lapses and have given contradictory information about computer security.
In the past, Interior's Internet shutdowns have made it difficult for people to get online information about national parks and monuments as well as for departmental offices to communicate with one another.
Dan DuBray, a spokesman for the Interior Department, said the agency's top officials and lawyers were still reviewing Lamberth's injunction and could not comment on its ramifications for employees or the public.
Lamberth's order is the latest in an increasingly bitter dispute between him and the agency.
Since 1996, Lamberth has presided over a lawsuit in which a group of Indians sued to force Interior to produce an accounting of all the grazing, energy and mineral royalties from Indian lands that the department had been managing since 1879. The judge has criticized the agency for ignoring its responsibility to Native Americans and found government officials in contempt of his orders.
The department's lawyers, meanwhile, have sought to have Congress intervene and have repeatedly appealed each of the judge's demands and deadlines to a higher court.
Yesterday's decision came as Interior was arguing before the appeals court to overturn other Lamberth decisions and to get another judge appointed to hear the case.
The most recent decision covers computer connections and Web sites in the Inspector General's Office, the Minerals Management Service, the Bureau of Land Management, the Bureau of Reclamation, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Office of the Special Trustee, the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the Office of Surface Mining, and the National Business Center.
"The interest of the 300,000-plus current beneficiaries of the individual Indian trust outweigh the potential inconvenience of those parties that would otherwise have access to Interior's Internet services," Lamberth wrote.
As in July, Lamberth ruled that Interior could keep emergency systems connected, particularly those involving firefighting and policing. The National Park Service, the U.S. Geological Survey and Interior's budget office also will remain connected because the court was convinced that those agencies are secure.
Lamberth first required the department to shut down Internet operations in 2001. A special master he appointed discovered that even a novice hacker could penetrate the Web sites' security and access data on the Indian revenue.
In July, Lamberth ordered a smaller portion of the department disconnected and gave Interior a chance to reconnect those divisions and offices that officials could certify were safe from hacking. But the judge wrote in yesterday's opinion that the department's claims of secure systems "mocked this Court's injunction."


---------------------------------------------------
Marshals Faulted on Protection of Judges
Associated Press
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A19
There are numerous flaws in the methods used by the U.S. Marshals Service to protect judges, some of whom preside over terrorism trials that carry a high risk of attack, a Justice Department report says.
The report yesterday by the department's inspector general, Glenn A. Fine, said it can take the marshals weeks or months to assess threats. Seventy-three percent of the cases take longer to check out than the agency's guidelines allow.
Also, the report said the marshals have no centralized intelligence program to handle threats, lack a secure national communications system to share information and have too many personnel without the security clearances necessary to see classified information.
While the number of threats against the nation's 2,000 federal judges and magistrates has decreased in recent years, the inspector general predicts the war on terrorism is likely to produce more high-risk trials.
The Marshals Service also hunts down fugitives, transports prisoners and protects federal witnesses.
Fine's report said that although the marshals have placed greater emphasis on judicial security since the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, much more needs to be done.
In a written response, the Marshals Service took issue with many of the findings, noting that in 215 years only four judges have been assassinated, none since 1989. "While a single assault or assassination is unacceptable, the full picture actually supports, rather than questions, the [agency's] capabilities," the response said.
The report found that some problems occur because the Marshals Service has not assigned personnel to all of the FBI's 84 joint terrorism task forces, created to ensure that sensitive information and investigations are shared by multiple agencies.
In one recent high-threat trial, the Marshals Service did not receive classified information regarding trial security because a key person lacked clearance to see top-secret material.
The Marshals Service agreed to revise its policy on how quickly threats against judges must be assessed, and it said it is working to ensure more of its senior officials have top-secret security clearances.

---------------------------------------------------



Powell to Seek Nuclear Details From Pakistan
By Glenn Kessler
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A18
NEW DELHI, March 15 -- Secretary of State Colin L. Powell said Monday that he planned to press Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, to disclose whether his country's probe of a nuclear trafficking network blamed on scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan had uncovered the involvement of other Pakistani officials.
Powell, speaking to reporters on his plane shortly before arriving here Monday night to begin a swing through South Asia, said he was seeking a detailed briefing on "what else they may have learned about the network" that he had not "been made aware of through normal intelligence channels."
In particular, Powell said, he would "be interested to see whether there is any involvement of past officials or any official involvement in any of this over the years. I think that is something the government of Pakistan should look into and I think is looking into."
The scope of Khan's dealings suggest that key members of the Pakistani military, intelligence services or government may have aided or ignored Khan's efforts to peddle nuclear technology and expertise to Iran, Libya and North Korea. But Bush administration officials have been wary of probing too deeply because the United States needs Pakistan's assistance in the search for Osama bin Laden and members of his al Qaeda network.
Powell said that the administration wants even greater Pakistani cooperation. "Pakistan has undertaken a number of operations recently along the border . . . and we just want to see them do more of that," he said. Referring to the militia that once ruled most of Pakistan's neighbor, Afghanistan, he said, "We want to see if they can do a better job of apprehending Taliban persons who we might be able to identify for them."
Khan, who long ran Pakistan's main nuclear weapons plant and is known as the creator of the country's nuclear bomb, acknowledged last month that he had passed nuclear secrets without government authorization; Musharraf then pardoned him. The Pakistani government launched an investigation of Khan last year after receiving evidence from the United States.
Powell is to hold talks with Indian officials on boosting U.S. exports to India and about the growing thaw between Pakistan and India. Powell also is to discuss how to implement an agreement in which the United States will help India with its nuclear energy and space technology in return for India's promise to use the aid for peaceful purposes and to help block the spread of dangerous weapons.
Powell noted that tensions have eased enough between Pakistan and India that they have begun a series of cricket matches this week. But he arrived the day after India's Foreign Ministry rejected Musharraf's insistence that the disputed region of Kashmir was the central issue dividing the countries.
Over the weekend, Musharraf said India and Pakistan must resolve the 56-year conflict over Kashmir in order for the two nuclear powers to resolve their differences.
Powell also has scheduled a visit to Afghanistan to confer with Afghan leaders about their preparations for an election and efforts by the central government to win greater control -- and tax revenue -- from areas now controlled by regional military leaders.

----------------------------------------------------

Similar Tactics, Different Names
Al Qaeda-Like Groups Scrutinized
By Dana Priest and Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writers
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A16
U.S. and European counterterrorism officials have seen a growing number of clues in the Madrid bombings that point to terrorists from any one of dozens of Islamic jihadist groups that use tactics similar to al Qaeda's but conduct operations and choose targets independently, the officials said yesterday.
This evidence, although preliminary, includes the use of cell phones to trigger explosive devices, a tactic al Qaeda has employed, and a strong suspicion that part of the operation was planned outside the targeted country, also an al Qaeda signature, two U.S. counterterrorism officials said yesterday.
No evidence points directly to Osama bin Laden's network, but counterterrorism officials believe they may be seeing proof of their worst fears: the carrying out of a spectacular, coordinated attack aimed at making a worldwide political statement by terrorists who might emulate al Qaeda but operate autonomously.
"It would be disheartening but not totally surprising if we were seeing shadow-type groups adopting [al Qaeda's] methods throughout the world," one U.S. intelligence official said. Some officials hold out the possibility that ETA, the Basque separatist movement, may have helped facilitate the attack.
Meanwhile, intelligence officials have recorded an increase in intelligence reporting in recent days indicating possible terrorist strikes in Rome, France and Turkey, according to one European intelligence official. Such intelligence reports often surge after a terrorist attack. U.S. officials also point to a message bin Laden delivered in October warning of attacks in Spain, Britain, Australia, Poland, Japan and Italy, in response to the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq.
CIA Director George J. Tenet and other intelligence officials have warned in recent months of the danger posed by largely autonomous terror groups that use al Qaeda's tactics and have relatively loose ties to the network. Finding and destroying groups that are widely dispersed and only informally linked is even harder than eliminating bin Laden and his organization, officials caution.
"The steady spread of Osama bin Laden's anti-American sentiments through the wider Sunni [Muslim] extremist movement, and through the broad dissemination of al Qaeda's destructive expertise, ensures that a serious threat will remain for the foreseeable future, with or without al Qaeda in the picture," Tenet told the Senate Armed Services Committee on March 9.
Tenet also identified as part of the new, growing threat outside al Qaeda "so-called foreign jihadists" -- religiously motivated individuals "ready to fight anywhere when they believe Muslim lands are under attack by those they see as infidel invaders."
Among the other bits of preliminary evidence in Madrid that point to an al Qaeda-like signature is that the bombs used in the attack were dispersed quickly and widely. Al Qaeda is believed to have adopted that tactic from the Japanese religious group Aum Shinrikyo, whose members punctured bags of deadly sarin inside Tokyo subway cars in March 1995.
Authorities have also discovered what they believe to be at least one safe house near the attacks that was used by terrorists. The use of close-in safe houses to rehearse operations and store equipment and supplies is an al Qaeda trademark seen in the 1993 World Trade Center attack, the 2003 bombing of a Saudi housing complex and other attacks.
Al Qaeda, unlike ETA or the Irish Liberation Army, frequently draws on members of nationalities whose countries are U.S. allies, most notably men from Saudi Arabia and Egypt. The Spanish suspects include Moroccans and Indians.
U.S. officials stress that Spanish investigators do not have enough evidence to conclude who carried out the Madrid bombings, and no one appears to be in a hurry to do so. Spanish officials who blamed ETA immediately after the attack were embarrassed when their pronouncement turned out to be premature.
Similarly, the Oct. 12, 2002, bombing of a Bali nightclub that killed more than 200 was initially blamed on al Qaeda. Later, intelligence officials attributed it to Jemaah Islamiah, an Indonesian terrorist group with some links to al Qaeda.
Yesterday, U.S. officials took a similarly cautious position. "It could be something that's not a card-carrying al Qaeda group," one senior U.S. intelligence official said. "Or ETA, or a splinter group from either one."

-------------------------------------------------

The Dear Leader, On a Platter
Sushi Chef's Book Details Kim Jong Il's Many Purported Indulgences
By Anthony Faiola
Washington Post Foreign Service
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A11
TOKYO -- For North Korea's ruler, Kim Jong Il, the latest tell-all book on the shelves in Japan is the rawest of betrayals: the confessions of the Dear Leader's own sushi chef.
Lured to Pyongyang from the sushi bars of Tokyo in 1982 by a Japanese trading company and a $5,000 a month contract, the 56-year-old Japanese chef caught the eye of Kim Jong Il a few years later and for more than a decade catered to Kim's exotic tastes.
Today he is back in Japan, and under his pen name, Kenji Fujimoto, wrote a best-selling memoir, "I Was Kim Jong Il's Cook." While North Korea is dependent on international food aid so that millions of its people do not starve, Fujimoto described Kim -- a despot to some, demigod to others -- as a sushi chef's dream: the ultimate gourmand.
"He particularly enjoyed sashimi so fresh that he could start eating the fish as its mouth is still gasping and the tail is still thrashing," Fujimoto said. "I sliced the fish so as not to puncture any of its vital organs, so of course it was still moving. Kim Jong Il was delighted. He would eat it with gusto."
Fujimoto agreed to be interviewed in a central Japanese town on the condition that the location not be disclosed. He said he still fears North Korean spies are on his trail because the end of his tenure in Pyongyang was not mutually agreed upon. The burly cook won permission to leave Pyongyang, he said, after telling Kim a fish tale about heading off to stock the palace larders with fresh Japanese sea urchin for a tasty new dish.
Fujimoto's book about life inside the Dear Leader's kitchen -- published last year in Japanese and Korean -- has piqued the interest of intelligence agencies. Japanese intelligence and foreign diplomatic officials following North Korea characterized Fujimoto's accounts as being largely credible, describing the book as adding nuances and coloring in details to long-held views of one of the world's most bizarre leaders.
Mostly, though, North Korea observers are feasting on Fujimoto's generous helpings of Kim's self-indulgent life.
Fujimoto tells of an episode in 1994 -- the year Kim became head of state after the death of his father, Kim Il Sung -- when he was invited to attend one of Kim's notorious "pleasure parties." Holding court while sporting his trademark bouffant hair and chunk heels, Kim beamed with excitement as his top aides boogied to American dance music with shocked young women who had been ordered by Kim to strip naked. There were strobe lights and a disco ball hanging that evening from the ceiling of the Dear Leader's lavish Sincheon guesthouse south of Pyongyang.
"Kim Jong Il told the women to take off their clothes," Fujimoto said. Kim pointed at senior aides one by one, commanding them to dance. "You can dance, but don't touch. If you touch, you are thieves," Kim told the aides, according to Fujimoto.
"Mr. Kim himself would not dance," continued Fujimoto, who was dressed all in black on a recent afternoon. "Kim Jong Il liked to watch." Fujimoto said he was dazzled by Kim's massive liquor cellar, stocked with nearly 10,000 bottles. There was Johnnie Walker Swing scotch and Hennessy XO cognac. To satisfy the Dear Leader's demanding tastes, Fujimoto was sent on international shopping trips, hauling back winter melons from China, pork from Denmark, caviar from Iran and Uzbekistan, but especially the finest sushi from Tokyo's Tsukiji fish market, the largest in the world.
Fujimoto said Kim once dispatched him to Tokyo's upscale Mitsukoshi department store to pick up $100 worth of his favorite rice cakes filled with mugwort. The trip itself, including airfare through Beijing -- there are no direct flights between Tokyo and Pyongyang -- and hotel expenses, cost roughly $1,500.
But Kim relished his meals, and could move himself to tears with his own toasts, often getting tipsy and, later, wistful. During fragile moments, Fujimoto said, Kim would often bemoan that Kim Jong Chul, his 22-year old son, would never rule because he had turned out to be "like a girl."
Fujimoto said Kim doted on his youngest son -- Kim Jong Woon, 18, who looks like the North Korean leader. When both sons became interested in basketball, Kim launched a nationwide campaign to spread it around North Korea, building several NBA-regulation courts in Pyongyang. "I would sometimes be the coach at the games," Fujimoto said. "They were great boys. [But] Kim Jong Woon will be his father's successor. Everyone used to say it. He looked and acted just like him."
Fujimoto said Kim was a fan of Mel Gibson, enjoying screenings of the Australian star's movies in the private theater in his palace. He is also fond of giving out his used gray or blue uniforms as gifts to friends and aides, Fujimoto said.
Given the secrecy surrounding North Korea, it is virtually impossible to confirm Fujimoto's assertions. But Japanese and foreign diplomatic and intelligence sources who have read the book and are familiar with Fujimoto's accounts are taking them very seriously.
Some of what Fujimoto describes -- including an alleged jet ski race Fujimoto said he had with Kim at a summer guesthouse -- appears to exceed the boundaries of what Kim's personal chef might have been called upon to do. But Fujimoto seldom veers into obvious exaggeration and is quick to separate what he heard from others with what he saw. "There have of course been discussions in government circles about his credibility, and the impression is that yeah, generally, this guy is for real," said a diplomatic source in Tokyo familiar with North Korea.
Noriyuki Suzuki, a leading expert on North Korea and director of Tokyo-based Radiopress Inc., which monitors North Korean media, said, "I think the book has strong credibility."
It portrays Kim in much the same way as he is described in a book about his month-long train trip across Russia in 2001. Konstantin Pulikovsky, who traveled with Kim, wrote in "Orient Express" of how the North Korean leader had live lobsters and cases of French wine flown to the train.
Fujimoto said that Kim treated him well. The North Korean leader noticed Fujimoto's interest in a lovely singer frequently called on to perform for the court. Once, for Kim's pleasure, she was ordered to fight a boxing match with another woman, and blood was spilled. Fujimoto cautiously expressed concern for the women, and Kim, with a knowing smile, later sat them together at banquets. Kim blessed their union, and photos in Fujimoto's book show Kim attending their wedding banquet in Pyongyang. When Fujimoto fled North Korea, however, he left his wife behind.
"Kim Jong Il gave me so much: He gave me a new home, let me serve his family and even brought me together with my North Korean wife," Fujimoto said. "But I know he will never forgive me for my betrayal. Sometimes I do wish I could go back, but that would be rather complicated now."
Special correspondent Sachiko Sakamaki contributed to this report.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Yemen Makes Arrest in USS Cole Bombing
Reuters
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; 8:48 AM
SANAA -- Yemen has arrested a suspected militant wanted over the 2000 bomb attack that killed 17 sailors aboard the USS Cole in the port of Aden, an official Web site said Tuesday.
Security forces arrested Ali Mohamed Omar Shorbajy in the mountainous Abyan region in south Yemen Monday night, the Web site of the ruling General People's Congress said. A hunt is still on in the same area for three other wanted men.
Last week eight men, including six suspects in the attack on the U.S. warship, surrendered to authorities after a week-long siege of Islamic militants in Abyan.
During the operation security forces arrested local al Qaeda leader Abdul Raouf Nassib, who Yemeni officials say masterminded a 2003 jail break by al Qaeda suspects in the bombing of the ship.
Yemen, the ancestral homeland of Osama bin Laden, has been battling militants since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks on U.S. cities focused attention on the impoverished country at the tip of the Arabian peninsula.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 11:07 PM EST
Permalink

Blowback from South Korea's impeachment
By David Scofield

SEOUL - The impeachment of South Korean President Roh Moo- hyun may backfire against the conservative opposition that always resented the outsider, defender of the common man, the fighter for the weak and dispossessed. They had the money and the connections, but they lost the election, and they have been gunning for him ever since. Now Roh is comfortably back in the role of underdog, a part in which he excels. And the opposition may be in for some blowback, as the polls show.

About 70,000 Roh supporters gathered peacefully downtown over the weekend to protest the impeachment on Friday of their democratically elected president after just one year of his five-year term. Seoul has not witnessed a popular outpouring of such magnitude since the acquittal of two American soldiers on negligent-homicide charges during the run-up to the presidential elections in the autumn of 2002.

And now, as then, Roh has positioned himself to take advantage of a groundswell of righteous indignation - the plucky rebel, defender of the common man, standing up in defiance of larger, more powerful forces. And now as then, the opposition Grand National Party (GNP) - its leadership so completely out of touch with the realities of contemporary South Korea - has pushed the great, centrist mass of the electorate toward the pro-government Uri Party, or OOP (Our Open Party), camp, just in time for a general election, April 15.

After the impeachment on Friday (the vote was 193-2 in the opposition-controlled National Assembly) it seemed obvious to many that Roh Moo-hyun and his advisers had grossly underestimated the forces that conspired against him. He fumbled the chance to apologize to opposing political forces during a speech last Thursday - appearing arrogant and unrepentant over campaign irregularities - and he inadvertently galvanized the opposition to his presidency. Indeed, as political-science professor Kim Young-il of Sungkyunkwan University said, "It is an extremely simple matter, all Roh has to do is apologize for violating the law." And Roh did apologize Thursday night - to the South Korean people, but not to the National Election Commission or opposing political forces.

Roh was impeached on two grounds:

Receiving illegal funds; though he himself has not been implicated, close aides have been.
Campaigning as a sitting president for a political party - the Uri or OOP, though he was not officially a member of the party. Still, a president is supposed to remain neutral.

Roh, advisers missed opportunities
Roh himself often appears to act or shoot "from the hip", but his advisers have proved to be most astute at reading the political winds when situations demand it - but not always. Roh's ousting of former foreign and trade minister Yoon Young-kwan, for example - sacrificed in essence for contempt within the ranks of the Foreign Ministry - could have led to the appointment of a pro-independence foreign-policy articulator who would tell the Yankees what's what, but it didn't. Roh has emphasized the importance of a South Korean foreign policy furthering South Korean interests, and emphatically independent of Washington when need be, but as a new foreign minister he chose Ban Ki-moon, a universally respected career diplomat not likely to ruffle feathers.

Since taking office, Roh has bemoaned the difficulties of crafting legislation and managing the affairs of state when the opposition-controlled National Assembly fought him at every turn. Consolidating control within the assembly has been his mission since his inauguration just over one year ago. Indeed, Roh's much-ballyhooed referendum promise - he would resign if the people did not support him - has morphed into a proxy vote this April. Roh has declared that a vote for the pro-government OOP would be a vote of confidence for his presidency.

Roh's ousting may have been the result of incompetence by his domestic advisers, but whether by design or by coincidence the impeachment has accentuated Roh's - and by extension the OOP's - strengths.

Roh has always been an underdog. His "aw shucks" man-of-the-people persona is effective: a former farmboy outsider who became a labor lawyer and fought for the disadvantaged. He comes across in speeches as a self-effacing, genuine personality, in sharp contrast to the slickness - some would say sleaze - of many of the nation's longtime politicians.

Back in 2002 Roh was a long shot in the polls
In October 2002, two months before the presidential election, GNP candidate Lee Hoi-chang, longtime conservative politician and former Supreme Court judge, was considered the odds-on favorite to ascend to the nation's highest office. The GNP had the money and the connections, and with former president Kim Dae-jung's family ensnared in seemingly endless bribe and influence-peddling charges, the opposition GNP candidate was a lock - or so it looked.

At the time of the anti-US street demonstrations (two US soldiers had been acquitted of running over two middle-school girls in a training accident), street-savvy Roh saw the potential in the national outpouring after the controversial acquittal. He understood that it was more than a tragic accident, but the passionate manifestation of a nation in change, a movement comprised primarily of voters too young and too affluent to relate to the old Cold War politics that still defines the nation's alliance with the United States.

Roh embraced the younger voter, and played a different political game. He let the GNP attack him, even as it ensured his status as the grossly outmatched underdog. And the GNP heavyweights, long ensconced in privilege and wealth, failed to feel what Roh's supporters were feeling - and so the GNP opposition came to symbolize to many the arrogance of the conservative, pro-American establishment.

But the realities of governing crisis-prone South Korea have been daunting for Roh. Since taking office, his support has dropped from well over 70 percent to around 40 percent before the impeachment. Economic realities, high consumer debt, low consumer confidence, firmly entrenched regionalism and myriad other problems are dealing blow after blow to both the economy and society.

Roh's impeachment has put him squarely back to where he is most comfortable, in the role of underdog, locked in battle with a more powerful foe. This is crisis Roh, and it is Roh at his most potent. Roh is widely considered to be mediocre to ineffectual in his day-to-day governing of the nation, but the opposition has handed Roh a redeeming crisis, a tool with which to rally the Korean people to the cause of the weak but virtuous. This is a perception congruent with many Koreans' perception of themselves and their nation: small, weak and forever put upon by larger, more powerful forces. The GNP has once again ensured Roh's position as the people's president, himself a victim of power and conspiracy.

Koreans think impeachment a mistake - polls
Polls conducted over the weekend show the OOP ahead by double digits throughout the country. Even residents of conservative strongholds such as Daegu respond that the impeachment was a mistake. The GNP is thinking damage control, blaming the press for fanning the flames of dissent, while members of the Millennium Democratic Party (MLD) - co-supporters of the impeachment bill - are calling for the resignation of their party leader Chough Soon-hyung, and others are poised to jump ship to the pro-Roh OOP.

The impeachment has translated into an estimated 5-6 percent increase in support for the OOP, and while it is still a month before the general election, if it can maintain the momentum this impeachment has given them, an OOP victory in April seems likely.

Of course, Roh's impeachment trial before the Constitutional Court will probably not have ended by then. The court has as long as six months to make a decision, and as this is the first democratically elected South Korean president to be impeached, the justices must decide without the aid of precedent, meaning every aspect of the impeachment will have to be examined and conclusively adjudicated. Further, as impeachment prosecutors are members of the National Assembly - the chairpersons of the legislature and the judiciary committees - an OOP election win would theoretically allow the president's OOP supporters to act as his prosecutors.

Roh's camp may not have had the foresight to see the potential boon this impeachment would be to his and the OOP's popularity. Nonetheless, a boon it has been, and while opposition forces begin to attack each other for handing Roh such a "victory", all indications are that Roh and his progressive backers in the OOP may be heading for dominance in the National Assembly. That would allow Roh's team the power and legislative authority to implement far-reaching reforms - including constitutional changes that would relax the single five-year term limit for presidents. Changes would allow presidents to run for re-election after four years, instead of the current single five-year term mandated by the constitution. Such a reform would, according to the OOP, "prevent our national energy from being wasted by frequent elections and stabilize governance". Such a constitutional change would allow a president more time to enact far-reaching changes in South Korea.

How the impeachment came to pass
The Grand National Party, especially the old-guard conservatives within the party, have never accepted Roh's win - he was an outsider, an upstart. To them it was some sort of mistake - after all, they had the money and the connections, they would win. However, there he was in office and there wasn't much the GNP could do - but Roh helped them.

Last autumn, Roh left the Millennium Democratic Party (MDP), the party he rode to victory, the party started by former president Kim Dae-jung. He didn't, and still hasn't, officially joined the OOP, composed mostly of former MDP members but some young GNP members as well. Roh burned some bridges when he left. He weakened the MDP considerably, and even those who had campaigned with him began to speak out against him. The straw that broke that camel's back, though, was his open campaigning for the OOP last month. It's technically illegal for a sitting president to campaign for a political party, but all presidents have done so, including Kim Dae-jung - and no one mentioned impeachment then.

What happened here was the perfect storm: the GNP has been gunning for Roh since the election; getting rid of Roh has been their No 1 priority, over and above matters of state, but on their own they lacked the votes to do much. When Roh endorsed the OOP in a speech on February 24, many in the MDP revolted - they joined forces with the GNP. That didn't add up to enough votes, until Roh delivered a haughty speech and refused to apologize to the Election Commission for any wrongdoings; he did apologize to the people for the fuss. That did it - the opposition had enough votes, a landslide impeachment.

With Prime Minister Goh Kun as acting president, not much is expected to happen - in terms of US relations, possible dispatch of 3,000 South Korean troops to Iraq or in terms of North Korean relations - until the elections next month. Then the whole mess may well blow up in the face of the GNP, which watched the some 70,000 Roh supporters protesting the impeachment. Roh appeared on newscasts - smiling, cracking jokes and telling everyone to be calm and let the courts work it out.

So the once and future president appears a likely figure in South Korea's future - once again.

David Scofield is a lecturer at the Graduate Institute of Peace Studies, Kyung Hee University, Seoul.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

-----------------------------------------------------------------
Pyongyang pins false hopes on Kerry
By Yoel Sano

As US Senator John Kerry now appears the presumptive Democratic challenger to President George W Bush, North Korea is assessing how its relations with the United States might change, even improve, with a Kerry victory in November. Although a lot can happen in eight months, and the contest looks very close, some polls show Kerry slightly ahead - and Pyongyang's foreign-policy shapers too are looking head, as reflected in its state-controlled media.

But if Pyongyang's leaders are pinning their hopes for better relations on a Kerry victory, they are almost certainly mistaken - relations probably would not improve significantly in a Kerry presidency, though North Korea might buy more time to increase its nuclear stockpile. Kerry could, in fact, prove to be a hardliner and find himself under enormous pressure from conservatives not to make any concessions to North Korea. Further, an examination of the record demonstrates that while some statements appear more moderate and critical of the Bush administration, some of Kerry's other statements are very similar to those made by President Bush - and some are even tougher.

North Korean media rarely comment on US domestic politics, but the state-run Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) and Radio Pyongyang - monitored by South Korea's Yonhap news agency - have recently been reporting on Kerry and his criticism of Bush's exaggerated claims about Iraq's weapons of mass destruction (WMD). Kerry's criticism of what he calls Bush's unproductive hardline policy toward Pyongyang also has been reported on North Korean news programs.

Given North Korea's traditional lack of comment on US domestic politics, the continued references to Kerry, a Massachusetts liberal, is considered significant, not incidental, by many Korea watchers.

Highlighting Kerry's criticism of Bush
In a commentary titled "US must approach six-way talks with sincerity", dated February 23, before the last round of talks on Pyongyang's nuclear program, KCNA said:

"Public figures of different countries, regions and international organizations and media hope to see a peaceful settlement of the nuclear issue between the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) and the United States and the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula with the successful holding of the six-way talks. Growing louder are voices urging the Bush administration to approach the six-way talks beginning from February 25 with sincerity.

"The Bush administration is delaying talks with Pyongyang, said a US Democratic senator [John Kerry] on January 28. He added that it is time a sincere attitude was taken toward negotiation and if the president fails to instruct his officials to honestly approach negotiation and leave no room for this, the US will be unable to get the goal.

"Senator Kerry, who is seeking [the] presidential candidacy of the Democratic Party, sharply criticized President Bush, saying it was an ill-considered act to deny direct dialogue with North Korea." (The KCNA website specifies that quotations must be attributed to the Korean News Service, KCNA, in Tokyo.)

Conservative websites in the US, some of them strongly anti-Kerry, have seized on such comments as proof that the Massachusetts senator is favored by Pyongyang - in effect a kiss of political death - and therefore unworthy of the presidency of the United States.

Judging by these reports, it would appear that North Korea would prefer dealing with a President Kerry than a re-elected President Bush. It is highly likely that Pyongyang would like to see US-North Korea relations return to the status - far from ideal but hardly as dangerous as they are now - they enjoyed in the final 18 months of the presidency of Bill Clinton. That was an all-time high in bilateral relations, but such terms are relative. Clinton almost made a historic, first-ever US presidential trip to North Korea in November 2000, but decided against it at the last minute, apparently uncertain that it would achieve concrete results or become anything but a media circus.

US-North Korean ties improved under Clinton
However, Clinton did receive vice marshal Jo Myong-rok - the first vice chairman of North Korea's National Defense Commission and the second-most-powerful man in the Pyongyang regime - at the White House in early October 2000. Jo was acting as a special envoy from North Korean leader Kim Jong-il, and he remains the most senior North Korean ever to have visited the US. The meeting was remarkable in itself, given that in mid-1994 Clinton strongly considered ordering air strikes on North Korea's nuclear facilities, and vice marshal Jo, who was the North's air force commander at the time, was believed to have been ready to order kamikaze suicide attacks on US naval vessels in nearby waters.

Reciprocating Jo's visit, secretary of state Madeleine Albright traveled to Pyongyang two weeks later, on October 23, becoming the most senior US official ever to visit North Korea, where she was hosted by Kim Jong-il himself. (Former US president Jimmy Carter traveled to Pyongyang during the 1994 nuclear crisis and held a meeting with the then "Great Leader", Kim Il-sung, but Carter had been retired for 13 years at that point, and his visit was undertaken in a private capacity.) Other notable Americans who visited North Korea during Clinton's second term included former defense secretary William Perry in May 1999 and, in a bizarre case, Clinton's half-brother Roger, a musician, who performed in a charity rock concert organized jointly by North and South Korean musicians in December 1999.

By contrast, bilateral relations under the Bush presidency have been frosty from the start. After September 11, 2001, Bush designated North Korea as a member of the "axis of evil", joining Iraq and Iran, and shortly afterward US officials leaked a story that North Korea is one of seven countries that the Pentagon sees as possible targets for nuclear strikes under certain conditions. Further, Bush told Washington Post reporter Bob Woodward that he personally "loathe[s]" Kim Jong-il.

With all of this in mind, it is hardly surprising that Pyongyang would like to see the back of Bush.

Kerry's agenda is little different from Bush's
Pyongyang may somewhat optimistic, though, if it expects dramatically improved treatment under a President Kerry. True, his few pronouncements on the North Korean issue have had a more moderate tone than Bush's. But the actual picture is somewhat more complicated.

Kerry told the New York Times on March 6 that he favors direct bilateral talks with North Korea - which is one of Pyongyang's long-standing demands rejected by Bush. Kerry also criticized the US for sending "mixed and bad messages" to Pyongyang by breaking the 1972 US-Soviet Anti-Ballistic Missile (ABM) Treaty and developing more nuclear bunker-busting weapons.

Kerry's conservative opponents claimed that his willingness to engage in direct talks - as opposed to the current arrangement of six-way North Korea talks involving China, Japan, South Korea, Russia and the United States - makes him too amenable to Pyongyang's demands. The Bush administration repeatedly has said it will not "reward" Pyongyang's "bad behavior" in any way. North Korea seeks direct talks because this would increase its sense of prestige in the world, elevating its status by negotiating with a superpower. The US has favored the multilateral approach because it wants to be seen taking into account the views of key allies Japan and South Korea, as well as major powers China and Russia.

However, should a future President Kerry engage directly with North Korea, Pyongyang might soon find that the six-way talks offer it far more room for maneuver and delay than one-on-one talks. This is because it is inherently more complex for the United States and North Korea to negotiate in the presence of four other countries, at least two of which (China and Russia) have historically been sympathetic to Pyongyang, while the other two have been against it. In the six-way talks, all parties must act not only keeping Washington and Pyongyang in mind, but also minding how they view and relate to one another. Kerry's direct talks - if they ever were to take place - would remove these complications, potentially allowing for greater US pressure on North Korea.

Kerry article spelled out his North Korea policy
Kerry delivered his most comprehensive statement on North Korea in a Washington Post opinion piece published last August 6, long before he became the Democratic Party candidate for the presidency. Overall, it suggests few real differences with the Bush administration's policy.

In the opinion article, Kerry advocated negotiations, but so does the Bush administration. In terms of goals, Kerry wrote that "ultimately, our goal is to force North Korea to dismantle its nuclear-weapons program through an internationally verifiable process ... in a way that prevents the North Koreans from extracting concessions from us absent compliance by them". This is exactly what George W Bush is demanding.

On Pyongyang's demand for a security guarantee from the US, Kerry was slightly more accommodating, noting, "US commitment not to increase its offensive capabilities on the Korean Peninsula while Pyongyang is freezing its nuclear activities is one obvious - and I believe verifiable - way to move forward". However, barely a sentence later, he added, "but we must make clear that we retain all options, including military options, if North Korea breaks the freeze".

Naturally, it's the part about "military options" that worries Pyongyang. Fear of a US invasion a la Iraq has fueled its desire for a non-aggression pact with the United States. Kerry didn't specifically mention such a treaty in his article.

Kerry even tougher on drugs, human rights
Kerry also went on to raise other topics that would surely anger Pyongyang, if he were ever to become president:

"We must be prepared to negotiate a comprehensive agreement that addresses the full range of issues of concern to the United States and its allies - North Korea's nuclear, chemical, and missile programs, conventional force deployment, drug running, and human rights - as well as North Korea's concerns about security and development." The last two of these issues - security and economic development - are fine with Pyongyang, but the other items on Kerry's agenda are steps that even Bush is not demanding.

If a President Kerry were to force these on to the negotiating table, talks between the two sides would soon become very frosty - especially since North Korea is believed to earn a hefty sum from drug smuggling, and because as many as 200,000 of its citizens may be held in concentration and forced-labor camps.

Kerry concluded his article by saying that pursuing comprehensive negotiations would strengthen Washington's position since there would be more grounds for the military option should peaceful efforts fail. On the two occasions that Kerry mentions Kim Jong-il, he refers to him as a "despotic leader" and a "paranoid dictator". Again, this is hardly music to Pyongyang's ears.

Bearing in mind Kerry's statements and article, Pyongyang would be foolish to assume automatically that its national well-being and international relations would be better under a Kerry presidency. Yet it now appears that Pyongyang has decided not to make any serious concessions to the United States in six-way talks this year - with a view to seeing who wins the US election (see Talks aside, North Korea won't give up nukes, March 2).

From all indications, North Korea decided some time ago that its surest form of defense lay in the possession of nuclear weapons, and that it would use negotiations with the US and its allies as a way of stalling for more time in which to build up its stockpile. Further, Pyongyang is probably counting on the likelihood that there will be "no war in '04", since this is an election year, and Bush would not want to jeopardize his popularity by waging a costly war on the Korean Peninsula.

A New Mexican standoff with Bill Richardson?
However, from Pyongyang's point of view, the regime may not necessarily see a contradiction in continuing to push for a security guarantee and diplomatic relations with the US, while retaining its nukes "just in case". Pyongyang appears to see a Kerry victory as more conducive to achieving this goal. This would be especially true in a Kerry administration if his foreign-policy team included many Clinton-era officials who are familiar to Pyongyang.

Indeed, although Kerry has yet to name a vice-presidential running mate, one name that has been floated and whom Pyongyang would probably welcome is New Mexico Governor Bill Richardson. Since December 1994, Richardson has had extensive experience negotiating with Pyongyang; at that time he secured the release of a US helicopter pilot who had been captured by North Korea after a crash. He also had diplomatic contacts with North Korean officials in his capacity as US ambassador to the United Nations from 1997-98 and and as US energy secretary from 1998-2001. In his cabinet posting he oversaw the provision of US fuel shipments and new nuclear reactors for North Korea under the terms of the 1994 Agreed Framework - the idea was to give North Korea alternatives to uranium and plutonium that could be used to produce weapons.

In January 2003 the current nuclear crisis was unfolding, after Pyongyang's decision to restart its main nuclear reactor. Then North Korean officials traveled to New Mexico, approaching Richardson and asking him to serve as a back channel to the Bush administration. If Richardson were to become vice president, Pyongyang might see him as a friendly, or at least familiar, ear in the White House.

It is precisely Kerry's moderate background that might preclude him from being hasty in granting concessions to Pyongyang if he becomes president. Democrats have long been accused of being soft on national-security issues, and Kerry would be under intense pressure from Republicans not to concede too much, too quickly. This is especially true given that the neo-conservatives around Bush, who withhold any criticism of the president for fear of alienating him, could become much more vocal if forced into opposition.

The realities of office and power also could make Kerry take a harder line with Pyongyang. Few politicians stick to their pre-election agendas once elected, as they grasp the complexities and competing forces that bear on any issue. Although Clinton mellowed toward Pyongyang in his second term, in early 1993 he visited the inter-Korean Demilitarized Zone and warned, "It is pointless for North Korea to try to develop nuclear weapons, because if they ever used them, it would be the end of their country." And in June 1994, as mentioned already, Clinton was seriously contemplating ordering air strikes on North Korea - which would have led to war.

Democrats not 'soft' on defense and security
North Korea's foreign-policy makers and analysts must also be aware that the notion that Democratic presidents are weaker than Republicans, especially on security, is contradicted by the historical record. Franklin D Roosevelt led the US into World War II, and his successor, Harry S Truman, authorized the first-ever use of the atomic bomb, against Japan. It was also Truman who repelled North Korea's invasion of the South in the Korean War, with a devastating effect on North Korea itself. It was another Democratic president, John F Kennedy, who risked nuclear confrontation with the Soviet Union during the Cuban missile crisis, and it was Lyndon Johnson who escalated the United States' last war in Asia, in Vietnam.

And it was Jimmy Carter - often seen as a weak postwar president - who, five months before the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan, signed a directive aimed at destabilizing latter's communist regime by supporting Islamic fundamentalist forces.

Pyongyang may at last be waking up to these facts. KCNA stated recently that "whoever is elected US president should be willing to make a switchover in its policy toward the DPRK (Democratic People's Republic of Korea), drop the hostile policy toward it and express readiness to coexist with it". The key, therefore, lies in a change of policy rather than a change in president.

Paradoxically, if George W Bush wins a second term, then he may be in a better position to reach some sort of agreement with North Korea. For one thing, he would be free of electoral or congressional backlashes. Also, Republicans would more likely tolerate a deal with North Korea signed by a Republican president than a new Democratic president. For Pyongyang, a hardliner would at least clearly spell out terms and conditions, whereas moderation could be mistaken for weakness, or even be seen as a form of deception.

Just as only the late president Richard M Nixon could go to China, perhaps only George W Bush could go to Pyongyang.

Yoel Sano has worked for publishing houses in London, providing political, security and economic analysis, and has been following North Korea, as well as other Northeast Asian developments, for more than 10 years.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

--------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ROVING EYE
The emergence of hyperterrorism
By Pepe Escobar

"If you don't stop your injustices, more blood will flow and these attacks are very little compared with what may happen with what you call terrorism."
- Abu Dujan al-Afghani, purported military spokesman for al-Qaeda in Europe, claiming responsibility on video for the Madrid bombings.

The "al-Qaedization" of terrorism in Europe is a political "big bang". According to intelligence estimates in Brussels, there may be an invisible army of up to 30,000 holy warriors spread around the world, which begs the question: how will Western democracies be able to fight them?

The Madrid bombings have already produced the terrorists' desired effect: fear. Cities all across Europe fear they may be targeted for the next massacre of the innocents. On his October 18, 2003 tape, Osama bin Laden warned that Italy, Britain and Poland, as well as Spain - all staunch Washington allies in the invasion and occupation of Iraq - would be struck. Sheikh Omar Bakri, spiritual leader of the Islamist group al-Mouhajiroun, said in London he "wouldn't be surprised if Italy is the next target".

Social paranoia inevitably will be on the rise - and the main victims are bound to be millions of European Muslims. Racist political parties like Jean Marie le Pen's National Front in France and Umberto Bossi's Northern League in Italy will pump up the volume of their extremely vicious anti-Islamic xenophobia. For scores of moderate European politicians, it will be increasingly difficult to maintain their support for a solution to the Palestinian tragedy - as the Sharon government in Israel spins the line that both Israel and Europe are "victims of terrorism".

This Wednesday, the European Union's foreign policy chief, Javier Solana, will ask the EU to name an expert to be in charge of "coordinating" the action of the 15 countries (soon to be 25). Belgium's Prime Minister Guy Verhofstadt has proposed the creation of a European Intelligence Center to combat terrorism. Currently, each national intelligence service acts on its own, not always connected with Europol, the continent's police body in The Hague. A special cell in Brussels, for instance, conducts its own, separate investigations.

The new al-Qaeda virus
The special cell in Brussels considers that the Madrid bombings required "minute preparations, money, experience and cohesion". This has led European specialists on Islamist movements, like Antoine Basbus, director of the Observatory of Arab Countries, and Olivier Roy, a research director at the French Center of Scientific Research, to agree that al-Qaeda is now operating on three layers: the originals, or Arab-Afghans who were part of the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s; the franchised local groups; and the recent "converts" who provide the crucial link between the "base" and the local outfits.

The anti-terrorist experts in Brussels tell Asia Times Online they had known for some time that the original "base" of the al-Qaeda was greatly depleted. After all, Mohammed Atta, the leading military planner, and Mahfouz Ould, one of the leading ideologues, have been killed. Abu Zubaida, in charge of recruiting, and Ibn Sheikh Al-Libi, in charge of training, are in jail. But unlike the Americans roughly a year ago, the experts in Brussels did not assume that al-Qaeda was broken. They stress that al-Qaeda's real danger is "their persistent capacity to incite and collaborate with local groups" - they estimate there may be around 40 of these - to act in their own countries. "But we are even more concerned about groups that we don't know anything about."

The Moroccan arm of al-Qaeda, for instance, is the little-known Moroccan Islamic Combatants Group. The experts in Brussels now confirm that Saudis and Moroccans came to Madrid to plan the bombings alongside Islamist residents of Spain. But al-Qaeda is not only active in the Maghreb: it is very well connected in sub-Saharan Africa, in places not yet fully investigated like the Ivory Coast and the Central African Republic.

For months now, ever since the Istanbul bombings in November 2003, different European intelligence services have been afraid they would have to confront a mutated enemy. Most services were in fact sure that Istanbul represented the first attack on Europe. The possibility of further use of chemical and bacteriological weapons, and even nuclear "dirty bombs", was not, and now more than ever is not, discarded.

Roy says that recruiting is now being conducted locally because "mobility is more difficult; there is not a place anymore where one goes to meet the chief or to get training". Recruiting campaigns continue all over the EU. For instance, one of the perpetrators of the bombing of the UN office in Baghdad in August 2003 was recruited in Italy. Other recruits in Spain, Germany and Norway ended up in Iraq via Syria. Global jihad, of which al-Qaeda is the leading exponent, is above all an idea. It thrives on spectacular terrorist attacks. Targets may have no strategic interest: what matters is terror as a spectacle - like bombing a nightclub in Bali. Madrid represented something much more sophisticated because in the Western collective consciousness it was the link between an American ally and the war on Iraq.

Spain may have become a new symbol of the clash between the jihadis' version of Islam and the "Jews and Crusaders". But as far as global jihad is concerned, it doesn't matter whether a European democracy like Spain is governed by conservatives or socialists. Al-Qaeda is an apocalyptic sect betting on the clash of civilizations: Islamic jihadis against "Jews and Crusaders". It is the same with the Bush administration spinning a "war on terror": James Woolsey, a former Central Intelligence Agency head, believes this is the Fourth World War and conservative guru Samuel Huntington bets on, what else, a "clash of civilizations".

Al-Qaeda's biggest problem is that it has no legitimacy in the Middle East as far as the key issues, Palestine and Iraq, are concerned. Osama bin Laden and Ayman al-Zawahiri, al-Qaeda's No 2, were never interested in the Palestinian struggle. In Roy's formula, "Al-Qaeda represents the globalization of Islam, not of the Middle Eastern conflicts."

The Osama factor
Al-Qaeda is a nebula in total dispersion, locally and globally. Take Osama's audio-video productions: they are always delivered to the world via Islamabad, but the distribution chain is so fragmented that no one can go back to the source. Tribal chiefs protect bin Laden all over the Pakistan-Afghan border for two reasons: because he is a Muslim and because he fought in the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s. This has nothing to do with September 11 - which for tribal leaders is something akin to a trip to the moon - and it goes beyond the US$25 million bounty on bin Laden's head. Most Afghans don't like Arabs and blame them for every disaster in the last 25 years. But every tomb of an Arab killed by an American bomb in 2001 is honored like a holy place.

The experts in Brussels consider that the possible capture of Osama in the upcoming spring offensive may not change anything, because in the current global jihad modus operandi the "base" retains all the initiative.

Roy insists military muscle simply does not work: "We are able to fight al-Qaeda with police operations, intelligence and justice. On a political level, one must make sure that they don't have a social base: already they don't have a political wing, sympathizers, intellectuals, newspapers or unions. They must be isolated. There's only one way for this to happen: full integration of Muslims," That's the exact opposite of the stigma privileged by conservative governments and racist, xenophobic parties.

Key conclusions
According to the experts in the Brussels anti-terrorist cell, proving al-Qaeda's responsibility in the Madrid bombings will lead to three important conclusions:
1. Al-Qaeda is back in the spectacular attack business, even if the attack is perpetrated by affiliates.
2. Cells remain very much active around Europe, and the West as a whole remains a key target.
3. Global jihad has achieved one of its key objectives, which is to strike against one of Washington's allies in Iraq.

The repercussions of all these conclusions are of course immense - from Washington to all major European capitals and spilling to the arc from the Middle East to Central and South Asia.

Brussels also alerts that this happens independently of other al-Qaeda objectives which remain very much in place: the departure of all American soldiers from Saudi soil; the fall of the House of Saud; and the expulsion of Jews from the Middle East. Al-Qaeda's ultimate objective is a caliphate. As far as the absolute majority of Muslims in the world are concerned, the global jihad's most seductive appeal undoubtedly remains its struggle to end the American imperial control of Islamic lands.

Romano Prodi, head of the European Commission, says that force is not working against terrorism: "Terrorism now is more powerful than before." Most European politicians and intellectuals - apart from Blair, Berlusconi, Aznar and their friends - consider that the Bush administration's response to asymmetric warfare has only served to increase the threat. It's a classic reductio ad absurdum. Increasingly lethal American military muscle deployed all over the Islamic world has led to more lethal terrorist attacks, in the Islamic world and also in the West. More muscled defense of hard targets, or strategic targets, has led to more indiscriminate attacks on so-called soft targets (like the Madrid trains). Madrid is a tragic mirror of Baghdad and Karbala: more than 200 innocent workers and students died in Madrid, more than 200 innocent pilgrims died in Iraq.

Not only in Brussels or the European Parliament in Strasbourg is there practically a consensus that the beginning of a solution for the terrorism problem is the end of both the Israeli occupation of Palestine and the American occupation of Iraq. Madrid once again proved that terrorism practices the ultimate in nihilist politics. There's no possible diplomacy. No possible negotiation. It does not bend when attacked by military power. It has no territory and no population to defend, and no military or civil installations to protect. Al-Qaeda is not a Joint Chiefs of Staff: it is an idea. It commands faithful servants, not soldiers. It has nothing to do with war - as the Bush administration insists - and much less with a war on Iraq. One of the reasons invoked for the war on Iraq - the link between Saddam and al-Qaeda - was turned upside down: more al-Qaeda infiltration in the West is a consequence of the war, not less.

In the corridors of Brussels, and in the streets of Madrid, Barcelona, Rome, Milan, London and Paris, Europe was given a rude awakening. All the evidence now screams that reshaping the Middle East from a base in occupied Iraq is not leading to less terrorism: it is leading to hyperterrorism.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The al-Qaeda franchise
By Richard Giragosian

Although the investigation into the recent bombings in Spain is still underway, three different scenarios have emerged, each of which suggests a number of worrisome issues, particularly in the context of the US-led "war on terror". The first scenario, pointing to the Basque ETA separatist organization as the culprits, was the initial reaction that emerged from Spanish authorities and remained firmly entrenched as Madrid's official position for some time.

Despite the fact that this ETA scenario seems increasingly unlikely as the investigation proceeds, initial analysis was grounded in the fact that the explosives and detonators used in the bombings were allegedly linked to the ETA organization. But this factor was the only positive linkage, as the other elements were rooted in either the negative - such as clues pointing away from traditional ETA methods - to the speculative, mainly resting on the political choreography that the attacks were aimed at disrupting Spain's national election.

The second scenario under consideration focuses on al-Qaeda, with the assistance of local activists. Obviously, other factors moving the inquiry in this direction include the arrest and links to the bombings of three Moroccans with allegedly extensive ties to al-Qaeda, the discovery of a stolen van with Koranic tapes and the video release claiming al-Qaeda responsibility. According to this scenario, the bombings represent the al-Qaeda network's first major attack on Europe proper and pose several new troubling developments for the anti-terror movement.

The most notable development in this case includes a modification of tactics by al-Qaeda, moving away from its traditional use of suicide bombers and utilizing synchronized bombs triggered remotely, as well as a more sophisticated recognition of the political vulnerabilities of Western democracies and their inherent susceptibility to properly timed terrorist disruptions. The most interesting implication from this scenario is the suggestion that al-Qaeda has succeeded in using the attacks as its own form of "regime change", forging a role in bringing down a Western government.

The most intriguing analysis, however, is found in the third scenario, suggesting a new alliance between radical elements of the ETA and the al-Qaeda network. This scenario rests on several important, although still somewhat disparate, factors. The first link in this analytical ETA-al-Qaeda chain rests with an individual: Yusuf Galan, a Spanish national (and Islam convert) charged with ties to al-Qaeda back in November 2001. The second link is operational, stemming from a reported record of ETA supplying explosives to Islamic terrorists in general, and to the Palestinian militant group Hamas, in particular. Such a linkage also raises fears in neighboring France, which has its own recent history of ETA members operating on its territory.

Adding to the complexity of the investigation, there is also a deeper level of troubling trends in this possible ETA-al-Qaeda combination. Specifically, the revelation that some 80 radical ETA militants were reportedly in Iraq prior to the war and that some were allegedly implicated in the November 2003 killing of seven Spanish intelligence agents in Suwayrah raise new fears of a renewed terror threat. In fact, two of these 80 radical ETA members that were in Iraq were later arrest by the Spanish authorities as they attempted to transport some 500 kilograms of explosives to Madrid on February 29. Endowing ETA with a new global reach based on a tactical alliance with the al-Qaeda network and/or the Iraqi insurgency would significantly "raise the stakes" in the current round of the war on terrorism, with troubling implications for a Europe set to become only more vulnerable with the looming expansion of its visa-free borders.

Regardless of which scenario turns out to be the most accurate, there is perhaps an even more significant lesson that this speculation over the responsibility for the attacks has tended to obscure: what it reveals about the transformation of al-Qaeda. Even in the event that al-Qaeda itself is not directly involved in the bombings, the renewed focus on the group has demonstrated that it has substantially changed from Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda of September 11, 2001. This transformation consists of a move from what is defined as al-Qaeda from the "corporate terrorism" structure under bin Laden's direct control to what has more recently been termed as a "terror franchise". The attacks in Morocco and Turkey, well before Spain, were what first revealed this "phased transition". The threat is now posed by "al-Qaeda the movement" and not "al-Qaeda the international terrorist organization". Such a decentralizing, broadening shift away from the original al-Qaeda organization into a new more diverse array of local, more distantly linked affiliates makes targeting its center of gravity, or even acquiring the target, especially difficult.

Moreover, this new al-Qaeda movement also incorporates the local offshoots of radical Islamic groups as more autonomous franchises throughout the periphery of the Islamic world. Matched by a more localized focus, this movement is marked by local operators acting on their own soil (local Turks involved with the attacks in Turkey, local Moroccans carrying out the attacks in Morocco, etc) with little or no global reach but using the tenets of al-Qaeda to enhance their standing within their own smaller arena of operations. And although arguably to bolster the global jihad, the priority is on promoting the image, appeal, and even the recruiting opportunities of home-grown groups in their home countries. This is also seen by the increased activity in peripheral states of Indonesia, the Philippines, and most recently even in the West African nation of Chad.

This also seems to be reflected in the current strategy of the remnants of the bin Laden al-Qaeda organization, still struggling to regroup and hindered by a greatly weakened command and control structure. For the al-Qaeda organization, its priorities are Iraq and its remaining refuge along the Pakistani-Afghan border. The attacks carried out under the banner of al-Qaeda by the local, but remote affiliates serve to uphold the broader struggle, an important element, but no longer exhibiting the extensive preparations and global ambitions of the previous al-Qaeda. Thus, it seems likely that attacks in the name of the al-Qaeda movement will continue and most likely spread, but will be limited more to attacks of opportunity than of global strategy and increasingly isolated to the fringe areas of the periphery.

The course of this new al-Qaeda movement is not without historical parallel, however. In fact, there is an ironic similarity between the ideological justification and tactical support provided by the Soviet Union to the international communist movement of the 20th century, whereby so-called communists waged wars of national liberation and/or outright terrorism in the name of an overarching communist ideology in such remote places as small, isolated countries in Central America, Africa or even in parts of Europe through urban terrorism. But in the case of these operatives, including such urban-focused terrorist groups as the Red Brigades, Action Directe, Baader-Meinhoff and others, their viability proved short-lived, with an intensity so destructive that it eventually turned on itself. It remains to be seen whether the al-Qaeda movement will meet the same demise.

Richard Giragosianis a Washington-based analyst specializing in international relations and military security in the former Soviet Union, the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Madrid: UN's credibility critically wounded
By Ritt Goldstein

Within hours of Thursday's fateful Madrid blasts the United Nations Security Council met. During a five minute session the council's 15 members unanimously adopted a resolution condemning the Basque separatist group ETA for the deadly attacks. But as it became increasingly clear that ETA was not responsible, questions of attempted manipulation of the public were abundant.

Spain's ruling Popular Party went down in defeat to the Socialists in Sunday's national election. It did so amid accusations that the government had withheld information on the bombings in an effort to influence the forthcoming vote.

A tough line on ETA had long been part of the Popular Party's platform. If indeed such a horrific ETA attack occurred, it would be certain to win Prime Minister Jose Maria Aznar's chosen successor the prime ministership. But with the Iraq war strongly unpopular among Spaniards, Islamic jihadi involvement in Thursday's nightmare would have grave implications for the Popular Party's votes, and it indeed did.

Despite doubts among experts in many corners, the Spanish government's reaction to Thursday's tragedy was immediate. Spain's interior minister, Angel Acebes, demanded that there was "no doubt" with regard to ETA's responsibility. But while Spanish passions could well be expected to influence judgement, what of the 14 remaining members of the Security Council? And notably, this was the first instance of a terrorist attack where any group was ever explicitly condemned by the council, let alone done so in five minutes.

Explaining how ETA came to be blamed, the council's French president, Ambassador Jean-Marc de la Sabliere, said: "The Spanish government stated that, and the Spanish delegation has asked the council to put this element in their resolution and members of the council accepted it." The US ambassador to the United Nation, John Negroponte, explained that blame was assigned to ETA at the Spanish government's urging, and because "it is the judgement of the government of Spain that these attacks were carried out by ETA and we have no information to the contrary".

Though repeated questions were raised in many quarters, and the head of Europol, Juergen Storbeck, had voiced reservations regarding ETA's involvement, the Security Council nevertheless chose to condemn ETA. But the fact that council members such as the US and France chose to portray their action based upon the Spanish government's wishes, illustrated a concurrent distancing from the decision. The council's actions were appreciated as questionable from their outset.

On Saturday, as Spanish protesters accused their government of attempting to promote the theory of ETA's responsibility for its political advantage, Acebes repeatedly insisted that ETA was the prime suspect. But on Thursday, the Spanish police had already found a van containing detonators and a tape of Koranic verses, ETA had issued a rare denial of responsibility and concurrently blamed "an operation of the Arab resistance" and an al-Qaeda related group had claimed the act as their own. Something else was uncovered as well.

In Thursday's alleged al-Qaeda letter claiming responsibility, the group Abu Hafs al-Masri Brigades taunted Aznar and the coalition forces, saying: "Aznar, where is America? Who will protect you, Britain, Japan, Italy and others from us?" The specter of the "war on terrorism" bringing the terrorism increases that had been warned of by Western intelligence services became suddenly real. And the vulnerability of the Iraq Coalition's democratic governments to be voted from office - many of these governments supporting the war in spite of substantive popular protest - became a reality too.

The Spanish government is the first of those in this category to fall, in spite of the Security Council's action which might have given it the legitimacy to continue. And efforts were made to maintain that legitimacy, to cite ETA as potentially involved - both within Spain and abroad - through Sunday's election.

A Sunday Reuters article reported that: "Some Spaniards were vitriolic in accusing Aznar of 'manipulating' public opinion over the bombings." And on Sunday's national US television, Secretary of State Colin Powell, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice all insisted that there was insufficient information to know who was responsible for the Madrid attacks. But this was long after Thursday's Security Council resolution naming ETA, and with an apparent election debacle facing Spain's war supporters that very day.

Notably, the Bush administration has claimed al-Qaeda activity at every opportunity. Their failure to do so here, and in the face of substantive evidence of Islamic jihadi activity, being the one curious exception.

Highlighting another agenda, all three US officials argued that the Madrid attacks should firm world resolve in the "war on terror", with Rice insisting the war was being won. Their television appearances could be described as containing elements of a "pep talk". But as the new Spanish prime minister, Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero, has just said that he will recall Spain's 1,300 Iraqi peacekeeping troops by June 30, the rationale behind a broad effort to preserve and promote war on terror support becomes more apparent.

In a statement laden with paradox, Rumsfeld likened the coalition efforts to helping "the neighborhood children against the bully". But the secretary appears to have blithely forgotten the accusations by many UN members of Bush administration bullying in the run-up to the Iraq War.

Much to his credit, UN Secretary General Kofi Annan repeatedly avoided media queries as regards responsibility for Madrid, but simultaneously demonstrated the UN's weakness in the face of big-power politics. Notably, it was the fate of the UN's predecessor, the League of Nations, to fall during the 1930's as the world's major powers of the time chose to pursue paths of national expediency rather than multilateral interest.

A 1999 report by the US Department of Defense emphasized that the existence of a multilateral world, a multipolar world, was the best way to ensure lasting global stability. But it warned that: "International systems tend to last two to three generations. They are both created and destroyed by large-scale conflict. Like complex biological systems, international systems appear to go through life cycles with birth, flexibility in youth, more rigidity as the system matures, and demise."

Many international diplomats have recently called for the UN's "revision and renewal", and particularly a revised design for the Security Council.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)



Posted by maximpost at 4:38 PM EST
Permalink

>> UN WATCH...

U.N. Will Probe Its Oil for Food Program
Phil Brennan
Tuesday, Mar. 16, 2004
"Mother's-milky though it sounds, the oil-for-food program has enough graft, mismanagement, and Saddam strengthening patronage to turn one permanently against both oil and food.
A real critique could occupy volumes -- and does, in fact, occupy much of an exhaustive analysis, titled "Sources of Revenue for Saddam and Sons," recently issued by the Washington-based Coalition for International Justice, a group that monitors human-rights abuses around the world.
So wrote Tish Durkin way back in the October 7, 2002 National Journal in a blistering critique of the U.N.'s graft-ridden oil for food program supposed to provide aid for Iraq's people devastated by the U.N. embargo.
Nobody paid much attention then, but new revelations are now proving there was much more to the story than the facts she presented in her article in which she complained that nobody was minding the store.
"Through regular but vague accounting practices, the members of the Security Council are kept apprised of how much money has been earned through the program, and how much has been allocated to each sector," she wrote.
"But they do not know how much has been spent, or on what. Incredibly, the oil-for-food program has never been audited. Yes: one madman, 10 agencies, 15 independently self-interested Security Council members, more than 50 billion smackers, zero audits," she added.
It now develops that instead of providing help for innocent Iraqi's, the Oil for Food program became a gigantic multi-billion slush fund which Saddam Hussein, Durkin's "madman" used to reward his supporters abroad, including, it is now alleged, the program's top U.N. executive.
It is now clear that Saddam Hussein bribed his way around the world, buying the support of presidents, ministers, legislators, political parties and Christian churches, documents published in Iraq show.
In a report on March 1, 2004, "U.N. Oil-for-Food Scam: Time for Hearings," the Heritage Foundation's Nile Gardiner, Ph.D., and James Phillips cited a New York Times story which reported, "Saddam Hussein's government systematically extracted billions of dollars in kickbacks from companies doing business with Iraq, funneling most of the illicit funds through a network of foreign bank accounts in violation of United Nations sanctions."
Confirming Suspicions
According to Heritage, "The evidence emerging from Baghdad confirms the suspicions of the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO), which had earlier estimated that the Iraqi regime generated several billion dollars in illicit earnings through surcharges and oil smuggling in the period between 1997 and 2001."
Just how Saddam Hussein abused the United Nation's oil-for-food program is becoming clear with the release by the Iraqi Governing Council charging that the program was systematically looted by Saddam.
"In effect the program," Heritage noted, was little more than "an open bazaar of payoffs, favoritism and kickbacks. The seriousness of these charges warrants investigation by the U.S. Congress and an independent, Security Council-appointed commission."
And "Monday Morning," a Lebanese magazine summed up the emerging scandal when they reported that Iraq's suppliers included Russian factories, Arab trade brokers, European manufacturers and state-owned companies in China and the Middle East. It estimated that Saddam Hussein's government would have collected as much as 2.3 billion dollars of the 32.6 billion dollars' worth of contracts it signed since mid-2000, when the kickback system began.
The system was in operation at the same time when Saddam's government and its supporters were complaining that U.N. sanctions against Iraq were causing starvation and misery among its people, the paper indicated.
"Everybody was feeding off the carcass of what was Iraq", Ali Allawi, a former World Bank official who is now interim Iraqi trade minister, told the Times.
U.N. officials told the newspaper they were unaware of the systematic skimming of oil-for-food revenues, saying they were focused on running aid programs and assuring food deliveries.
Not surprisingly, Benon Sevan, director of the U.N. Office of Iraq Programs, declined to be interviewed about the oil-for-food program.
In written responses to questions sent by e-mail, his office said he learned of the kickback scheme from the occupation authority only after the end of major combat operations in Iraq last year.
After refusing demands that it investigate its Oil For food program the United Nations has now given into international pressure and says it will look into the scandal ridden operation run by one of its top officials who himself has been implicated in the alleged corruption surrounding it.
U.N. Caves In
According to Britain's Telegraph newspaper, the U.N. caved in and agreed to an investigation on the heels of charges by Iraq's governing council that U.N. officials were involved in what amounted to a bribery set-up by Saddam, which apparently granted proceeds from the sale of million of barrels of oil to friendly politicians, officials and businessmen around the world.
The Iraqis have hired KPMG an accounting firm and an international law firm, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, to investigate claims that huge sums of money meant to buy food and medicine for ordinary Iraqis - were diverted through oil "vouchers" to line pockets abroad, the Daily Telegraph reported.
"It will not come as a surprise if the Oil-for-Food Program turns out to have been one of the world's most disgraceful scams, and an example of inadequate control, responsibility and transparency, providing an opportune vehicle for Saddam Hussein to operate under the U.N. aegis to continue his reign of terror and oppression," wrote Claude Hankes-Drielsma, a British businessman in a March 3 letter to Kofi Annan, the U.N. Secretary General.
The U.N., he charged, appeared to have "failed in its responsibility" to the Iraqi people and to the international community.
Among those implicated in the scandal was Benon Sevan, the Assistant Secretary General - director of Oil-for-Food since 1996. Sevan is on vacation until the end of April, when he is due to retire from the United Nations Secretariat, a U.N. spokesman told the Telegraph.
Sevan's name is among those cited in documents allegedly recovered from Baghdad's Oil Ministry that are at the heart of the investigation launched by the Iraqi Governing Council.
In Receipt of Oil Vouchers
In January, an Iraqi newspaper published a list of 270 individuals and organizations which allegedly received oil vouchers up to 1999. It is not known if the documents on which the list was based are authentic.
The Iraqi Oil Ministry recently released a partial list of names of individuals and companies from across the world that received oil from Saddam Hussein's regime, allegedly at below-market prices.
Unsurprisingly, French and Russian names dominate the list, with former French Interior Minister Charles Pasqua and the "director of the Russian President's office" listed as beneficiaries.
The list also implicates Sevan, who has denied any wrongdoing and said he was only following orders when running the program.
Hankes-Drielsma first alerted Annan to the potential scandal last December and asked him to instigate an "independent commission." In a letter dated December 5, he wrote of his belief that "serious transgressions have taken place" and urged the U.N. to start an inquiry to "take the moral high ground and the initiative in demonstrating to the world that those guilty will be brought to account."
He launched the governing council probe after Annan offered no response to the documents from the Oil Ministry. KPMG accountants and the Freshfields law firm have been instructed to investigate a list of irregularities including:
U.N. approval of oil contracts to "non-end users" - middlemen who sold their stake on for a profit.

A standard 10 per cent addition to the value of oil invoices, which generated up to ?2.2 billion in illegal cash funds for Saddam.
A fee of two per cent, levied on all oil-for-food transactions to allow the U.N. to inspect all food and medical imports - which does not appear to have been effectively spent since food was rotten and medicines out of date.
The role of Middle Eastern banks, their auditing and their possible suspected connection to Saddam's secret service.
Hankes-Drielsma described three documents to the Telegraph on which he said Sevan's name appeared, and said: "Our report will clarify the details." One is headed, "Quantity of Oil Allocated and Given to Benon Sevan," and records 1.8 million barrels allocated to Mr. Sevan.
Sevan issued a denial in response to A Wall Street Journal Feb. 9 article. There is absolutely no substance to the allegations . . . that I had received oil or oil monies from the former Iraqi regime," he said through a spokesman.
"Those making the allegations should come forward and provide the necessary documentary evidence."
The Heritage report concluded that the abuse of the oil-for-food program was the result of a staggering management failure on the part of the United Nations and has raised troubling questions about the credibility and competence of the world organization.
Several conclusions can be drawn:
The oil-for-food debacle reinforces the need for sweeping reform of the United Nations bureaucracy and the need for an annual external audit if its accounts.
Senior U.N. bureaucrats with responsibility for running the oil-for-food program should be investigated and held accountable for their actions. In particular, the role played by Benon V. Sevan, executive director of the Office of Iraq Programs, should be carefully scrutinized.
If the allegations against Mr. Sevan are true, he must be prosecuted.
Overall responsibility for the program's failure should lie with U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan, who in effect turned a blind eye to one of the biggest financial scandals of modern times. The U.N.'s inability to successfully manage the oil-for-food program represents a spectacular failure of leadership on the part of Mr. Annan.
The mismanagement of the oil-for-food program raises serious doubts about the U.N.'s ability to manage future programs of a similar scale.
The United Nations should never again be placed in charge of the administration of an international sanctions regime.
Call for Prosecutions
The links between Saddam Hussein's regime and leading European companies and politicians were extensive. The United States should call for those who violated the sanctions regime to be prosecuted by their governments.
The United States was right to exclude the U.N. from a key role in administering post-war Iraq - the U.N. was clearly incapable of performing such a function.
The Pentagon was right to bar companies from nations who had opposed regime change in Iraq, such as France and Russia, from bidding for U.S.-funded contracts for the rebuilding of Iraq. Russian and French companies in particular benefited from the exploitation of the oil-for-food program.
Added the Wall Street Journal, "There is no doubt that the U.N. relief effort in Iraq has been a global scandal. A monstrous dictator was able to turn the Oil-for-Food program into a cash cow for himself and his inner circle, leaving Iraqis further deprived as he bought influence abroad and acquired the arms and munitions that coalition forces discovered when they invaded Iraq last spring."
This, by the way, is the same United Nations to which John Kerry and his Democrat friends want the U.S. to hand over control of our foreign policy.

----------------------------------------------------

Russian nuclear warheads help power America
Sun 14 March, 2004 20:34
By Nigel Hunt
LOS ANGELES (Reuters) - Few Americans realise that uranium once intended to destroy their civilisation is now helping to keep it very much alive by powering televisions, microwaving dinners and chilling beer.
Uranium extracted from Russian nuclear warheads helps supply about 10 percent of U.S. electricity, according to USEC, which has charge of the "Megatons to Megawatts" project that has helped Russia reap profits from previously loss-making nuclear disarmament.
The Bethesda, Maryland-based company purchases uranium taken from dismantled Russian nuclear warheads under a 1993 U.S.-Russian nonproliferation agreement.
The treaty was designed to lower the risk of the Russian uranium falling into the wrong hands and posing a security risk. The highly enriched mineral from the warheads is diluted in Russia prior to shipment to the United States.
USEC then sells the uranium to operators of nuclear plants that supply about 20 percent of electricity in the United States.
The company is the world's leading supplier of uranium to nuclear power plants. The U.S. government created USEC in the early 1990s as part of its restructuring of its uranium enrichment operation. Privatisation was completed in 1998.
USEC sells the grade of uranium used in power plants, known as low enriched uranium, in both the United States and overseas. Sales of its Russian material are limited to the United States.
Chief Executive William Timbers said about half of the uranium used by U.S. nuclear plants currently comes from Russian warheads.
The programme is scheduled to run for 20 years. During the first decade, about 8,000 nuclear warheads were dismantled with the uranium extracted and used in U.S. power plants.
PROFITABLE DISARMAMENT
"It has transformed the prior loss-making process of nuclear disarmament into an economically effective one," Valeriy Govorukhin, Russia's deputy minister of atomic energy, said in an interview earlier this year.
"For Russia, this contract has not only contributed to an increase in international security, but has also been an important source for economic growth," he added.
USEC had 2003 revenue of $1.46 billion (810 million pounds). It reported a modest profit of $10.7 million last year, compared with a 2002 loss of $3.3 million, and its stock has been climbing during the last 12 months.
The company's shares were trading around $8.10 on the New York Stock Exchange on Friday, near the upper end of its 52-week range of $5.20 to $9.
Timbers said additional Russian uranium would probably be available when the programme is due to end, raising the possibility it could be extended.
Such a move would depend on the U.S. and Russian governments because the programme was signed at a presidential level.
With power plants' demand for this uranium roughly equal to the supply, the United States would have to return to a method of electricity generation that has been out of favour for more than 20 years to justify expanding the U.S.-Russian programme or developing similar ones.
"If there are to be more similar programmes with other countries, there needs to be an expansion of demand (for uranium)," Timbers said. "We need additional nuclear power plants."
SAFETY CONCERNS
Nuclear power fell out of favour partly due to safety concerns following an accident in 1979 at the Three Mile Island plant in Pennsylvania.
Nearly 200,000 people fled their homes and local schools were temporarily closed after operator error resulted in parts of the core beginning to melt and traces of radioactive iodine were detected in nearby communities.
Massive cost overruns at the Seabrook nuclear plant in New Hampshire contributed to the bankruptcy of utility Public Service Company of New Hampshire in 1988, further dampening enthusiasm for embarking on such projects.
Sentiment has begun to change, however, as the United States seeks ways to meet growing demand for electricity amid increasing environmental concerns about the greenhouse gases emitted by the leading source, coal-fired power plants.
Nuclear plants emit virtually no greenhouse gases.
"New ground is being broken, activity is going on," Timbers said, noting newer designs for nuclear power plants are simpler in design and had lower construction costs.
U.S. Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham recently pointed to the development of new "meltdown-proof and proliferation-resistant" nuclear plants as one of the keys to meeting the nation's growing demand for energy.
If the Bush administration's dream becomes a reality, then America's energy future could become increasingly dependent on a legacy from an era when their very existence appeared to be threatened -- massive stockpiles of Cold War nuclear weapons.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------


What did Musharraf know?
Arnaud de Borchgrave
Saturday, March 6, 2004
Pakistan's nuclear hybrid - half Dr. Strangelove and half Dr. No - was arguably the world's most dangerous criminal. Abdul Qadeer Khan is the only proliferator of weapons of mass destruction the world has known since the advent of the atomic age in 1945.
Worse, he sold his country's nuclear secrets for profit to America's self-avowed enemies - North Korea, Iran and Libya. His motives were also hybrid - both greed and creed.
His Islamist fundamentalist ideology led him to believe it was within his power to make invincible America vincible. As the father of Pakistan's nuclear arsenal, he was his country's most precious asset - and in the Pakistani pantheon of national heroes he was only a whisker below Mohammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of the Pakistani state.
Yet President Pervez Musharraf pardoned the global criminal and allowed him to keep his ill-gotten gains, in return for which Mr. Khan went on national television and said - in English rather than Urdu, the national language - he was truly sorry and had acted strictly alone, unbeknownst to anyone else in the Pakistani government.
If Mr. Musharraf can pardon Mr. Khan, why can't he pardon Pakistan's two most important political leaders - Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif, both former prime ministers - who are living in exile, and are still the recognized heads of Pakistan's two principal political parties?
Next to Mr. Khan's global nuclear Wal-Mart, the corruption charges against Mrs. Bhutto and Mr. Sharif are teensy-weensy. Both these leaders can testify that while they were in power at different times, military officials and scientists approached them seeking permission to export nuclear technology. Tired of being turned down, they went ahead anyway. Clearly, Mr. Khan was not acting on his own.
The only problem with the carefully rehearsed charade is that no one believed the story. Not Mr. Musharraf's I-had-no-idea disclaimer, nor Mr. Khan's act of contrition. So why did Mr. Musharraf agree to the giveaway show? The alternative - which would have been to tell the truth - would have been tantamount to scuttling the ship of state. Because it is inconceivable the all-powerful Inter-Services Intelligence spy agency wasn't aware of Mr. Khan's six trips to the hermit communist kingdom of North Korea.
Mr. Khan was Pakistan's most precious national asset, and ISI and ranking military officers were in charge of protecting the man who owned the country's crown jewels and who could be kidnapped or gunned down at anytime. What is more than likely is that ISI knew about Mr. Khan's nuclear rackets but didn't tell Mr. Musharraf because of the Pakistani leader's close rapport with U.S. President Bush.
Mr. Musharraf claimed the first specific details of Mr. Khan's global operations came from U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage and Gen. John Abizaid, head of U.S. Central Command, when they called on him last October.
But Mr. Khan begun spinning his worldwide web of nuclear skullduggery 18 years ago, at the height of the war against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, while the previous military dictator, Gen. Zia ul-Haq, was in power. His network of intermediaries stretched from Malaysia to Pakistan to Dubai, Istanbul, Tripoli and Casablanca and a small Swiss town, and employed nationals from Asia, the Middle East, North Africa and Europe.
It is becoming increasingly obvious Mr. Khan's clandestine activities paralleled closely the actions of several Pakistani governments. In 1984, for example, a partnership was concluded between Iran's Atomic Energy Organization and Pakistan's Atomic Energy Commission. Also in 1984, Gnadi Mohammad Mragih, director of Iran's Nuclear Technology Center in Isfahan, visited Pakistan's super-secret Kahuta nuclear complex to meet with Mr. Khan.
In 1991, no less than three Iranian delegations came to Kahuta. An Iranian general who commanded the Iranian Revolutionary Guards led one of them. Again in 1991, the Pakistani chief of army staff went to Iran to sign a secret protocol on uranium enrichment technology.
Pakistan's nuclear ambitions are invariably portrayed as an answer to India's first nuclear test explosion in 1974. But the Maldon Institute reminds us their origin predates India's big bang. Pakistan's massive military defeat by Indian forces in 1971 was the energizer. This was when India rolled up East Pakistan and Bangladesh won its war of national liberation.
Following Pakistan's humiliation, Prime Minister Ali Bhutto (Benazir's father, who was executed by President Zia) vowed Pakistanis would "eat grass if necessary" to develop nuclear weapons. Mr. Bhutto asked Mr. Khan, an engineer by training, to return home from the Netherlands to head the program. He did so, armed with stolen Dutch plans for a uranium enrichment plant.
Since then, Mr. Khan has served seven successive governments that always gave him and his nuclear efforts top priority for funds and materials. At a conference of Islamic states in 1974, Mr. Bhutto announced Pakistan would produce an "Islamic bomb," which would be the foundation for Islamic countries to acquire strategic military capacities to counter other nuclear weapons powers.
Pakistani leaders denied time and again the country had a nuclear weapons program - until 1998, when Mr. Sharif declared Pakistan a nuclear power, punctuated with five nuclear bomb tests that followed five Indian bangs the week before.
It is inconceivable Mr. Khan, for three decades, could have indulged in such extensive nuclear proliferation without the knowledge and acquiescence of ISI and the military high command. Mr. Musharraf was army chief of staff prior to seizing the presidency in October 1999.
What did Mr. Musharraf know - and when did he know it - are the kind of lese-majeste questions Pakistani journalists who wish to stay healthy don't ask.

Arnaud de Borchgrave is editor at large of The Washington Times and of United Press International.

















































>> SAY IT AINT SO...


Report: Saddam Harbored Terrorists Who Killed Americans
http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2004/3/14/141831.shtml


Saddam Hussein supplied financial support, training and shelter for an array of deadly terrorist organizations right up until the onset of the Iraq war a year ago, including such notorious groups as Hamas, Ansar al-Islam, the Palestinian Liberation Front, the Abu Nidal Organization and the Arab Liberation Front, according to a comprehensive report released by the Hudson Institute.

Titled "Saddam's Philanthropy of Terror," the report details the role played by terrorists supported by Saddam's regime in an array of infamous attacks that have killed hundreds of American citizens both inside and outside the U.S. before and after the Sept. 11 attacks - including the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro, the 1988 bombing of Pan Am Flight 103, the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the Palestinian Intifada.

Compiled by Deroy Murdock, a Senior Fellow with the Atlas Economic Research Foundation in Fairfax, Va., and columnist with the Scripps Howard News Service, the report chronicles Saddam's support for:


Abdul Rahman Yasin, who was indicted for mixing the chemicals for the bomb used in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, which killed six New Yorkers and injured over 1,000. Yasin fled to Baghdad after the attack, where he was given sanctuary and lived for years afterward.

Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top Palestinian deputy to Abu Nidal, who reportedly furnished Libyan agents with the Semtex explosive used to blow up Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. The attack killed all 259 passengers, including 189 Americans. Al-Salahat was in Baghdad last April and was taken into custody by U.S. Marines.

Abu Nidal, whose terror organization is credited with dozens of attacks that killed over 400 people, including 10 Americans, and wounding 788 more. Nidal lived in Baghdad from 1999 till August 2002, when he was found shot to death in his state-supplied home.

Abu Abbas, who masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship, during which wheelchair-bound American Leon Klinghoffer was pushed over the side to his death. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad on April 14, 2003. He died in U.S. custody last week.

Abu Musab al Zarqawi, who ran an Ansar al-Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Al Zarqawi is still at large.

Ramzi Yousef, who entered the U.S. on an Iraqi passport and was the architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing as well as Operation Bojinka, a foiled plot to explode 12 U.S. airliners over the Pacific. Bojinka was later adopted by Yousef's cousin Khalid Shaikh Mohammed as the blueprint for the Sept. 11 attacks.
Arrested in Pakistan in 1995, Yousef is currently serving a triple life sentence in Colorado's Supermax federal lockup.


Mahmoud Besharat, the Palestinian businessman who traveled to Baghdad in March 2002 to collect funding from Saddam for the Palestinian Intifada. Besharat and others disbursed the funds in payments of $10,000 to $25,000 to West Bank families of terrorists who died trying to kill Israelis.
After Saddam announced his Intifada reward plan, 28 Palestinian homicide bombers killed 211 Israelis in attacks that also killed 12 Americans. A total of 1,209 people were injured.

For more details on Saddam Hussein's sponsorship of the terrorist networks that killed hundreds of innocent U.S. citizens, go to: http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf

Editor's note:




http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf
Saddam Hussein's
Philanthropy of Terror
International
Relations
Emergency workers treat one of the 1,042 individuals injured in the February 1993 World Trade Center bombing. This attack also
killed six people. Abdul Rahman Yasin (inset), indicted for mixing the chemicals in that bomb, fled to Baghdad after the attack and
lived there for years afterward.
46 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 47
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Many critics of the war in Iraq belittle claims of Saddam Hussein's ties to
terrorism. In fact, for years, he was militant Islam's Benefactor-in-Chief.
Deroy Murdock
"Inever believed in the link between Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Laden, al Qaeda, and Islamist terrorism," former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright flatly declared in an October 21 essay published in Australia's Melbourne Herald Sun.i "Iraq was not a breeding ground for terrorism. Our invasion has made it one," said Senator Ted Kennedy (D-Massachusetts) on October 16. "We were told Iraq was attracting terrorists from al Qaeda. It was not."ii As President Bush continues to lead America's involvement in Iraq, he increasingly is being forced to confront those who dismiss Saddam Hussein's ties to terrorism and, thus, belittle a key rationale for Operation Iraqi Freedom. Bush's critics wield a flimsy and disingenuous argument that nonetheless enjoys growing appeal among a largely hostile press corps. Hussein did not personally order the September 11 attacks, the fuzzy logic goes, hence he has no significant ties to terrorists, especially al Qaeda. Consequently, the Iraq war was launched under bogus assumptions, and, therefore, Bush should be defeated in November 2004. West Virginia's Jay Rockefeller, the Senate Intelligence Committee's ranking Democrat, exemplified this thinking recently when he told the Los Angeles Times that Iraq's alleged al Qaeda ties were "tenuous at best and not compelling."iii In a September 16 editorial, the L.A. Times slammed Vice President Dick Cheney for making "sweeping, unproven claims about Saddam Hussein's connections to terrorism." On August 7, former vice president Albert Gore stated flatly, "The evidence now shows clearly that Saddam did not want to work with Osama bin Laden at all."iv All of these claims about a lack of ties between Hussein and terrorists, however, are untrue, and it is important that debate on this vital issue be informed After running an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan, Abu Musab al Zarqawi received medical care in Baghdad once the Taliban fell. He opened an Ansar al-Islam camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Zarqawi is at large.
Abu Abbas masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the ocean liner Achille Lauro during which American retiree Leon Klinghoffer was murdered. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad last April 14. Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, arrived in America on an Iraqi passport before fleeing after the attack on Pakistani papers.
Abu Nidal's terrorist gang killed 407 people, including 10 Americans, and wounded 788 more. He lived in Baghdad between 1999 and his mysterious shooting death in August 2002.
48 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by facts. The president and his national security team should devote entire speeches and publications--complete with names, documents, and visuals, including the faces of terrorists and their innocent victims--to remind Americans and the world that Baathist Iraq was a general store for terrorists, complete with cash, training, lodging, and medical attention.
Indeed, this magazine
article could serve as a model for the kinds of communications that the administration regularly should generate to set the record straight about Hussein and terrorism and reassert the reasons behind the Iraq mission. Such an effort to reinvigorate U.S. public diplomacy on Iraq should be easy. After all, the evidence of Hussein's cooperation with and support for global terrorists is abundant and increasing, to wit:
Saddam Hussein's Habitual Support for Terrorists Both supporters and opponents of Islamic terror have provided abundant evidence of Hussein's aid for a wide array of terrorists. Consider the following.
* Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of Palestinian homicide bombers.
"President Saddam Hussein has recently told the head of the Palestinian political office, Faroq al Kaddoumi, his decision to raise the sum granted to each family of the martyrs of the Palestinian uprising to $25,000 instead of $10,000," Iraq's former deputy prime minister, Tariq Aziz, announced at a Baghdad meeting of Arab politicians and businessmen on March 11, 2002, Reuters reported two days later.v
Mahmoud Besharat, who the White House says disbursed these funds across the West Bank, gratefully said, "You would have to ask President Saddam why he is being so generous. But he is a revolutionary and he wants this distinguished struggle, the intifada, to continue."vi
Such largesse poured forth until the eve of the Iraq war. As Knight-Ridder's Carol Rosenberg reported from Gaza City last March 13: "In a graduation-style ceremony Wednesday, the families of 22 Palestinians killed fighting Israelis received checks for $10,000 or more, certificates of appreciation and a kiss on each cheek--compliments of Iraq's Saddam Hussein." She added: "The certificates declared the gift from President Saddam Hussein; the checks were cut at a Gaza branch of the Cairo-Amman bank." This festivity, attended by some 400 people and organized by the then-Baghdad-backed Arab Liberation Front, occurred March 12, just eight days before American-led troops crossed the Iraqi frontier.vii
Hussein's patronage of Palestinian terror proved fatally fruitful. Between the March 11, 2002, increase in cash incentives to $25,000 and the March 20, 2003, launch of Operation Iraqi Freedom, 28 homicide bombers injured 1,209 people and killed 223 more, including 12 Americans.viii
* According to the U.S. State Department's May 21, 2002, report on Patterns of Global Terrorism,ix the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO), the Arab Liberation Front, Hamas, the Kurdistan Workers' Party, the Mujahedin-e-Khalq Organization, and the Palestine Liberation Front all operated offices or bases in Hussein's Iraq. Hussein's hospitality toward these mass murderers directly violated United Nations Security Council Resolution 687, which prohibited him from granting safe haven to or otherwise sponsoring terrorists.
* Key terrorists enjoyed Hussein's warmth, some so recently that Coalition forces subsequently found them alive and well and living in Iraq. Among them:
* U.S. Special Forces nabbed Abu Abbas last April 14 just outside Baghdad. Abbas masterminded the October 7-9, 1985, Achille Lauro cruise ship hijacking in which Abbas's men shot passenger Leon Klinghoffer, a 69-year old Manhattan retiree, then rolled him, wheelchair and all, into the Mediterranean. Abbas briefly was in Italian custody at the time, but was released that October 12 because he possessed an Iraqi diplomatic passport.
Since 2000, Abbas
September 11 hijackers Nawaz al-Hamzi (left) and Khalid al-Midhar (right) were on American Airlines Flight 77 when it slammed into the Pentagon and killed 216 people. The two terrorists reportedly met Iraqi VIP airport greeter Ahmad Hikmat Shakir in Kuala Lampur, Malaysia, on January 5, 2000, whereupon he escorted them to a 9-11 planning summit with other al Qaeda members.
Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top deputy to Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal,
reportedly furnished Libyan agents the bomb that demolished Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. That attack killed all 259 on board and 11 on the ground in Lockerbie, Scotland. Baghdad resident al Salahat surrendered to U.S. Marines last April. Delaware exchange student John Buonocore, age 20, was among those killed when the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO) used guns and grenades to attack a TWA ticket counter at Rome's Leonardo Da Vinci airport in December 1986. The ANO maintained offices in Baghdad until U.S. troops liberated the Iraqi capital.
American Abigail Litle, the 14-year-old daughter of a Baptist minister, was killed by a Palestinian homicide bomber while riding a bus in Haifa, Israel, on March 5, 2003. Saddam Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of terrorists who killed at least 223 people, including 11 other Americans.
49
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
resided in Baghdad, still under Saddam
Hussein's protection.x
* Khala Khadr al Salahat, a member of the ANO, surrendered to the First Marine Division in Baghdad on April 18. As the Sunday Times of London reported on August 25, 2002, a Palestinian source said that al Salahat and Nidal had furnished Libyan agents the Semtex bomb that destroyed Pan Am Flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland, on December 21, 1988, killing 259 on board and 11 on the ground. The 189 Americans murdered on the sabotaged Boeing 747 included 35 Syracuse University students who had spent the fall semester in Scotland and were heading home for the holidays.xi
* Before fatally shooting himself in the head with four bullets on August 16, 2002, as straight-faced Baathist officials claimed, Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal (born Sabri al Banna) had lived in Iraq since at least 1999. As the Associated Press's Sameer N. Yacoub reported on August 21, 2002, the Beirut office of the ANO said that he entered Iraq "with the full knowledge and preparations of the Iraqi authorities."xii Nidal's attacks in 20 countries killed 407 people and wounded 788 more, the U.S. State Department calculates. Among other atrocities, an ANO-planted bomb exploded on a TWA airliner as it flew from Israel to Greece on September 8, 1974. The jet was destroyed over the Ionian Sea, killing all 88 people on board.xiii
* Coalition troops have shut down at least three terrorist training camps in Iraq, including a base approximately 15 miles southeast of Baghdad, called Salman Pak.xiv Before the war, numerous Iraqi defectors had said that the camp featured a passenger jet on which terrorists sharpened their air piracy skills.xv
"There have been several confirmed sightings of Islamic fundamentalists from Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and Gulf states being trained in terror tactics at the Iraqi intelligence camp at Salman Pak," said Khidir Hamza, Iraq's former nuclearweapons chief, in sworn testimony before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee on July 31, 2002. "The training involved assassination, explosions, and hijacking."xvi "This camp is specialized in exporting terrorism to the whole world," former Iraqi army captain Sabah Khodada told PBS's Frontline TV program in an October 14, 2001 interview.xvii Khodada, who worked at Salman Pak, said, "Training includes hijacking and kidnapping of airplanes, trains, public buses, and planting explosives in cities . . . how to prepare for suicidal operations." Khodada added, "We saw people getting trained to hijack airplanes. . . . They are even trained how to use utensils for food, like forks and knives provided in the plane." A map of the camp that Khodada drew from memory for Frontline closely matches satellite photos of Salman Pak, further bolstering his credibility.xviii These facts clearly disprove the above-quoted statements by Senator Kennedy and the Los Angeles Times and similar claims made by others. The Bush administration could advance American interests by busing a few dozen foreign correspondents and their camera crews from the bar of Baghdad's Palestine Hotel to Salman Pak for a guided tour. Network news footage of that might open a few eyes.
Saddam Hussein's al Qaeda Connections
As for Hussein's supposedly imaginary ties to al Qaeda, consider these disturbing facts:
* The Philippine government expelled Hisham al Hussein, the second secretary at Iraq's Manila embassy, on February 13, 2003. Cell phone records indicate that the Iraqi diplomat had spoken with Abu Madja and Hamsiraji Sali, leaders of Abu Sayyaf, just before and just after their al Qaeda-allied Islamic militant group conducted an attack in Zamboanga City. Abu Sayyaf's nail-filled bomb exploded on October 2, 2002, injuring 23 individuals and killing two Filipinos and U.S. Special Forces Sergeant First Class Mark Wayne Jackson, age 40. As Dan Murphy wrote in the Christian Science Monitor last February 26, those phone records bolster Sali's claim in a November 2002 TV interview that the Iraqi diplomat had offered these Muslim extremists Baghdad's help with joint missions.xix
* The Weekly Standard's intrepid reporter Stephen F. Hayes noted in the magazine's July 11, 2003, issue that the official Babylon Daily Political Newspaper published Iraqi diplomat Hisham al Hussein was expelled from the Philippines last February after cellphone records showed he was in contact with leaders of Abu Sayyaf, an al Qaeda-allied terrorist group. An October 2002 Abu Sayyaf bomb injured 23 and killed three, including U.S. soldier Mark Wayne Jackson.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
50 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by Hussein's eldest son, Uday, had revealed a terrorist connection in what it called a "List of Honor" published a few months earlier.xx The paper's November 14, 2002, edition gave the names and titles of 600 leading Iraqis and included the following passage: "Abid Al-Karim Muhamed Aswod, intelligence offi- cer responsible for the coordination of activities with the Osama bin Laden group at the Iraqi embassy in Pakistan." That name, Hayes wrote, "matches that of Iraq's then-ambassador to Islamabad."
Carter-appointed federal appeals judge Gilbert S. Merritt discovered this document in Baghdad while helping rebuild Iraq's legal system. He wrote in the June 25 issue of the Tennessean that two of his Iraqi colleagues remember secret police agents removing that embarrassing edition from newsstands and con- fiscating copies of it from private homes.xxi The paper was not published for the next 10 days. Judge Merritt theorized that the "impulsive and somewhat unbalanced" Uday may have showcased these dedicated Baathists to "make them more loyal and supportive of the regime" as war loomed.
* Abu Musab al Zarqawi, formerly the director of an al Qaeda training base in Afghanistan, fled to Iraq after being injured as the Taliban fell. He received medical care and convalesced for two months in Baghdad. He then opened an Ansar al Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Amman, Jordan.
* Although Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, ringleader of the February 26, 1993, World Trade Center (WTC) bombing plot, fled the United States on Pakistani papers, he came to America on an Iraqi passport.
* As Richard Miniter, author of this year's bestseller Losing bin Laden, reported on September 25, 2003, on the Tech Central Station webpage, "U.S. forces recently discovered a cache of documents in Tikrit, Saddam's hometown, which shows Iraq gave [al Qaeda member] Mr. [Abdul Rahman] Yasin both a house and a monthly salary." The Indiana-born, Iraqi-reared Yasin had been charged in August 1993 for mixing the chemicals in the bomb that exploded beneath One World Trade Center, killing six and injuring 1,042 individuals.xxii Indicted by federal prosecutors as a conspirator in the WTC bomb plot, Yasin is on the FBI's Most- Wanted Terrorists list.xxiii ABC News confirmed, on July 27, 1994, that Yasin had returned to Baghdad, where he traveled freely and visited his father's home almost daily.xxiv
* Near Iraq's border with Syria last April 25, U.S. troops captured Farouk Hijazi, Hussein's former ambassador to Turkey and suspected liaison between Iraq and al Qaeda. Under interrogation, Stephen Hayes reports, Hijazi "admitted meeting with senior al Qaeda leaders at Saddam's behest in 1994."xxv
* While sifting through the Mukhabarat's bombed ruins last April 26, the Toronto Star's Mitch Potter, the London Daily Telegraph's Inigo Gilmore, and their translator discovered a memo in the intelligence service's accounting department. Dated February 19, 1998, and marked "Top Secret and Urgent," the document said that the agency would pay "all the travel and hotel expenses inside Iraq to gain the knowledge of the message from bin Laden and to convey to his envoy an oral message from us to bin Laden, the Saudi opposition leader, about the future of our relationship with him, and to achieve a direct meeting with him." The memo's three references to bin Laden were obscured crudely with correction fluid.xxvi These facts directly refute the claims of Senator Rockefeller and Secretary Albright mentioned at the top of this article. The ties between Saddam Hussein and al Qaeda are clear and compelling. Saddam Hussein's Ties to the September 11
Conspiracy
Despite the White House's inexplicable insistence to the contrary, tantalizing clues suggest that Saddam Hussein's jaw might not have dropped to the floor when fireballs erupted from the Twin Towers two years ago.
* His Salman Pak terror camp taught terrorists how to hijack passenger jets with cutlery, as noted earlier.
* On January 5, 2000, Ahmad Hikmat Shakir--Terrorist Organizations Given Funds, Shelter, and/or Training by Saddam Hussein Organization Total Total Americans Americans killed wounded killed wounded
Abu Nidal Organization 407 788 10 58
Ansar al-Islam 114 16 1 --
Arab Liberation Front 4 6 -- --
Hamas 224 1,445 17 30
Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK) 44 327 -- 2
Mujahedin-e-Khalq (MEK) 17 43 7 1
Palestine Liberation Front 1 42 1 --
Total 811 2,667 36 91
Sources:
U.S. Department of State, Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism, "1968 - 2003: Total
Persons Killed/Wounded--International and Accepted Incidents." Figures prepared for author
November 17, 2003.
Statistics on Ansar al-Islam:
Jonathan Landay, "Islamic militants kill senior Kurdish general." Knight-Ridder News Service, February 11, 2003.
Catherine Taylor, "Saddam and bin Laden help fanatics, say Kurds." The Times of London, March 28, 2002.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 51
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
an Iraqi VIP facilitator reportedly dispatched from Baghdad's embassy in Malaysia--greeted Khalid al Midhar and Nawaz al Hamzi at Kuala Lampur's airport, where he worked. He then escorted them to a local hotel, where these September 11 hijackers met with 9-11 conspirators Ramzi bin al Shibh and Tawfiz al Atash. Five days later, according to Stephen Hayes, Shakir disappeared. He was arrested in Qatar on September 17, 2001, six days after al Midhar and al Hamzi slammed American Airlines Flight 77 into the Pentagon, killing 216 people. Soon after he was apprehended, authorities discovered documents on Shakir's person and in his apartment connecting him to the 1993 WTC bomb plot and "Operation Bojinka," al Qaeda's 1995 plan to blow up 12 jets simultaneously over the Pacific.xxvii
* Although the Bush administration has
expressed doubts, the Czech government stands by its claim that September 11 leader Mohamed Atta met in Prague in April 2001 with Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim al Ani, an Iraqi diplomat/intelligence agent. In a February 24 letter to James Beasley Jr., a Philadelphia lawyer who represents the families of two Twin Towers casualties, Czech UN Ambassador Hynek Kmonicek embraced an October 26, 2001, statement by Czech Interior Minister Stanislav Gross:
In this moment we can confirm, that during the next stay of Mr. Muhammad [sic] Atta in the Czech Republic, there was the contact with the official of the Iraqi intelligence, Mr. Al Ani, Ahmed Khalin Ibrahim Samir, who was on 22nd April 2001 expelled from the Czech Republic on the basis of activities which were not compatible with the diplomatic status."xxviii Al Ani was expelled two weeks after the suspected meeting with Atta for apparently hostile surveillance of Radio Free Europe's Prague headquarters. That building also happened to house America's anti-Baathist station, Radio Free Iraq. The Czech government continues to claim, in short, that the 9-11 mastermind Atta met with at least one Iraqi intelligence official in the months during which the attacks were orchestrated.
* A Clinton-appointed Manhattan federal judge, Harold Baer, ordered Hussein, his ousted regime, Osama bin Laden, and others to pay $104 million in damages to the families of George Eric Smith and Timothy Soulas (clients of Beasley, the aforementioned attorney), both of whom were killed in the Twin Towers along with 2,750 others. "I conclude that plaintiffs have shown, albeit barely, `by evidence satisfactory to the court' that Iraq provided material support to bin Laden and al Qaeda," Baer ruled. An airtight case? Perhaps not, but the court found that there was sufficient evidence to tie Saddam Hussein to the September 11 attacks and secure a May 7 federal judgment against him.xxix If one takes the time to connect these dots--as is the professional duty of journalists and politicians who address this matter--a clear portrait emerges of Saddam Hussein as a sugar daddy to global terrorists including al Qaeda and even the 9-11 conspirators. As Americans grow increasingly restless about Washington's continuing military presence in Iraq, to say nothing of what people think overseas, the administration ought to paint this picture. So why won't they?
Bush Administration Needs to Educate the World on Hussein and Terror
One Bush administration communications specialist told me that the government is bashful about all of this because these links are difficult to prove. And indeed they are. But prosecuting the informational battle in the War on Terrorism is not like prosecuting a Mafia don, which typically requires rock-solid exhibits such as wiretap intercepts, hidden-camera footage, DNA samples, and the testimony of deep-cover "Mob rats." On the contrary, it is important to emphasize, as strongly as possible, that the United States need not--and in fact should not--hold itself to courtroom standards of evidence except when appearing before domestic or international judges. The administration merely has to demonstrate its claims and refute those of its opponents, not convict Saddam Hussein before a jury of his peers. Moreover, those who argue that Hussein was no terror master do not hold themselves to such lofty standards of proof, as the examples noted earlier demonstrate. The appropriate standard of evidence, then, to be entirely fair to both sides in this controversy, is not that of a trial, but rather that of a hearing on whether a criminal suspect should be indicted. In this respect, the "prosecution" defi-nitely has a prima facie case that Hussein's Iraq indeed was a haven for terrorists until the moment U.S. troops invaded. Terrorist attacks, of course, are meant to be at least as shadowy as Cosa Nostra hit jobs. Although this makes Just 15 miles from Baghdad, Salman Pak served as a Baathist training facility for terrorists. According to numerous defectors, foreign Islamic militants at Salman Pak used an actual jet fuselage to learn how to hijack airliners using knives and forks from their in-flight meals.
52 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Notes
i Madeleine Albright, "How we tackled the wrong tiger." Melbourne Herald Sun, October 21, 2003, page 19.
ii Anne E. Kornblut, "Kennedy to assail Bush over Iraq war." Boston Globe online, October16, 2003, .
iii Greg Miller, "No Proof Connects Iraq to 9/11, Bush says." Los Angeles Times, September 18, 2003, part 1, page 1.
iv CBS 2 homepage, "Gore Takes Aim At Bush: Former Veep Addresses New York Audience." August 7, 2003, .
v Reuters, "Hussein vows cash for martyrs." March 12, 2002. Published in The Australian, March 13, 2002, page 9.
vi The White House, "Saddam Hussein's Support for International Terrorism." .
vii Carol Rosenberg, "Families of slain Palestinians receive checks from Saddam." Knight-Ridder News Service, March 13, 2003. Published in Salt Lake City Tribune, March, 13, 2003. .
viii Facts of Israel.com, "Chronology of Palestinian Homicide Bombings." .
ix U.S. Department of State, Patterns of Global Terrorism. May 21, 2002, .
x Saud Abu Ramadan, "Call for Abbas release, also extradition." United Press International, April 16, 2003.
xi Marie Colvin and Sonya Murad, "Executed." Sunday Times of London, August 25, 2002, page 13. See also: Republican Study Committee, "American Citizens Killed or Injured by Palestinian Terrorists: September 1993 - October 2003." October 17, 2003.
xii Sameer N. Yacoub, "Iraq claims terrorist leader committed suicide." August 21, 2002 Associated Press dispatch published in Portsmouth Herald, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, August 22, 2002, .
xiii Associated Press, "Palestinian officials say Abu Nidal is dead." Posted on USAToday.com, week of August 19, 2002, .
xiv Ravi Nessman, "Marines capture camp suspected as Iraqi training base for terrorists." Associated Press, April 6, 2003, 4:14 p.m. EST. Posted by St. Paul Pioneer Press on April 7, 2003, .
xv Deroy Murdock, "The 9/11 Connection: What Salman Pak Could Reveal." National Review Online, April 3, 2003, .
xvi Khidhir Hamza, "The Iraqi Threat." Statement before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, July 31, 2002, .
xvii PBS online, "Gunning for Saddam: Should Saddam Hussein Be America's Next Target in the War on Terrorism?" November 8, 2001, .
xviii Deroy Murdock, "At Salman Pak: Iraq's Terror Ties." National Review Online, April 7, 2003, .
xix Stephen F. Hayes, "Saddam's al Qaeda Connection: The evidence mounts, but the administration says surprisingly little." The Weekly Standard, September 1, 2003, volume 008, issue 48, .
xx Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection, cont.: More reason to suspect that bin Laden and Saddam may have been in league." The Daily Standard July 11, 2003, .
xxi Gilbert S. Merritt, "Document Links Saddam, bin Laden." The Tennessean, June 25, 2003, .
xxii Richard Miniter, "The Iraq-Al Qaeda Connections." Tech Central Station, September 25, 2003, .
xxiii Federal Bureau of Investigation, profile of Abdul Rahman Yasin on FBI's Most-Wanted Terrorists list, .
xxiv Sheila MacVicar, "`America's Most Wanted' - Fugitive Terrorists." ABC News' "Day One," July 27, 1994.
xxv Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection: Saddam's links to Osama were no secret." The Weekly Standard, May 12, 2003, .
xxvi Inigo Gilmore, "The Proof that Saddam worked with bin Laden." London Daily Telegraph, April 27, 2003, .
xxvii Stephen F. Hayes, "Dick Cheney Was Right: `We don't know' about Saddam and 9/11." The Weekly Standard, October 20, 2003, .
xxviii Hynek Kmonicek, letter to James Beasley Jr., February 24, 2003. In author's possession. A scanned image of the letter is available on the Hudson Institute's website, www.hudson.org.
xxix CBS News, "Court Rules: Al Qaida, Iraq Linked." May 7, 2003, .
-----------------------------------------------
The ordeal of a N. Korean in Canada
By Jeff Jacoby, 3/4/2004

IF YOU HAVE ever started to emerge from one nightmare only to find yourself plunged into a new one, you will find the ordeal of Ri Song Dae frighteningly familiar.

ADVERTISEMENT

In August 2001, Ri entered Canada with his wife and their 6-year-old son, Chang Il. They were defectors from the monstrous dictatorship in North Korea and had come to Canada to seek asylum.

For 10 years, Ri had been a low-level trade functionary, periodically sent abroad to purchase foodstuffs. He had long known of the savage brutality of Kim Jong Il's regime, of course; no government official could fail to be aware of it. What finally prompted him to flee was seeing the horrible treatment meted out to escaped North Koreans who were caught and returned. According to human rights monitors, that treatment includes humiliation and torture, typically followed by slow starvation and slave labor in a prison camp -- or public execution.

Ri filed a formal claim for refugee status for himself and Chang Il four months after arriving in Canada, but by then his second nightmare had begun. His wife, browbeaten by her Japanese parents for her "betrayal," attempted to commit suicide, then agreed to leave her husband and son and return to North Korea. She was executed in April 2002. Ri's father was executed as well, in keeping with the North Korean policy of ruthlessly punishing not only "criminals," but also their parents and children.

On Sept. 12, 2003, more than two years after Ri's plea for asylum was filed, Canada's Immigration and Refugee Board issued its ruling. It was an Orwellian stunner.

Board member Bonnie Milliner ruled that Ri's young son was entitled to stay in Canada, since he would face severe persecution if he were returned to Pyongyang. But Ri's appeal for refugee protection was denied, even though Milliner agreed that "he would face execution on return to North Korea." Why would Canada send a man back to his certain death? Because, Milliner wrote, "there are serious reasons for considering that [Ri] has committed crimes against humanity by virtue of his longstanding membership in the Government of North Korea."

In other words, Ri was deemed complicit in crimes against humanity solely because he had held a government job. Milliner acknowledged that there was no evidence he had committed any atrocities at all. But he knew of the regime's savagery yet waited 10 years to defect. To the Immigration and Refugee Board, that added up to a case for sending him back to be killed.

If the board's decision were to stand, Ri would be sent off to die, and his 6-year-old would be an orphan. His prospects grew even bleaker on Feb. 20, when Milliner's ruling was upheld by Canada's citizenship and immigration ministry. Canadians express pride in their country's humanitarian values, but it has been hard to detect any of those values as this case has moved through the Canadian bureaucracy.

Fortunately, Ri has just received a last-minute reprieve. Yesterday afternoon, Public Safety Minister Anne McLellan granted him permission to stay in Canada indefinitely, since his life would be in danger if he were deported. Her decision effectively overrules the earlier decrees. Ri's long nightmare may at last be over.

But back in North Korea, there are no happy endings.

Media coverage of Kim Jong Il's government has been focused on its illegal nuclear weapons program and its proliferation of missile technology. But even more ghastly is the suffering it inflicts on its own people.

The Los Angeles Times reported yesterday on the use of political prisoners as chemical weapons guinea pigs. A senior North Korean chemist who escaped in 2002 described a testing chamber that was outfitted with a large window and a sound system so scientists could see and hear the victims' reactions when they were sprayed with the lethal poison.

"One man was scratching desperately," the defector testified. "He scratched his neck, his chest. . . . He was covered in blood. . . . I kept trying to look away. I knew how toxic these chemicals were in even small doses." It took, he said, three agonizing hours for each man to die.

When I wrote last month about North Korea's concentration camps and gas chambers, many readers wrote to ask: What can I do? The first and most important step is to learn more. Three excellent sources of information on North Korea are The Chosun Journal (www.chosunjournal.com), the Citizens Alliance for North Korean Human Rights (www.nkhumanrights.or.kr), and the US Committee for Human Rights in North Korea (www.hrnk.org). All three offer heartbreaking details about the horrors of Kim's tyranny as well as many options for further action. They should be the first stop for anyone for whom "never again" is not just an empty slogan.

Ri Song Dae and his little boy are safe, but 22 million of their countrymen remain trapped, at the mercy of the most evil government on earth. Learn what is happening to them. Cry out in protest. This is not a time for silence.

Jeff Jacoby's e-mail address is jacoby@globe.com.

? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
----------------------------------------------
So, Where Is Ms. Cho?
Give the people of North Korea a seat at the table.

BY CLAUDIA ROSETT
Wednesday, August 27, 2003 12:01 a.m. EDT

Today through Friday, the six-way talks with North Korea are due to take place in Beijing, and though I know I'm dreaming, here's the script I'd like to see:

Our lead negotiator, Assistant Secretary of State James Kelly, looks at the assembled crowd--at his Russian and Chinese and Japanese and Korean counterparts, from both North and South--and before saying a word about nuclear bombs, or security guarantees, or any more blackmail payoffs for Kim Jong Il of North Korea, before doing any of the things this gang might be expecting, Mr. Kelly leans forward to ask the following, vital question:

Where is Ms. Cho?

There is, perhaps, a puzzled silence. Then someone, maybe one of the Chinese hosts, who did after all suggest that America should come with issues ready to put on the table, asks, Who is Ms. Cho?

Mr. Kelly beckons mysteriously, and leads the entire parade, the Russians and Japanese and Koreans and Chinese, to a van waiting outside Beijing's Diaoyutai state guesthouse, where they are meeting. They drive to the Beijing Foreign Ministry, because it matters to see these places firsthand, and there they get out. And, standing in front of the Ministry, Mr. Kelly explains:

Ms. Cho is a North Korean escapee who came here, to this very spot, a year ago yesterday, Aug. 26, 2002, with six other North Koreans, all of them risking their lives in an attempt to ask the Chinese government for refugee status. They were following United Nations procedure to ask for asylum. Ms. Cho tried to give the Chinese authorities a document stating that she had left North Korea "in search of freedom," and if sent back "will certainly be executed in accordance with Article 47 of the DPRK penal code." She was very brave. She was 27 years old.

Cho Sung-hye and her companions were hoping the free world would hear their message, and help not only them, but hundreds of thousands of other people trying to flee North Korea. Instead, Chinese security agents arrested Ms. Cho and her companions on the spot. There has been no news of them since.

So, where is Ms. Cho?





In all likelihood, there is no more Ms. Cho, though she was real enough, in her checked shirt, with her long hair pulled back, when she posed for a snapshot in Beijing last summer, just before her failed bid for official refugee status. (You can see pictures of Ms. Cho and her companions here.) Certainly she has not surfaced in the free world. Most probably, the Chinese authorities, following routine procedure, sent Ms. Cho and her six fellow asylum-seekers back to North Korea, where the authorities, following routine procedure, either executed them or consigned them to labor camps that can amount to a slow and hideous death sentence, by starvation, if not by torture, beatings, exposure or disease.
But Ms. Cho, in her absence, ought to haunt that Beijing negotiating table this week. In approaching the Chinese Foreign Ministry last year, she offered herself up as a symbol of all North Koreans who might desire freedom, especially the 200,00-300,000 estimated to be hiding right now in China--where authorities have yet to grant a single one of them the refugee status they warrant.

These are not purely humanitarian concerns, though the North Korean government's policies of murdering and starving its own innocents ought at some point to be of interest even to diplomats discussing high matters of state. Beyond whatever happened to Ms. Cho, there are the estimated two million or so North Koreans dead of state-inflicted famine since the mid-1990s. (Though the North Korean Vice Foreign Minister Kim Yong-il, attending the current talks, doubtless eats well.)

But whatever talks may now in reality take place, it would be of considerable value for our talkers to keep in mind--even beyond North Korea's huge, horrendous record of lies, and broken promises about its nuclear bomb program--that regimes which routinely betray, brutalize and butcher their own people are unlikely to deal in good faith with others. It is a rather different set of values they have signed onto.

The odd inversion of our official dealings with North Korea over the past decade or so is that we have brought to talks with North Korea's government our own civilized expectations that promises will be kept, and good faith will be returned in kind. Meanwhile, the free world has been treating the actual people of North Korea--the Ms. Chos--as pariahs, people to be shunned, sent back, ignored if it will help us strike another hollow deal with Kim Jong Il.

Among the governments whose negotiators are meeting around that Beijing table this week, there is not one that has offered true help for North Korea's refugees--many of whom might also be described as dissidents, defectors, the kind of people we need to be listening to, even asking for help, not sending back, or hushing up. China is shamefully guilty in its refusal to allow even safe transit for these people. Russia, with its pretensions to leadership in world affairs and vast empty spaces in the Russian Far East, could offer enormous help, but does nothing. Japan is at least trying to get some people out of North Korea, though Tokyo's first priority, understandably, is the recovery of Japanese kidnapped by the North Korean government.

America, erstwhile haven for the tempest-tossed, seems to have room for refugees from everyplace on earth--except North Korea. And though America serves as home to many a would-be-democratic-government in exile, there is no such North Korean presence here, no resistance movement. Nothing. Plenty of North Koreans have tried to escape the regime of Kim Jong Il. But, dear readers, have you ever met one? Or even seen one on television?





Instead, the free world looks to South Korea as the keeper of this important human trust--to offer a haven for North Koreans who value freedom. Usually, it is in such havens that exiles from tyrannies can form a base, get out the word about atrocities back home, offer insights into the vulnerabilities of tyrants and find ways to smuggle into the tyrannies some words of truth and hope.
But in today's South Korea, fat chance. This is the place where authorities have twice this past week roughed up German doctor Norbert Vollertsen, the single loudest voice trying for three years now to draw attention to the depravities of the North Korean government, the plight of the people still there, and the civilized world's utter abandonment of the refugees. There was some attention in the news last week to the efforts of Mr. Vollertsen and some of his activist colleagues to send solar-powered radios into North Korea, attached to balloons--which the South Korean authorities stopped them from doing. The prohibition and the beating of Mr. Vollertsen that accompanied it, underscore Mr. Vollertsen's message--which is not simply that conditions in North Korea rival the atrocities under Nazi Germany, and that some refugees are desperate enough to die trying to escape. It is also that the civilized world, South Korea at the forefront, simply does not want to see, hear, know, or help, and in ignoring the 22 million people of North Korea, while we parley with their jailers, we throw away our best hope of peacefully ending this nightmare.

In a phone conversation from Seoul last weekend, Mr. Vollertsen suggested to me that there should be not six-way but seven-way talks in Beijing this week, "Why are there no North Korean refugees participating?," he asked.

That's not how our diplomacy works right now, unfortunately. But the real issue in dealing with Pyongyang is not a matter of bribing Kim Jong Il to let us go on a scavenger hunt for plutonium in North Korea. It's a matter of finding the backbone, and the allies--especially among the North Koreans themselves--to get rid of Mr. Kim and his regime entirely. And that starts with the question:

Where is Ms. Cho?

Ms. Rosett is a columnist for OpinionJournal.com and The Wall Street Journal Europe. Her column appears alternate Wednesdays.


Posted by maximpost at 12:26 AM EST
Monday, 15 March 2004

>> SAY IT AINT SO...


Report: Saddam Harbored Terrorists Who Killed Americans
http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2004/3/14/141831.shtml


Saddam Hussein supplied financial support, training and shelter for an array of deadly terrorist organizations right up until the onset of the Iraq war a year ago, including such notorious groups as Hamas, Ansar al-Islam, the Palestinian Liberation Front, the Abu Nidal Organization and the Arab Liberation Front, according to a comprehensive report released by the Hudson Institute.

Titled "Saddam's Philanthropy of Terror," the report details the role played by terrorists supported by Saddam's regime in an array of infamous attacks that have killed hundreds of American citizens both inside and outside the U.S. before and after the Sept. 11 attacks - including the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro, the 1988 bombing of Pan Am Flight 103, the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the Palestinian Intifada.

Compiled by Deroy Murdock, a Senior Fellow with the Atlas Economic Research Foundation in Fairfax, Va., and columnist with the Scripps Howard News Service, the report chronicles Saddam's support for:


Abdul Rahman Yasin, who was indicted for mixing the chemicals for the bomb used in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, which killed six New Yorkers and injured over 1,000. Yasin fled to Baghdad after the attack, where he was given sanctuary and lived for years afterward.

Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top Palestinian deputy to Abu Nidal, who reportedly furnished Libyan agents with the Semtex explosive used to blow up Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. The attack killed all 259 passengers, including 189 Americans. Al-Salahat was in Baghdad last April and was taken into custody by U.S. Marines.

Abu Nidal, whose terror organization is credited with dozens of attacks that killed over 400 people, including 10 Americans, and wounding 788 more. Nidal lived in Baghdad from 1999 till August 2002, when he was found shot to death in his state-supplied home.

Abu Abbas, who masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship, during which wheelchair-bound American Leon Klinghoffer was pushed over the side to his death. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad on April 14, 2003. He died in U.S. custody last week.

Abu Musab al Zarqawi, who ran an Ansar al-Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Al Zarqawi is still at large.

Ramzi Yousef, who entered the U.S. on an Iraqi passport and was the architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing as well as Operation Bojinka, a foiled plot to explode 12 U.S. airliners over the Pacific. Bojinka was later adopted by Yousef's cousin Khalid Shaikh Mohammed as the blueprint for the Sept. 11 attacks.
Arrested in Pakistan in 1995, Yousef is currently serving a triple life sentence in Colorado's Supermax federal lockup.


Mahmoud Besharat, the Palestinian businessman who traveled to Baghdad in March 2002 to collect funding from Saddam for the Palestinian Intifada. Besharat and others disbursed the funds in payments of $10,000 to $25,000 to West Bank families of terrorists who died trying to kill Israelis.
After Saddam announced his Intifada reward plan, 28 Palestinian homicide bombers killed 211 Israelis in attacks that also killed 12 Americans. A total of 1,209 people were injured.

For more details on Saddam Hussein's sponsorship of the terrorist networks that killed hundreds of innocent U.S. citizens, go to: http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf

Editor's note:




http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf
Saddam Hussein's
Philanthropy of Terror
International
Relations
Emergency workers treat one of the 1,042 individuals injured in the February 1993 World Trade Center bombing. This attack also
killed six people. Abdul Rahman Yasin (inset), indicted for mixing the chemicals in that bomb, fled to Baghdad after the attack and
lived there for years afterward.
46 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 47
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Many critics of the war in Iraq belittle claims of Saddam Hussein's ties to
terrorism. In fact, for years, he was militant Islam's Benefactor-in-Chief.
Deroy Murdock
"Inever believed in the link between Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Laden, al Qaeda, and Islamist terrorism," former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright flatly declared in an October 21 essay published in Australia's Melbourne Herald Sun.i "Iraq was not a breeding ground for terrorism. Our invasion has made it one," said Senator Ted Kennedy (D-Massachusetts) on October 16. "We were told Iraq was attracting terrorists from al Qaeda. It was not."ii As President Bush continues to lead America's involvement in Iraq, he increasingly is being forced to confront those who dismiss Saddam Hussein's ties to terrorism and, thus, belittle a key rationale for Operation Iraqi Freedom. Bush's critics wield a flimsy and disingenuous argument that nonetheless enjoys growing appeal among a largely hostile press corps. Hussein did not personally order the September 11 attacks, the fuzzy logic goes, hence he has no significant ties to terrorists, especially al Qaeda. Consequently, the Iraq war was launched under bogus assumptions, and, therefore, Bush should be defeated in November 2004. West Virginia's Jay Rockefeller, the Senate Intelligence Committee's ranking Democrat, exemplified this thinking recently when he told the Los Angeles Times that Iraq's alleged al Qaeda ties were "tenuous at best and not compelling."iii In a September 16 editorial, the L.A. Times slammed Vice President Dick Cheney for making "sweeping, unproven claims about Saddam Hussein's connections to terrorism." On August 7, former vice president Albert Gore stated flatly, "The evidence now shows clearly that Saddam did not want to work with Osama bin Laden at all."iv All of these claims about a lack of ties between Hussein and terrorists, however, are untrue, and it is important that debate on this vital issue be informed After running an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan, Abu Musab al Zarqawi received medical care in Baghdad once the Taliban fell. He opened an Ansar al-Islam camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Zarqawi is at large.
Abu Abbas masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the ocean liner Achille Lauro during which American retiree Leon Klinghoffer was murdered. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad last April 14. Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, arrived in America on an Iraqi passport before fleeing after the attack on Pakistani papers.
Abu Nidal's terrorist gang killed 407 people, including 10 Americans, and wounded 788 more. He lived in Baghdad between 1999 and his mysterious shooting death in August 2002.
48 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by facts. The president and his national security team should devote entire speeches and publications--complete with names, documents, and visuals, including the faces of terrorists and their innocent victims--to remind Americans and the world that Baathist Iraq was a general store for terrorists, complete with cash, training, lodging, and medical attention.
Indeed, this magazine
article could serve as a model for the kinds of communications that the administration regularly should generate to set the record straight about Hussein and terrorism and reassert the reasons behind the Iraq mission. Such an effort to reinvigorate U.S. public diplomacy on Iraq should be easy. After all, the evidence of Hussein's cooperation with and support for global terrorists is abundant and increasing, to wit:
Saddam Hussein's Habitual Support for Terrorists Both supporters and opponents of Islamic terror have provided abundant evidence of Hussein's aid for a wide array of terrorists. Consider the following.
* Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of Palestinian homicide bombers.
"President Saddam Hussein has recently told the head of the Palestinian political office, Faroq al Kaddoumi, his decision to raise the sum granted to each family of the martyrs of the Palestinian uprising to $25,000 instead of $10,000," Iraq's former deputy prime minister, Tariq Aziz, announced at a Baghdad meeting of Arab politicians and businessmen on March 11, 2002, Reuters reported two days later.v
Mahmoud Besharat, who the White House says disbursed these funds across the West Bank, gratefully said, "You would have to ask President Saddam why he is being so generous. But he is a revolutionary and he wants this distinguished struggle, the intifada, to continue."vi
Such largesse poured forth until the eve of the Iraq war. As Knight-Ridder's Carol Rosenberg reported from Gaza City last March 13: "In a graduation-style ceremony Wednesday, the families of 22 Palestinians killed fighting Israelis received checks for $10,000 or more, certificates of appreciation and a kiss on each cheek--compliments of Iraq's Saddam Hussein." She added: "The certificates declared the gift from President Saddam Hussein; the checks were cut at a Gaza branch of the Cairo-Amman bank." This festivity, attended by some 400 people and organized by the then-Baghdad-backed Arab Liberation Front, occurred March 12, just eight days before American-led troops crossed the Iraqi frontier.vii
Hussein's patronage of Palestinian terror proved fatally fruitful. Between the March 11, 2002, increase in cash incentives to $25,000 and the March 20, 2003, launch of Operation Iraqi Freedom, 28 homicide bombers injured 1,209 people and killed 223 more, including 12 Americans.viii
* According to the U.S. State Department's May 21, 2002, report on Patterns of Global Terrorism,ix the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO), the Arab Liberation Front, Hamas, the Kurdistan Workers' Party, the Mujahedin-e-Khalq Organization, and the Palestine Liberation Front all operated offices or bases in Hussein's Iraq. Hussein's hospitality toward these mass murderers directly violated United Nations Security Council Resolution 687, which prohibited him from granting safe haven to or otherwise sponsoring terrorists.
* Key terrorists enjoyed Hussein's warmth, some so recently that Coalition forces subsequently found them alive and well and living in Iraq. Among them:
* U.S. Special Forces nabbed Abu Abbas last April 14 just outside Baghdad. Abbas masterminded the October 7-9, 1985, Achille Lauro cruise ship hijacking in which Abbas's men shot passenger Leon Klinghoffer, a 69-year old Manhattan retiree, then rolled him, wheelchair and all, into the Mediterranean. Abbas briefly was in Italian custody at the time, but was released that October 12 because he possessed an Iraqi diplomatic passport.
Since 2000, Abbas
September 11 hijackers Nawaz al-Hamzi (left) and Khalid al-Midhar (right) were on American Airlines Flight 77 when it slammed into the Pentagon and killed 216 people. The two terrorists reportedly met Iraqi VIP airport greeter Ahmad Hikmat Shakir in Kuala Lampur, Malaysia, on January 5, 2000, whereupon he escorted them to a 9-11 planning summit with other al Qaeda members.
Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top deputy to Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal,
reportedly furnished Libyan agents the bomb that demolished Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. That attack killed all 259 on board and 11 on the ground in Lockerbie, Scotland. Baghdad resident al Salahat surrendered to U.S. Marines last April. Delaware exchange student John Buonocore, age 20, was among those killed when the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO) used guns and grenades to attack a TWA ticket counter at Rome's Leonardo Da Vinci airport in December 1986. The ANO maintained offices in Baghdad until U.S. troops liberated the Iraqi capital.
American Abigail Litle, the 14-year-old daughter of a Baptist minister, was killed by a Palestinian homicide bomber while riding a bus in Haifa, Israel, on March 5, 2003. Saddam Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of terrorists who killed at least 223 people, including 11 other Americans.
49
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
resided in Baghdad, still under Saddam
Hussein's protection.x
* Khala Khadr al Salahat, a member of the ANO, surrendered to the First Marine Division in Baghdad on April 18. As the Sunday Times of London reported on August 25, 2002, a Palestinian source said that al Salahat and Nidal had furnished Libyan agents the Semtex bomb that destroyed Pan Am Flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland, on December 21, 1988, killing 259 on board and 11 on the ground. The 189 Americans murdered on the sabotaged Boeing 747 included 35 Syracuse University students who had spent the fall semester in Scotland and were heading home for the holidays.xi
* Before fatally shooting himself in the head with four bullets on August 16, 2002, as straight-faced Baathist officials claimed, Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal (born Sabri al Banna) had lived in Iraq since at least 1999. As the Associated Press's Sameer N. Yacoub reported on August 21, 2002, the Beirut office of the ANO said that he entered Iraq "with the full knowledge and preparations of the Iraqi authorities."xii Nidal's attacks in 20 countries killed 407 people and wounded 788 more, the U.S. State Department calculates. Among other atrocities, an ANO-planted bomb exploded on a TWA airliner as it flew from Israel to Greece on September 8, 1974. The jet was destroyed over the Ionian Sea, killing all 88 people on board.xiii
* Coalition troops have shut down at least three terrorist training camps in Iraq, including a base approximately 15 miles southeast of Baghdad, called Salman Pak.xiv Before the war, numerous Iraqi defectors had said that the camp featured a passenger jet on which terrorists sharpened their air piracy skills.xv
"There have been several confirmed sightings of Islamic fundamentalists from Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and Gulf states being trained in terror tactics at the Iraqi intelligence camp at Salman Pak," said Khidir Hamza, Iraq's former nuclearweapons chief, in sworn testimony before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee on July 31, 2002. "The training involved assassination, explosions, and hijacking."xvi "This camp is specialized in exporting terrorism to the whole world," former Iraqi army captain Sabah Khodada told PBS's Frontline TV program in an October 14, 2001 interview.xvii Khodada, who worked at Salman Pak, said, "Training includes hijacking and kidnapping of airplanes, trains, public buses, and planting explosives in cities . . . how to prepare for suicidal operations." Khodada added, "We saw people getting trained to hijack airplanes. . . . They are even trained how to use utensils for food, like forks and knives provided in the plane." A map of the camp that Khodada drew from memory for Frontline closely matches satellite photos of Salman Pak, further bolstering his credibility.xviii These facts clearly disprove the above-quoted statements by Senator Kennedy and the Los Angeles Times and similar claims made by others. The Bush administration could advance American interests by busing a few dozen foreign correspondents and their camera crews from the bar of Baghdad's Palestine Hotel to Salman Pak for a guided tour. Network news footage of that might open a few eyes.
Saddam Hussein's al Qaeda Connections
As for Hussein's supposedly imaginary ties to al Qaeda, consider these disturbing facts:
* The Philippine government expelled Hisham al Hussein, the second secretary at Iraq's Manila embassy, on February 13, 2003. Cell phone records indicate that the Iraqi diplomat had spoken with Abu Madja and Hamsiraji Sali, leaders of Abu Sayyaf, just before and just after their al Qaeda-allied Islamic militant group conducted an attack in Zamboanga City. Abu Sayyaf's nail-filled bomb exploded on October 2, 2002, injuring 23 individuals and killing two Filipinos and U.S. Special Forces Sergeant First Class Mark Wayne Jackson, age 40. As Dan Murphy wrote in the Christian Science Monitor last February 26, those phone records bolster Sali's claim in a November 2002 TV interview that the Iraqi diplomat had offered these Muslim extremists Baghdad's help with joint missions.xix
* The Weekly Standard's intrepid reporter Stephen F. Hayes noted in the magazine's July 11, 2003, issue that the official Babylon Daily Political Newspaper published Iraqi diplomat Hisham al Hussein was expelled from the Philippines last February after cellphone records showed he was in contact with leaders of Abu Sayyaf, an al Qaeda-allied terrorist group. An October 2002 Abu Sayyaf bomb injured 23 and killed three, including U.S. soldier Mark Wayne Jackson.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
50 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by Hussein's eldest son, Uday, had revealed a terrorist connection in what it called a "List of Honor" published a few months earlier.xx The paper's November 14, 2002, edition gave the names and titles of 600 leading Iraqis and included the following passage: "Abid Al-Karim Muhamed Aswod, intelligence offi- cer responsible for the coordination of activities with the Osama bin Laden group at the Iraqi embassy in Pakistan." That name, Hayes wrote, "matches that of Iraq's then-ambassador to Islamabad."
Carter-appointed federal appeals judge Gilbert S. Merritt discovered this document in Baghdad while helping rebuild Iraq's legal system. He wrote in the June 25 issue of the Tennessean that two of his Iraqi colleagues remember secret police agents removing that embarrassing edition from newsstands and con- fiscating copies of it from private homes.xxi The paper was not published for the next 10 days. Judge Merritt theorized that the "impulsive and somewhat unbalanced" Uday may have showcased these dedicated Baathists to "make them more loyal and supportive of the regime" as war loomed.
* Abu Musab al Zarqawi, formerly the director of an al Qaeda training base in Afghanistan, fled to Iraq after being injured as the Taliban fell. He received medical care and convalesced for two months in Baghdad. He then opened an Ansar al Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Amman, Jordan.
* Although Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, ringleader of the February 26, 1993, World Trade Center (WTC) bombing plot, fled the United States on Pakistani papers, he came to America on an Iraqi passport.
* As Richard Miniter, author of this year's bestseller Losing bin Laden, reported on September 25, 2003, on the Tech Central Station webpage, "U.S. forces recently discovered a cache of documents in Tikrit, Saddam's hometown, which shows Iraq gave [al Qaeda member] Mr. [Abdul Rahman] Yasin both a house and a monthly salary." The Indiana-born, Iraqi-reared Yasin had been charged in August 1993 for mixing the chemicals in the bomb that exploded beneath One World Trade Center, killing six and injuring 1,042 individuals.xxii Indicted by federal prosecutors as a conspirator in the WTC bomb plot, Yasin is on the FBI's Most- Wanted Terrorists list.xxiii ABC News confirmed, on July 27, 1994, that Yasin had returned to Baghdad, where he traveled freely and visited his father's home almost daily.xxiv
* Near Iraq's border with Syria last April 25, U.S. troops captured Farouk Hijazi, Hussein's former ambassador to Turkey and suspected liaison between Iraq and al Qaeda. Under interrogation, Stephen Hayes reports, Hijazi "admitted meeting with senior al Qaeda leaders at Saddam's behest in 1994."xxv
* While sifting through the Mukhabarat's bombed ruins last April 26, the Toronto Star's Mitch Potter, the London Daily Telegraph's Inigo Gilmore, and their translator discovered a memo in the intelligence service's accounting department. Dated February 19, 1998, and marked "Top Secret and Urgent," the document said that the agency would pay "all the travel and hotel expenses inside Iraq to gain the knowledge of the message from bin Laden and to convey to his envoy an oral message from us to bin Laden, the Saudi opposition leader, about the future of our relationship with him, and to achieve a direct meeting with him." The memo's three references to bin Laden were obscured crudely with correction fluid.xxvi These facts directly refute the claims of Senator Rockefeller and Secretary Albright mentioned at the top of this article. The ties between Saddam Hussein and al Qaeda are clear and compelling. Saddam Hussein's Ties to the September 11
Conspiracy
Despite the White House's inexplicable insistence to the contrary, tantalizing clues suggest that Saddam Hussein's jaw might not have dropped to the floor when fireballs erupted from the Twin Towers two years ago.
* His Salman Pak terror camp taught terrorists how to hijack passenger jets with cutlery, as noted earlier.
* On January 5, 2000, Ahmad Hikmat Shakir--Terrorist Organizations Given Funds, Shelter, and/or Training by Saddam Hussein Organization Total Total Americans Americans killed wounded killed wounded
Abu Nidal Organization 407 788 10 58
Ansar al-Islam 114 16 1 --
Arab Liberation Front 4 6 -- --
Hamas 224 1,445 17 30
Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK) 44 327 -- 2
Mujahedin-e-Khalq (MEK) 17 43 7 1
Palestine Liberation Front 1 42 1 --
Total 811 2,667 36 91
Sources:
U.S. Department of State, Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism, "1968 - 2003: Total
Persons Killed/Wounded--International and Accepted Incidents." Figures prepared for author
November 17, 2003.
Statistics on Ansar al-Islam:
Jonathan Landay, "Islamic militants kill senior Kurdish general." Knight-Ridder News Service, February 11, 2003.
Catherine Taylor, "Saddam and bin Laden help fanatics, say Kurds." The Times of London, March 28, 2002.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 51
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
an Iraqi VIP facilitator reportedly dispatched from Baghdad's embassy in Malaysia--greeted Khalid al Midhar and Nawaz al Hamzi at Kuala Lampur's airport, where he worked. He then escorted them to a local hotel, where these September 11 hijackers met with 9-11 conspirators Ramzi bin al Shibh and Tawfiz al Atash. Five days later, according to Stephen Hayes, Shakir disappeared. He was arrested in Qatar on September 17, 2001, six days after al Midhar and al Hamzi slammed American Airlines Flight 77 into the Pentagon, killing 216 people. Soon after he was apprehended, authorities discovered documents on Shakir's person and in his apartment connecting him to the 1993 WTC bomb plot and "Operation Bojinka," al Qaeda's 1995 plan to blow up 12 jets simultaneously over the Pacific.xxvii
* Although the Bush administration has
expressed doubts, the Czech government stands by its claim that September 11 leader Mohamed Atta met in Prague in April 2001 with Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim al Ani, an Iraqi diplomat/intelligence agent. In a February 24 letter to James Beasley Jr., a Philadelphia lawyer who represents the families of two Twin Towers casualties, Czech UN Ambassador Hynek Kmonicek embraced an October 26, 2001, statement by Czech Interior Minister Stanislav Gross:
In this moment we can confirm, that during the next stay of Mr. Muhammad [sic] Atta in the Czech Republic, there was the contact with the official of the Iraqi intelligence, Mr. Al Ani, Ahmed Khalin Ibrahim Samir, who was on 22nd April 2001 expelled from the Czech Republic on the basis of activities which were not compatible with the diplomatic status."xxviii Al Ani was expelled two weeks after the suspected meeting with Atta for apparently hostile surveillance of Radio Free Europe's Prague headquarters. That building also happened to house America's anti-Baathist station, Radio Free Iraq. The Czech government continues to claim, in short, that the 9-11 mastermind Atta met with at least one Iraqi intelligence official in the months during which the attacks were orchestrated.
* A Clinton-appointed Manhattan federal judge, Harold Baer, ordered Hussein, his ousted regime, Osama bin Laden, and others to pay $104 million in damages to the families of George Eric Smith and Timothy Soulas (clients of Beasley, the aforementioned attorney), both of whom were killed in the Twin Towers along with 2,750 others. "I conclude that plaintiffs have shown, albeit barely, `by evidence satisfactory to the court' that Iraq provided material support to bin Laden and al Qaeda," Baer ruled. An airtight case? Perhaps not, but the court found that there was sufficient evidence to tie Saddam Hussein to the September 11 attacks and secure a May 7 federal judgment against him.xxix If one takes the time to connect these dots--as is the professional duty of journalists and politicians who address this matter--a clear portrait emerges of Saddam Hussein as a sugar daddy to global terrorists including al Qaeda and even the 9-11 conspirators. As Americans grow increasingly restless about Washington's continuing military presence in Iraq, to say nothing of what people think overseas, the administration ought to paint this picture. So why won't they?
Bush Administration Needs to Educate the World on Hussein and Terror
One Bush administration communications specialist told me that the government is bashful about all of this because these links are difficult to prove. And indeed they are. But prosecuting the informational battle in the War on Terrorism is not like prosecuting a Mafia don, which typically requires rock-solid exhibits such as wiretap intercepts, hidden-camera footage, DNA samples, and the testimony of deep-cover "Mob rats." On the contrary, it is important to emphasize, as strongly as possible, that the United States need not--and in fact should not--hold itself to courtroom standards of evidence except when appearing before domestic or international judges. The administration merely has to demonstrate its claims and refute those of its opponents, not convict Saddam Hussein before a jury of his peers. Moreover, those who argue that Hussein was no terror master do not hold themselves to such lofty standards of proof, as the examples noted earlier demonstrate. The appropriate standard of evidence, then, to be entirely fair to both sides in this controversy, is not that of a trial, but rather that of a hearing on whether a criminal suspect should be indicted. In this respect, the "prosecution" defi-nitely has a prima facie case that Hussein's Iraq indeed was a haven for terrorists until the moment U.S. troops invaded. Terrorist attacks, of course, are meant to be at least as shadowy as Cosa Nostra hit jobs. Although this makes Just 15 miles from Baghdad, Salman Pak served as a Baathist training facility for terrorists. According to numerous defectors, foreign Islamic militants at Salman Pak used an actual jet fuselage to learn how to hijack airliners using knives and forks from their in-flight meals.
52 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Notes
i Madeleine Albright, "How we tackled the wrong tiger." Melbourne Herald Sun, October 21, 2003, page 19.
ii Anne E. Kornblut, "Kennedy to assail Bush over Iraq war." Boston Globe online, October16, 2003, .
iii Greg Miller, "No Proof Connects Iraq to 9/11, Bush says." Los Angeles Times, September 18, 2003, part 1, page 1.
iv CBS 2 homepage, "Gore Takes Aim At Bush: Former Veep Addresses New York Audience." August 7, 2003, .
v Reuters, "Hussein vows cash for martyrs." March 12, 2002. Published in The Australian, March 13, 2002, page 9.
vi The White House, "Saddam Hussein's Support for International Terrorism." .
vii Carol Rosenberg, "Families of slain Palestinians receive checks from Saddam." Knight-Ridder News Service, March 13, 2003. Published in Salt Lake City Tribune, March, 13, 2003. .
viii Facts of Israel.com, "Chronology of Palestinian Homicide Bombings." .
ix U.S. Department of State, Patterns of Global Terrorism. May 21, 2002, .
x Saud Abu Ramadan, "Call for Abbas release, also extradition." United Press International, April 16, 2003.
xi Marie Colvin and Sonya Murad, "Executed." Sunday Times of London, August 25, 2002, page 13. See also: Republican Study Committee, "American Citizens Killed or Injured by Palestinian Terrorists: September 1993 - October 2003." October 17, 2003.
xii Sameer N. Yacoub, "Iraq claims terrorist leader committed suicide." August 21, 2002 Associated Press dispatch published in Portsmouth Herald, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, August 22, 2002, .
xiii Associated Press, "Palestinian officials say Abu Nidal is dead." Posted on USAToday.com, week of August 19, 2002, .
xiv Ravi Nessman, "Marines capture camp suspected as Iraqi training base for terrorists." Associated Press, April 6, 2003, 4:14 p.m. EST. Posted by St. Paul Pioneer Press on April 7, 2003, .
xv Deroy Murdock, "The 9/11 Connection: What Salman Pak Could Reveal." National Review Online, April 3, 2003, .
xvi Khidhir Hamza, "The Iraqi Threat." Statement before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, July 31, 2002, .
xvii PBS online, "Gunning for Saddam: Should Saddam Hussein Be America's Next Target in the War on Terrorism?" November 8, 2001, .
xviii Deroy Murdock, "At Salman Pak: Iraq's Terror Ties." National Review Online, April 7, 2003, .
xix Stephen F. Hayes, "Saddam's al Qaeda Connection: The evidence mounts, but the administration says surprisingly little." The Weekly Standard, September 1, 2003, volume 008, issue 48, .
xx Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection, cont.: More reason to suspect that bin Laden and Saddam may have been in league." The Daily Standard July 11, 2003, .
xxi Gilbert S. Merritt, "Document Links Saddam, bin Laden." The Tennessean, June 25, 2003, .
xxii Richard Miniter, "The Iraq-Al Qaeda Connections." Tech Central Station, September 25, 2003, .
xxiii Federal Bureau of Investigation, profile of Abdul Rahman Yasin on FBI's Most-Wanted Terrorists list, .
xxiv Sheila MacVicar, "`America's Most Wanted' - Fugitive Terrorists." ABC News' "Day One," July 27, 1994.
xxv Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection: Saddam's links to Osama were no secret." The Weekly Standard, May 12, 2003, .
xxvi Inigo Gilmore, "The Proof that Saddam worked with bin Laden." London Daily Telegraph, April 27, 2003, .
xxvii Stephen F. Hayes, "Dick Cheney Was Right: `We don't know' about Saddam and 9/11." The Weekly Standard, October 20, 2003, .
xxviii Hynek Kmonicek, letter to James Beasley Jr., February 24, 2003. In author's possession. A scanned image of the letter is available on the Hudson Institute's website, www.hudson.org.
xxix CBS News, "Court Rules: Al Qaida, Iraq Linked." May 7, 2003, .
---------------------------------------------

After Haiti, Venezuela is wary of US interference
The US response in Haiti has divided Latin Americans over US policy - especially in politically torn Venezuela.
By Mike Ceaser | Correspondent of The Christian Science Monitor
CARACAS, VENEZUELA - Whether Washington is a hero or hangman of democracy in Latin America may be a matter of political perspective.
Haitians watched last week as US agents whisked leftist President Jean-Bertrand Aristide off to the heart of Africa in what Mr. Aristide describes as a kidnapping. In Venezuela, President Hugo Chavez, another leftist who has antagonized Washington, has harshly accused the White House of backing coup-plotters against him. Critical of US action in Haiti, he warned the US on Friday to "get its hands off Venezuela."
The Caribbean Community, or CARICOM, an organization of mostly English-speaking nations, is calling for Aristide's departure to be investigated. More than a dozen Caribbean nations have refused to join any peacekeeping force there.
Washington has reformed from the days when it supported vicious Latin American dictatorships, but it has not embraced democracy unreservedly, says Robert Fatton, a Haitian-American professor of politics at the University of Virginia.
"There have been changes in support for democracy, but they have to be democracies that the US likes," he says.
Haitians and Venezuelans alike are divided over US actions. What Ch?vez and Aristide loyalists may consider American intrusion and coup-mongering is simply support for democracy in the eyes of many of their opponents, who have accused both presidents of ruling authoritatively and violating human rights.

Hundreds of thousands of Venezuelans marched on Saturday to protest the denial of a presidential recall vote. The demonstration was more peaceful than last week's rioting when Ch?vez critics burned tires and blockaded streets.
Protester Anais Viloria, an attorney, says he favors US involvement in Venezuela. "The United States is a guarantor of democracy," he says.
But across town at the National Electoral Council's headquarters, pro-Ch?vez demonstrators waved banners saying "CIA out of Venezuela." Security guard Otilio Bencomo charges the US with plotting to remove Chavez by any means in order to cheaply obtain Venezuela's oil.
"[Washington] wants a government which will kneel down before them, in order to take Venezuela's natural resources," he says.
Ch?vez is trying to derail the effort to hold a recall vote. Opposition organizations turned in 3.4 million signatures last December, but the electoral council ruled last week that only 1.8 million of those were valid - far below the 2.4 million required. Ch?vez opponents charge the government-dominated council with using unfair technicalities. Those whose signatures were ruled doubtful will have an opportunity to confirm their signatures during a "repair period," but the opposition claims the electoral council has set conditions designed to frustrate that goal.
The US has earned Ch?vez's ire by sending hundreds of thousands of dollars to anti-Ch?vez organizations here and by issuing a steady stream of criticisms of Ch?vez policies. On Saturday, President Bush expressed support for the referendum process.
At the same time, Washington's abandonment of Aristide has set a dangerous precedent for other leaders, Mr. Fatton says. "It generates a lot of problems for a government which was elected and becomes unpopular," he says.
In Chile, where dictator Augusto Pinochet's government murdered thou- sands of leftists - and enjoyed US backing during much of his regime - the public attitude toward Washington is moving on, says Guillermo Holzman, a University of Chile professor of politics. Chileans are dubious about the US's democratic values, he says, but for new reasons: the Bush administration's unilateral actions on issues such as the Kyoto Protocol and the war in Iraq.
"It's not clear whether [US actions] are to support democracy or protect its interests," Mr. Holzman says.
Michael Shifter, an analyst with the Inter-American Dialogue in Washington, says the White House has repeatedly fumbled - and damaged its image - in Latin America because the terror war has distracted its attention. "[A problem] reaches a crisis point and then it's too late, and Washington reacts badly," he says.
Carlos Gervasoni, a political science professor at Catholic University in Buenos Aires, says Washington's response to Venezuela's 2002 coup caused it much more damage in Latin America than did its recent actions in Haiti. In Haiti, he argues, the democratic succession was preserved following Aristide's departure. But Washington gave an extremely negative signal two years ago when it welcomed the de facto government that ousted Chavez and dissolved the constitution and parliament.
"Venezuela was the Bush administration's one opportunity to support democracy, and it didn't," he said.
But, Mr. Gervasoni says, by restricting itself to a peacekeeping force in Haiti, Washington avoided another international relations disaster in a region sensitive about its role in history as the US's backyard. "A military intervention would have been rejected in Latin America," he says. "That is Latin America's greatest fear."

* Material from Reuters was used for this report.
------------------------------------------------------

The spread of nuclear know-how
How key nuclear secrets were leaked and copied all over the world.
By Peter Grier | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor
WASHINGTON - In the early 1970s, at a factory in the Dutch town of Almelo, the governments of Britain, West Germany, and the Netherlands were perfecting a secret uranium-enrichment technology: the ultracentrifuge.
The machines were made of precisely crafted tubes of metal that spun at fantastic speeds.
The centrifugal force this spinning created was so great it could physically separate the different isotopes of natural uranium.
Naturally, this technology was housed in a factory that was supposed to be secure.
But in practice the atmosphere at Almelo was relaxed. The centrifuge building housed a snack shop, and workers without full clearance routinely filtered through - including a well-liked Pakistani metallurgist named Abdul Qadeer Khan.
Other workers thought nothing of their repeated sightings of Dr. Khan walking through the centrifuge facility, notebook in hand.
Fast forward to 2004. Khan, who became the father of Pakistan's nuclear-weapons program, has admitted to peddling nuclear know-how for profit - and the secrets of the centrifuges of Almelo have leaked all over the world.
The characteristics of the machines can be as distinctive as fingerprints. Parts and plans related to centrifuges have proved crucial clues linking Iran, Libya, and Pakistan together in a web of nuclear proliferation.
Their dissemination is particularly dangerous because they can solve the most daunting aspect of building nuclear weapons - acquiring the fissile core.
"There is no secret to making a nuclear bomb," says Matthew Bunn, a nuclear expert at Harvard University's John F. Kennedy School of Government. "The hard part is getting the [fissile] material."
Libya has admitted to International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) officials that it first bought centrifuges and centrifuge parts in 1997. This initial batch - enough for at least 220 machines, according to IAEA documents - was similar in design to the first centrifuge model produced by the British-German-Dutch Urenco consortium.
Beginning in 2000, Libya set its sights on a more advanced centrifuge. This design, dubbed "L-2" in IAEA documents, was itself based on a second- generation Urenco centrifuge that uses super strength maraging steel instead of aluminum for rotors. Libya ordered parts for 10,000 L-2s. These components began to arrive in large quantities in December 2002.
Iran, for its part, has some 920 centrifuges of the less-sophisticated aluminum rotor design, according to the IAEA. It declared ownership of these machines to the IAEA last year.
But further investigation - including interviews with ex-Iranian officials - led international inspectors to suspect that Iran knew more than it was saying about advanced steel rotor centrifuges. This January Iranian officials admitted that they had received blueprints from foreign sources for advanced "P-2" machines.
The Iranians said that they decided they weren't capable of making the finely machined rotors out of steel, and instead had tried to make them from carbon composites. This failed. So they did what any backyard inventor frustrated with a balky whiz-bang might do - they threw the whole thing in the garbage.
According to Iran, after June 2003 "all of the [P-2] centrifuge equipment was moved to the Pars Trash Company in Tehran," says the IAEA's recent Iran report.
Centrifuges in the trash? Right.
The IAEA - not to mention the Bush administration - isn't buying this part of the story. They want the Iranians to talk more about what they really have in terms of P-2 equipment.
But Iran continues to insist that its nuclear program is meant only to produce electricity. Squeezing them too hard at this point might be counterproductive, say some experts. They're like someone hauled in by law enforcement for an interview who can leave at any moment, since they haven't officially been charged with a crime.
"We want them to continue cooperating with the police," says Daryl Kimball, executive director of the Arms Control Agency.
The development of gas centrifuges was an attempt to solve a problem which has dogged scientists since the beginning of the atomic age: the tremendous expense and energy involved in refining fissionable material.
The enriched uranium thus produced can be used in nuclear power plants. Urenco began its own work so that Western Europe would not have to depend on the US to supply reactor fuel, for example. But centrifuges can also produce higher enriched uranium. This, or plutonium, is the material necessary for the core of a bomb.
Clues in a technology trail
The presence of centrifuges doesn't establish intent to make weapons. But combined with other clues they can be a powerful indicator of an intention to develop a home-grown arsenal.
"The technology is inherently dual-use," says Corey Hinderstein, a senior analyst at the Institute for Science and International Security (ISIS). Thus Western intelligence agencies were suspicious of Iran as early as 13 years ago. In 1991, Italian intelligence reported that Sharif University in Tehran had ordered a sophisticated ring magnet from the Austrian firm Tribacher, according to an ISIS article.
The magnet in question was suitable for use in the upper bearing of a Urenco-like centrifuge.
Centrifuges work by spinning at a very high speed - close to or surpassing the speed of sound. Uranium gas is pumped inside the spinning cylinders.
The gravitational force is so strong that the heavier molecules of U-238, the most-common isotope in natural uranium, move toward the outside. The lighter, much rarer, and highly fissionable isotope U-235 collects closer to the center.
A stream of gas slightly enriched in U-235 is withdrawn and then fed into the next of a train of centrifuges, and so on until it becomes more than 90 percent pure.
This is simple in theory but highly difficult in practice. The precision necessary to keep intact a rotor moving at more than 100,000 revolutions a minute is at the limits of modern engineering methods.
In fact, the Urenco P-1, the base design for the first machines acquired by Libya and Iran, was never all that great, according to David Albright, head of ISIS and a former international weapons inspector.
Thus the proliferation network which provided them may have been selling off the centrifuge equivalent of bug-ridden version 1.0 software.
"The P-2 - now that worked like a charm," says Mr. Albright, former international weapons inspector.

* Faye Bowers contributed to this report.

-------------------------------------------------

US drives effort to prevent another Pakistani breach
Bush may talk Wednesday about countries that have not signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty.
By Faye Bowers | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor
WASHINGTON - Leakage of nuclear secrets out of Pakistan makes at least one thing clear, US experts say: Today it's more important than ever to plug such proliferation holes.
The steady drip of revelations about Pakistani scientists' activities also may call into question the nature of US relations with a country that is both an ally in the war on terror and a fount of Islamic fundamentalism.
Abdul Qadeer Khan, former head of Pakistan's nuclear program, has expressed sympathy with terror groups known to want nuclear weapons - as have some of Mr. Khan's key military supervisors.
President Bush may address these delicate questions as early as Wednesday. "It is necessary that Pakistan in general, and Khan in particular, provide every shred of information necessary to roll up this network outside of Pakistan," says Matthew Bunn, an expert on nuclear weapons at Harvard University's Kennedy School. "Locking down stockpiles of materials to make bombs is all the more critical if terrorists could have access to a bomb design."
Pakistan's reaction so far causes concern among experts. It's not at all clear, they say, that Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf will turn over information necessary to locate all the links in the chain. Nor is it clear that he will prosecute Pakistani scientists and military or intelligence officials who may have aided Khan's transfers.
The current relationship between Pakistan and the US is slightly curious, these sources say. To this point the US has been oddly restrained about the Pakistani revelations, for one thing.
"Waving the fear of an Islamic fundamentalist state isn't good enough," says David Albright, president of the Institute for Science and International Security. "We cannot risk an attack by a nuclear bomb."
Earlier this week, General Musharraf said the US made him aware of Khan's suspected proliferation activities three years ago, but didn't provide sufficient evidence until last October. That revelation follows Khan's confession that he alone was responsible for transferring technology to Libya, North Korea, and Iran, as well as Musharraf's pardon of Khan.
Still, many questions remain over who else in Pakistan may have been involved with the proliferation ring, and when the US discovered it. For example, in a speech defending the Central Intelligence Agency last Thursday, Director George Tenet said the CIA has known about Khan's activities for some time. In fact, he said he provided testimony to an open session of Congress in February 2003 about the threat posed by "private proliferators," euphemistically referring to Khan.
Mr. Tenet went on to say, "We discovered the extent of Khan's hidden network ... stretching from Pakistan to Europe to the Middle East to Asia.... Our spies penetrated the network through a series of daring operations over several years."
Those kinds of statements are what makes it hard for experts here to believe there won't be much more revealed about this underground network. And it raises the question: If the Bush administration knew about it earlier, why did it wait until October to confront Musharraf?
"Tenet is saying they knew more than what was publicly revealed," says Paul Kerr, a researcher at the Arms Control Association in Washington. "I would be willing to bet more will be revealed. [Khan] had a fairly clever clandestine network built up in this string of suppliers."
Others agree with that assessment about additional disclosures. In fact, many experts believe there had to be more complicity within the Pakistani government.
Those kinds of transfers, they say, could not have taken place without the aid of the powerful military - charged as protectors of Pakistan's nuclear program - and possibly its intelligence service.
These experts also worry about the possible transfer of plans and technology to terror groups. Khan, as well as his former military supervisors, has long been known to sympathize not only with other Muslim nations trying to obtain a nuclear weapon, but also with Islamic groups.
In a 1984 interview with the Pakistani newspaper Nawa-e-Waqt, for example, Khan accused the West of trying to dampen Pakistan's efforts to obtain a nuclear weapon. "All this is part of the crusades which the Christians and Jews had initiated against the Muslims 1,000 years ago," Khan said. He went on to say that the West was afraid that Pakistan might share its technology with Iraq, Libya, and Iran.
Moreover, the military general who oversaw Khan's work, Gen. Mirza Aslam Beg, has publicly sympathized with Al Qaeda leaders. After the US bombed Al Qaeda training camps in Afghanistan in 1998, General Beg spoke to reporters. "By the grace of God," he said, Osama bin Laden escaped the attacks. Beg has denied he knew of any nuclear technology or information transfers. But he also told The New York Times that the government "would not dare" to ask him about it.

------------------------------------------------------
No evidence: Levin's latest accusations against Pentagon blow up in his face


Washington Post debunks more of Levin's allegations.
Yet another congressional "investigation" of the administration's anti-terrorism efforts has blown up in the faces of the accusers.

The Washington Post finds no truth to the allegations, led by Senator Carl Levin (D-Mich.), that Pentagon leaders set up their own unauthorized bureaucracy to collect their own intelligence and shape the rationale for the war effort.

"Congressional Democrats contend that two Pentagon shops -- the Office of Special Plans and the Policy Counterterrorism Evaluation Group -- were established by [Defense Secretary Donald] Rumsfeld, [Under Secretary of Defense for Polich Douglas] Feith and other defense hawks expressly to bypass the CIA and other intelligence agencies," according to the Post. "They argue that the offices supplied the administration with information, most of it discredited by the regular intelligence community, that President Bush, Cheney and others used to exaggerate the Iraqi threat."

"Neither the House nor Senate intelligence committees, for example, which have been investigating prewar intelligence for eight months, have found support for allegations that Pentagon analysts went out and collected their own intelligence, congressional officials from both parties say," the Post reports. "Nor have investigators found that the Pentagon analysis about Iraq significantly shaped the case the administration made for going to war."

Levin is considered the key operator in a scandal over Senate Democrats' use of the intelligence committee for partisan political purposes.

The scandal, which has paralyzed the Senate intelligence oversight process, erupted in a scandal last fall when a memo by the staff of Senator Jay Rockefeller (D-W.V), the top Democrat on the committee, outlined a plan to use the investigative processes to destabilize the Bush administration as it tried to carry out the war on terror.
------------------------------------------------------------------

Democrats Subvert War Intelligence
Posted Dec. 22, 2003
By J. Michael Waller


Mellon, above, is using his position as Democrat staff chief on the Senate intelligence panel to undermine the leadership of Rumsfeld, Feith and Bolton.


It's one of the unsolved political mysteries of 2003: Exactly who drew up the plan for Democrats to abuse the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence (SSCI) as a stealth weapon to undermine and discredit President George W. Bush and the U.S. war effort in Iraq?

The plot, authored by aides to Sen. Jay Rockefeller (D-W.Va.), vice chairman of the committee, has poisoned the working atmosphere of a crucial legislative panel in a time of war, Senate sources say. It centered on duping the panel's Republican chairman, Sen. Pat Roberts of Kansas, into approving probes that in actuality would be fishing expeditions inside the State Department and Pentagon. The authors hoped to dig up and hype "improper or questionable conduct by administration officials." According to a staff memo, the committee then would release the information during the course of the "investigation," with Democrats providing their "additional views" that would, "among other things, castigate the majority [Republicans] for seeking to limit the scope of the inquiry."

In other words, they would manufacture and denounce a cover-up where none existed. The Democrats then would drag the issue through the 2004 presidential campaign by creating an independent commission to investigate, according to the memo.

The plan, made public by Fox News on Nov. 6, went like this: "Prepare to launch an independent investigation when it becomes clear we have exhausted the opportunity to usefully collaborate with the majority. We can pull the trigger on an independent investigation at any time - but we can only do so once. The best time to do so will probably be [in 2004]."

Even before the memo was written, Rockefeller's staff already was off on its own, well outside the traditional bipartisan channels. According to the memo, the "FBI Niger investigation" of reports that Saddam Hussein's regime had tried to buy uranium from West Africa "was done solely at the request of the vice chairman."

The plan wrecked more than two-and-a-half decades of unique bipartisanship on the SSCI, whose job is to oversee the CIA and the rest of the nation's intelligence services. In fact the SSCI, according to the Wall Street Journal after the revelation, was "one of the last redoubts of peaceful coexistence in Congress." But that bipartisanship ended last year when Democrats demanded that the committee staff be split. Instead of reporting directly to the chairman, it now was bifurcated, with Republicans answering to the GOP chairman and Democrats working for the Democratic vice chairman. Roberts didn't like the change, warning at the time that the Democrats wanted to divide the committee into "partisan camps." But the Republicans caved and the staff director of the Democrats, Christopher Mellon, built his own autonomous apparatus.

Insight has pieced together how the Democrats' fishing expedition worked. According to insiders, Mellon, a former Clinton administration official, is part of a network of liberal operatives within the Pentagon and CIA who reportedly are seeking to discredit and politically disable some of the nation's most important architects of the war on terrorism and their efforts to keep weapons of mass destruction from falling into terrorist hands. Mellon already was a SSCI staffer when the Clinton administration tapped him to work as a deputy to the assistant secretary of defense for C3I (command, control, communications and intelligence), where he was responsible for security and information operations. In the C3I office, where he held a civilian rank equivalent to a three-star general, Mellon worked on intelligence-policy issues, or in the words of a former colleague, Cheryl J. Roby, "things like personnel, training and recruiting for intelligence." The office is under the purview of the undersecretary of defense for policy, a post now held by conservative Douglas J. Feith.

Clinton-era personnel reforms allowed officials of his administration to burrow into vital Pentagon posts as careerists, administration officials say, where they have been maneuvering to keep Bush loyalists out of key positions and/or undermine their authority while pushing their own political agendas that run contrary to those of the president. This network, Insight has discovered, extends to the Pentagon's outer reaches such as the National Defense University and far-flung academic and influential policy think tanks, or "CINC tanks," serving the commanders ("CINCs") of the U.S. military theaters around the world [see "Clinton Undead Haunting Pentagon," June 17, 2002].

Senate and Department of Defense (DoD) colleagues say Mellon has a beef against Feith and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, under whom he served briefly until the new Bush administration made its full transition into office. Intelligence sources say he tried to keep conservatives out of key Pentagon posts and to undermine tough antiterrorism policies after 9/11. Back at the SSCI, Mellon's chief targets for criticism have been Feith and his like-minded State Department colleague, Undersecretary of State John Bolton, who holds the nonproliferation portfolio. Both Feith and Bolton are strong supporters of President Bush's advocacy of "regime change" for rogue states and are considered to be among the most faithful advocates in the administration of his personal policy positions.

DoD civilians loyal to the president have complained for more than two years about Mellon, both while he was at the Pentagon and at his new perch in the Senate. Upon his return to the SSCI, bipartisan staff cooperation broke down almost completely. "The parties aren't talking to one another," according to a committee source. After the memo became public, Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist (R-Tenn.) ordered an end to cooperation with the Democrats on the Iraq investigations.

Mellon's public record doesn't indicate any hard-core partisan leanings, showing instead a bipartisanship as a sometime floater on the liberal Republican side. Federal Election Commission records show he donated $1,000 to the George H.W. Bush re-election campaign in 1993 and $1,000 to the Republican National Committee in 1992. In his first tour on the Senate intelligence committee, he served as an appointee of the late liberal Sen. John Chafee (R-R.I.) when George Tenet, a Democrat who now is director of the CIA, was committee staff director. Mellon then took the C3I post at the Pentagon when William Cohen, the liberal Republican senator from Maine, became secretary of defense for Clinton.

So what might have motivated Mellon to become involved in the memo scandal to politicize the intelligence committee against the current president? Mellon did not return Insight calls for comment.

Asked whether Mellon wrote the plan, Rockefeller's spokeswoman Wendy Morigi did not attempt to exonerate the staff director. "The senator has not stated who the author of that memo is," Morigi said, "and I don't think he intends to." She spoke with Rockefeller and then called Insight again to say Sen. Rockefeller would not comment.

In any case Rockefeller, a strong liberal who had enjoyed a reputation of bipartisanship on committee matters, surprised colleagues when he allowed the Democrats on the committee staff

to use the supersecret body as a political weapon. Sources with firsthand knowledge say that Rockefeller broke the committee's bipartisan custom of requesting information from government agencies over the signatures of the chairman, representing the majority party, and the vice chairman, representing the minority.

"Rockefeller sent out his own request for information - the first time a request to the administration for information was not signed by both the chairman and vice chairman of the committee," according to a source involved with the requests. The source says the requests were worded in ways designed to elicit specific answers of a sensitive nature. When the senior Pentagon and State Department officials answered the requests, Democrats on the intelligence committee "leaked it, though some of it was top secret," the source said without citing examples.

When the targeted officials caught on to the game, Senate Democrats led by Sen. Carl Levin (D-Mich.), a scrappy SSCI member, denounced them for failure to provide Democrat senators with information about the war. They publicly acted outraged at what they alleged was a certain deception and demanded even more information, telling the press that top Bush officials were forcing the CIA and other intelligence agencies to skew intelligence analysis to fit a preconceived conclusion.

Some Democrats see through this political warfare and are troubled by it. Keeping the SSCI and its House counterpart nonpartisan, wrote former senator Robert Kerrey (D-Neb.) in the New York Post in the midst of the memo controversy, "is vital for the nation's security because much of what is done to collect, process and disseminate intelligence needed by civilian and military leaders is done under conditions of rigorously regulated secrecy." Kerrey is a former vice chairman of the committee.

"Of all the committees, this is the one single committee that should unquestionably be above partisan politics," said an angry Sen. Zell Miller (D-Ga.). "The information it deals with should never, never be distorted, compromised or politicized in any shape, form or fashion. For it involves the lives of our soldiers and our citizens. Its actions should always be above reproach; its words never politicized."

Rockefeller defended his staff and the outrageous document itself, calling it a "private memo that nobody saw except me and the staff people that wrote it for me." He rebuffed calls from Frist, Miller and others that the staffers responsible be exposed, let alone fired, and instead accused Republicans of stealing the document from his aides' computers. "Mr. Rockefeller refuses to denounce the memo, which he says was unauthorized and written by staffers. If that's the case, at the very least some heads ought to roll," declared the Wall Street Journal in an editorial. Firing Mellon as the staff director for the culprits, the Journal said, would be "a good place to start."

Miller went even further: "I have often said that the process in Washington is so politicized and polarized that it can't even be put aside when we're at war. Never has that been proved more true than the highly partisan and perhaps treasonous memo prepared for the Democrats on the intelligence committee."

The Georgia Democrat measured his words, continuing: "If what has happened here is not treason, it is its first cousin. The ones responsible - be they staff or elected or both - should be dealt with quickly and severely, sending a lesson to all that this kind of action will not be tolerated, ignored or excused."

Chairman Roberts sees a danger to the nation through such politics: "If we give in to the temptation to exploit our good offices for political gain, we cannot expect our intelligence professionals to entrust us with our nation's most sensitive information. You can be sure that foreign intelligence services will stop cooperating with our intelligence agencies the first time they see their secrets appear in our media."

Kerrey, once a shining star among Senate Democrats, wrote, "The production of a memo by an employee of a Democratic member of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence is an example of the destructive side of partisan politics. That it probably emerged as a consequence of an increasingly partisan environment in Washington and may have been provoked by equally destructive Republican acts is neither a comfort nor a defensible rationalization."

Senate Majority Leader Frist called for the culprits to come forward and apologize, angrily announcing he would suspend cooperation on the Iraq investigation. That wasn't enough for Sen. Miller, who demanded, "Heads should roll!"

J. Michael Waller is a senior writer for Insight magazine.



Posted by maximpost at 11:55 PM EST

>> CENTRISTS...


The Vanishing Center
In both political parties, the defense of moderation is no virtue.
Monday, March 15, 2004 12:01 a.m. EST
Both major political parties are increasingly squeezing out moderates, in part because the country is so polarized, and also because each party's primary electorate is becoming smaller and more ideological. Ask John McCain, who was flattened in the 2000 Republican primaries, or Joe Lieberman, whose campaign this year for the Democratic nomination went nowhere.
Interest groups are making it clear they will punish renegade officeholders if they stray too far from party orthodoxy. In primaries in Texas and California this month, liberals flexed their muscle and defeated several Democrats who had shown an ability to work with Republicans. Next month, liberal Sen. Arlen Specter of Pennsylvania, a liberal Republican, will face what appears to be an increasingly formidable primary challenge from Rep. Pat Toomey, who has the support of antitax advocates and social conservatives.
In California, Ted Lempert, a former state assemblyman, lost the Democratic race for a vacant state Senate seat south of San Francisco. The winner, Assemblyman Joe Samilian, had the backing of unions representing prison guards and teachers. Mr. Lempert had expressed skepticism about generous union contracts, and once worked for a group that promoted charter schools.
Ideological enforcers were even more in evidence in Texas, where trial lawyers are furious at the role some Democratic state legislators played in putting Proposition 12, which capped medical malpractice damages, on the ballot last year. The measure won, 51% to 49%, and one member of the Texas Trial Lawyers Association told me his group's members planned to punish any legislator who embraced further tort reform. That effectively means Democrats, because their effort to defeat state Rep. Joe Nixon in a GOP primary failed by a 3-to-1 margin.
But liberals had more success in last week's Democratic primaries. Five Democrats who stood accused of playing footsie with Republican House Speaker Tom Craddick on various issues were either defeated or forced into runoffs. State Rep. Roberto Gutierrez was forced into a runoff for backing tort reform.
The most prominent scalp was that of state Rep. Ron Wilson of Houston, a 26-year-incumbent and chairman of the Ways and Means Committee, who lost outright. Liberals had other grievances against him stemming from his refusal to join fellow Democrats in abandoning the House floor and fleeing to Oklahoma last year in an unsuccessful attempt to block a new GOP congressional gerrymander. Rep. Glenn Lewis, a Fort Worth Democrat who also declined to go to Oklahoma, lost to Marc Veasey, a former aide to U.S. Rep. Martin Frost. Mr. Frost, in turn, is one of the Democrats most vulnerable in November owing to the GOP redistricting plan.
Some of the defeated Democrats were bitter. "I still don't think it was a good idea for Democrats who are in the minority [in the Legislature] to say we reject bipartisanship," Mr. Lewis says. "It's the only way Democrats are going to get anything."
Mr. Wilson, who is black, was even more blunt. "Because I didn't do what the white, liberal, extremist Democratic leaders wanted me to do, they're trying to punish me," he told the Houston Chronicle. "They think they ought to control the minds and hearts of every black in the Democratic Party, and if you don't do what they say, they're going to try to drag you back to the plantation like a runaway slave."
Democratic consultant Marc Campos agrees that minority legislators are held to a tougher standard of party orthodoxy than whites. He notes that former Democratic House Speaker Pete Laney backed George W. Bush for president in 2000. "Nobody punished him, nobody said anything, so it's selective and, in my opinion, it's also racist," Mr. Campos told the Houston Chronicle. "The master wants you to act a certain way, and they particularly want minorities to do it."
Republicans have their own tensions over party orthodoxy. Some moderates describe themselves as a beleaguered minority within their own party. "I don't think conservatives fully appreciate they wouldn't control the House or Senate without moderates from the Northeast," says Rep. Chris Shays of Connecticut. Conservatives say they understand electoral realities and point out that they've backed primary challengers to only two House moderates--Wayne Gilchrest of Maryland and Marge Roukema of New Jersey--both of whom held safe GOP seats. Mr. Gilchrest fended off conservative challengers by 3-to-2 margins in both 2002 and 2004. Ms. Roukema narrowly defeated conservative Scott Garrett in 1998 and 2000 and did not seek re-election in 2002.
Stephen Moore, who heads the free-market Club for Growth, says even in defeat conservative primary challenges can make a difference: "Gilchrest voted for the Bush tax cut last year knowing he'd be called to account for his stand, and Roukema gave up and retired in 2002 and was easily replaced by Scott Garrett."
Rep. Toomey's April 27 challenge to Sen. Specter, a 24-year-incumbent, is more controversial because Al Gore carried Pennsylvania in 2000. Republican backers of Mr. Specter, such as the conservative Sen. Rick Santorum, say that Mr. Toomey would find it difficult to replicate Mr. Specter's support in the vote-rich Philadelphia suburbs. Toomey backers, on the other hand, argue that the liberal voting record of Rep. Joe Hoeffel, the likely Democratic candidate, gives their man a real shot at winning in the fall. "Toomey is no more conservative than Rick Santorum, and Hoeffel is a dyed-in-the-wool liberal who just voted against a bill to protect children in the womb in murder cases like that of Laci Peterson," says one Republican state legislator.
The White House is backing Mr. Specter, following both a tradition of supporting Senate incumbents and in recognition that Mr. Specter, who is in line to chair the Judiciary Committee, has recently provided help on several of President Bush's judicial nominees. But all of that support plus a $9 million bank account hasn't allowed Mr. Specter to put the race away. Recent polls show Mr. Specter hovering at or below the critical 50% support level that denotes an endangered incumbent, and the Club for Growth has run ads highlighting how many times he has voted with John Kerry, who the Club notes was ranked last month in the National Journal's vote index as the most liberal senator.
Mr. Moore says his group seldom enters GOP primaries and then only when the incumbent violates basic Republican tenets. "Low taxes are the central linchpin of conservatism," he says. "It's possible to disagree about abortion, gay rights or the proper level of military spending, but we can't disagree about our one unifying message as conservatives."
Grover Norquist, head of Americans for Tax Reform, concurs. He notes that since President Bush's defeat in 1992, in part because he abandoned his no-new-taxes pledge, the national GOP has seen opposition to higher taxes as an easy way to brand itself with voters. Since 1990 no Republican congressman has voted to increase federal taxes.
As an incumbent, Mr. Specter remains favored to win next month, but he's clearly worried. Having taken heat for opposing President Bush's first tax cut in 2001, he switched and embraced the even more ambitious 2003 tax cut. But his record is still liberal enough to attract the ire of many conservative groups.
With Congress so evenly divided, the pressure on individual officeholders to back their party's prevailing positions on issues has become more intense. With party primaries increasingly featuring low turnout that is dominated by ideological voters--as this year's Democratic presidential contests were--you can expect more primary challenges against dissenters in the future.
The argument against such primary challenges is that moderate voters in general elections don't want candidates who deviate too much from the mainstream. But that calculation doesn't matter as much anymore, as more and more districts are gerrymandered to eliminate competitive elections. Even in competitive seats, if both parties nominate ideologues, voters who are neither conservative nor liberal may not have much choice but to go either right or left, since the middle is fast disappearing.
http://www.opinionjournal.com/diary/?id=110004821
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McCain-Feingold's Revenge
Enter the anti-Bush ads.

By Patrick Basham
Remember the old adage about not wishing too hard for something because you might get it? Today, the adage is relevant to both Republican political strategists and campaign-finance-regulation proponents. For very different reasons, both are incensed over the use of large, unregulated political donations ("soft money") from wealthy liberals to fund anti-Bush advertising and voter-registration campaigns.
Two years ago, Republicans accepted a ban on soft money as part of the most restrictive campaign-finance legislation in a generation. The soft-money spigot, turned wide open by the Clinton White House and the Democratic National Committee, once kept the Democratic party financially competitive with Republicans. Clinton strategist Dick Morris, backed by all that soft money, choreographed the political carpet-bombing, through extensive advertising, of President Clinton's Republican opponents before the 1996 election.
The Republican party, by contrast, received most of its cash from lots of small, individual donations, the only kind permitted under the new regulations. Therefore, the soft-money ban was viewed as clearly advantageous to the Republicans, especially in presidential election seasons. That made it easy for the Bush White House to abandon principle and sign the campaign-finance legislation.
In the past, campaign-finance restrictions have generated unintended and unanticipated consequences. And the latest regulatory round is no exception to this rule.
So now, Bush's enormous financial advantage over his presumed Democratic challenger, Sen. John Kerry, during the crucial pre-convention period may be eroded by the tens of millions of dollars anti-Bush groups are starting to spend on ads airing in the most politically competitive states. Hence, the Bush reelection campaign's appeal to the Federal Election Commission to rein in the president's well-funded critics.
Proponents of campaign-finance regulations, led by Sen. John McCain (R., Ariz.), had promised that we'd see less costly, less-negative campaigns better managed by the two major parties. The restrictions on free speech pushed by McCain et al were intended to reduce the power of independent political groups and special interests and return it to the candidates and their parties.
However, now that McCain-style campaign-finance regulation is a reality, the millions that may be spent on unregulated anti-Bush advertising illustrates what the campaign-finance cure-all has in fact produced. The parties and the presidential candidates have lost control of their own campaigns as a result of the soft-money ban.
Who's in the driver's seat? Special-interest groups, corporations, and labor unions who have retained previously donated soft-money funds. Prior soft-money contributions from wealthy individuals are flowing to independent campaign organizations instead of their previous destination, the national parties.
These "527 committees," named after a section of the IRS code, are exempted from the new campaign-finance regulations, most importantly the soft-money ban.
Ironically, the channeling of donations and advertising through non-party organizations will increase the number of these groups and the proliferation of non-party micro-campaigns. A large number of these campaigns will perform a series of one-off advertising attacks in specific races. These hit-and-run operations will all occur completely outside the control, but not the purview, of individual campaigns and the national parties.
The unintended and unforeseen consequences of the latest constraints on political speech serve only to further the journey of American political campaigning down a path seemingly anathema to the stated desires of the leading campaign-finance regulators. Perhaps it is time to stop looking to regulations to save our political system?
-- Patrick Basham, senior fellow in the Center for Representative Democracy at the Cato Institute, is the author of "This Is Reform? Predicting the Impact of the New Campaign Financing Regulations."

http://www.nationalreview.com/comment/basham200403150905.asp
-------------------------------------------------------------------

Balancing the Budget Within 10 Years: A Menu of Options
by Brian M. Riedl
Backgrounder #1726

February 13, 2004 | |
President George W. Bush's fiscal year (FY) 2005 budget proposes cutting the budget deficit in half over five years. Yet lawmakers are under intense pressure to enact a budget resolution that balances the budget within the 2005-2014 period. This paper provides a menu of spending targets to accomplish that objective.
The Model
Before assessing the spending requirements of a balanced budget, it is necessary to calculate a revenue projection. Revenues are projected by beginning with the January 2004 Congressional Budget Office (CBO) baseline and then incorporating President Bush's FY 2005-2014 tax proposals, such as making the 2001 and 2003 tax cuts permanent, reforming the alternative minimum tax, and creating tax-free savings accounts.1
Two different revenue projections emerge:
The first is based on revenues using a dynamic score of the President's tax cuts. Dynamic scoring acknowledges that tax relief strengthens incentives to work, save, and invest, and that the resulting economic growth and tax revenues offset a portion of the original revenue loss.
The second is based on revenues using a static score of the President's tax cuts. Static scoring assumes that tax policy does not affect economic behavior or growth. While very few economists would agree with static assumptions, lawmakers require the CBO to use them when projecting future tax revenues. (See the Appendix for spending and tax calculations.)
Using the CBO 2004 baseline estimate of $896 billion in discretionary outlays and $1,242 billion in mandatory outlays, it is possible to calculate the effects of various annual spending growth rates--both discretionary and mandatory.2 Table 1 shows which rates of discretionary spending and mandatory spending would combine to balance the budget under dynamic scoring. Table 2 shows the results for balancing the budget under static scoring.
Results
Table 1 details the spending patterns that can balance the budget by 2014, assuming that tax revenues are scored dynamically. For example, a budget that expands discretionary spending by 3 percent annually and mandatory spending by 4 percent annually would achieve balance by 2014. Two observations are immediately evident:
Most scenarios to balance the budget by 2014 require annual spending growth of approximately 4 percent or less.
The CBO baseline shows mandatory spending growing by 6 percent annually over the next decade. Yet Table 1 shows no scenario to balance the budget by 2014 with 6 percent annual mandatory spending growth. This confirms that any plan to balance the budget must reform runaway entitlements, such as the 2003 Medicare drug bill and the 2002 farm bill. Furthermore, without reform, the growth rate of mandatory spending will accelerate in coming decades.
Lawmakers will likely seek a budget resolution that balances the budget by 2014 even when revenues are scored statically. Table 2 shows the spending options to achieve the objective. Most combinations require mandatory and discretionary spending to grow by 3 percent or less per year.
Difficult Decisions Required
By comparison, discretionary spending has averaged 10 percent annual growth and mandatory spending has averaged 7 percent annual growth over the past five years. (See Charts 1 and 2.)
Bringing spending growth all the way down from these high levels will require difficult decisions. However, recent spending hikes actually translate into more opportunities for savings. The 39 percent increase in discretionary spending since 2001 has left many agencies awash in cash, and they can afford to go for a few years without another major spending increase.
Mandatory spending is now at 11 percent of the gross domestic product ($11,144 per household) for the first time in American history.3 Many of these bloated programs can afford much-needed reforms. Lawmakers can begin to move toward a balanced budget by settling on a lean spending course and then reforming the budget process to lock in those spending ceilings.
--Brian M. Riedl is Grover M. Hermann Fellow in Federal Budgetary Affairs in the Thomas A. Roe Institute for Economic Policy Studies at The Heritage Foundation.
1. Reform of the alternative minimum tax is projected through 2014, even though the President's budget proposal includes an estimate of revenue only through 2006.
2. Net interest costs are also incorporated into the model. Rather than consciously selected by lawmakers, these spending levels are a residual based on the effects of each policy. See Appendix for net interest cost estimates.
3. See Brian M. Riedl, "$20,000 per Household: The Highest Level of Federal Spending Since World War II," Heritage Foundation Backgrounder No. 1710, December 3, 2003, at www.heritage.org/Research/Budget/BG1710.cfm.
? 1995 - 2004 The Heritage Foundation
All Rights Reserved.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IRS Error Rate Still High


Written By: Daniel J. Pilla
Published In: Budget & Tax News
Publication Date: March 1, 2004
Publisher: The Heartland Institute
The January 2004 report of the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration [TIGTA] confirms the IRS's error rate for advice it gives at its hundreds of walk-in Taxpayer Assistance Centers (TACs) remains unacceptably high.
The report reveals the IRS provided "flatly incorrect answers 20 percent of the time." In another 15 percent of the cases, the IRS provided a "correct" answer without first obtaining the background information necessary to provide a correct answer--a serious oversight when providing tax advice.
Know Your Facts and Rules?
A father might ask, for example, whether it's legal to claim his child as a dependent on his tax return. One might simply answer yes and be correct, but only in a very broad sense. Without knowing all the facts about that child, it is very possible the correct answer for that particular father is no. For example, in a situation where the parents are divorced and legal custody of the child rests with the mother, it is not allowable for the father to claim the child as a dependent unless the mother signs a written waiver granting the exemption to the father.
The problem here is that most citizens just don't know all the rules. Consequently, citizens don't know what information to provide to the IRS as background for their question, and they have no way to ascertain whether the IRS asked sufficient questions to obtain the necessary facts.
When this kind of incomplete advice is factored in, the total inaccuracy rate rises to a troubling 35 percent.
Do Your Own Research?
One equally troubling aspect of the report indicates that in about 3 percent of the cases, IRS employees essentially told Treasury investigators to "do their own research." Rather than helping to find the correct answer to the question, the IRS simply referred investigators to publications to find the answers for themselves. Considering the often convoluted and technical nature of IRS publications, this is not only unreasonable ... it's a violation of the directives under which TAC employees are supposed to operate. Their job, after all, is to answer the questions posed by confused taxpayers, not send them off on a quest for answers potentially buried in thousands of pages of publications.
It is important to note the questions asked by Treasury investigators were not esoteric tax law inquiries. All the questions pointed at narrow, relatively simple areas of law that TAC employees are trained in and expected to know. Given this, it is reasonable to expect and demand that TAC employees get it right--period. TAC employees are not being trained adequately.
This brings up another disturbing aspect of the investigation. When TAC employees are asked a question that is outside the scope of their training, they are required by operating guidelines to refer the questions to other, more qualified, IRS personnel. However, in 31 percent of the cases, TAC employees answered questions outside the scope of their training, in violation of the regulations. So at a time when TAC employees cannot provide error-free answers to questions in areas they are trained in, they are taking stabs at answering questions in areas they are not trained in. We can only guess what the error rate is for those answers.
Will the Problem Get Worse?
The National Taxpayer Advocate's (NTA) 2003 Annual Report to Congress, released in January 2004, suggests we can expect this problem to get worse. The Taxpayer Advocate reports the IRS is "reducing the resources dedicated to providing taxpayer assistance, while at the same time, beefing up its enforcement arsenal." The result, according to the NTA, is "a declining trend in providing services" to those in need and an "increase in taxpayer burden."
Why can't the IRS get it right, even in relatively simple areas of the law? The answer is provided by former Commissioner Charles O. Rossotti, in a statement addressing the reason for the error rate in the IRS's telephone assistance function.
Said Rossotti, "Fundamentally, we are attempting the impossible. We are expecting employees and our managers to be trained in areas that are far too broad to ever succeed, and our manuals and training courses are, therefore, unmanageable in scope and complexity."
Daniel J. Pilla is a nationally known tax litigation specialist and executive director of the Tax Freedom Institute. He has written eleven books on taxpayers' rights issues and IRS defense strategies.



For more information ...

Visit Dan Pilla's Web site at http://www.taxhelponline.com.

Posted by maximpost at 10:50 PM EST
Permalink

Europol et Interpol ?voquent une op?ration majeure d'Al-Qaida
LE MONDE | 12.03.04 | 12h39
Les autorit?s espagnoles privil?gient la responsabilit? de l'ETA. Mais Interpol et Europol tendent ? attribuer les attentats de Madrid aux r?seaux terroristes issus d'Al-Qaida. Depuis plusieurs mois, une action frappant l'Europe ?tait envisag?e
Les attentats de Madrid ont suscit? une ?vidente confusion dans les rangs des sp?cialistes de la lutte et de l'analyse antiterroristes. Certains ont imm?diatement embray? sur la th?se des autorit?s espagnoles. Ils estiment que l'?volution r?cente de l'ETA, avec l'entr?e en sc?ne d'une jeune g?n?ration d'activistes form?s ? la gu?rilla urbaine et peu politis?s, exil?s pour la plupart en France o? leur nombre est estim?, sans grande pr?cision, ? "quelques centaines" selon une source madril?ne, rendait plausible l'hypoth?se d'attentats comme ceux commis jeudi 11 mars.
Richard Evans, un sp?cialiste britannique, estime, par exemple, que l'action de Madrid est "dans les cordes" de l'organisation s?paratiste basque et que, malgr? la pression des autorit?s polici?res, des cellules d'ETA restaient capables de monter une attaque de grande ampleur. Il avance pour preuve les r?cents mouvements d'importantes quantit?s d'explosifs qu'auraient organis?s des terroristes basques. Une ETA radicalis?e se pr?parait, rappelle-t-il, ? agir de mani?re spectaculaire avant les ?lections du 14 mars.
Cette analyse est en contradiction avec l'avis d'autres sp?cialistes, selon lesquels l'organisation basque est trop affaiblie pour d?velopper un sc?nario aussi complexe que celui de jeudi matin.
Dans un deuxi?me temps, d'autres sources, am?ricaines notamment, affirment que la m?thode utilis?e ? Madrid s'apparente aussi bien aux techniques du terrorisme islamiste radical qu'? celles de l'ETA, qui s'en ?tait d?j? pris ? des trains et des touristes. Richard Noble, le patron (am?ricain) d'Interpol, semble, notamment, avoir fait sienne cette th?se.
R?SULTATS D'EXPERTISES
Jurgen Storbeck, le patron d'Europol, l'office de liaison polici?re de l'Union europ?enne, a ?t?, d?s jeudi, le premier ? ?mettre quelques doutes ? propos de la piste basque, soulignant que l'analyse du gouvernement espagnol ne pouvait exclure la piste arabe, compte tenu de l'ampleur exceptionnelle de l'attentat dans les gares madril?nes.
Contact? jeudi soir, juste apr?s la revendication d'Al-Qaida parvenue au journal bas? ? Londres Al-Qods Al-Arabi, un autre membre d'Europol ?tait sur la m?me ligne. "Il faudra attendre le r?sultat d'expertises plus pouss?es mais, d?s le d?but, la piste d'Al-Qaida m'a sembl? s'imposer. Ceci dit, la fermet? de certains responsables espagnols ? d?signer l'ETA a pu troubler certaines analyses et doit nous rendre prudents", affirmait ce sp?cialiste de l'organisme europ?en.
Outre le texte de revendication, une s?rie d'?l?ments plaident contre la th?se de l'attentat basque, estime l'Esisc, un centre d'?tudes strat?giques bas? ? Bruxelles. L'ETA pr?vient g?n?ralement les autorit?s avant les explosions, revendique rapidement ses actions, s'en prend presque essentiellement ? des repr?sentants de l'autorit? et/ou ? des lieux symboliques (casernes, b?timents administratifs). Jusqu'ici, l'ETA n'a, par ailleurs, pas pratiqu? le "ciblage multiple", comme celui qui a d?vast? les trains de Madrid.
Cette technique est, en revanche, une sorte de marque de fabrique pour la n?buleuse Al-Qaida, qui l'a utilis?e ? de nombreuses reprises au cours d'actions qui lui ont ?t? attribu?es avec une quasi-certitude : aux Etats-Unis le 11 septembre 2001, bien s?r, mais aussi au Kenya et en Tanzanie (actions contre les ambassades am?ricaines en ao?t 1998), ? Riyad (35 morts dans un triple attentat en mai 2003), ? Casablanca (33 morts dans une s?rie d'attentats en mai 2003) et ? Istanbul (63 morts apr?s deux doubles attentats en novembre), ainsi sans doute qu'en Irak o?, il faut le relever, l'Espagne a, par ailleurs, d?j? ?t? vis?e, avec une embuscade tendue ? plusieurs membres des services sp?ciaux.
"Si la piste d'Al-Qaida se confirme ? Madrid, nous pourrons affirmer que nos diagnostics quant ? l'?tat de la menace en Europe, ? la fin de l'ann?e derni?re, ?taient en partie faux. Mais uniquement parce que nous pensions en fait qu'une action de grande envergure interviendrait plus t?t", affirme ce sp?cialiste d'Europol contact? par Le Monde.

Jean-Pierre Stroobants

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 13.03.04
--------------------------------------------------

AL-QAIDA IN SPANIEN

Osamas neue Kriegserkl?rung

Von Matthias Gebauer
Die m?gliche Verwicklung islamistischer Fanatiker in die Anschl?ge von Madrid d?rfte die spanischen Beh?rden kaum ?berraschen. Seit den Attentaten vom 11. September wissen Terrorfahnder, dass Bin Ladens K?mpfer in Spanien eine wichtige Basis haben. Nun haben sie ihren einstigen R?ckzugsraum zum Ziel verheerender Angriffe erkoren.
DPA
Terrorf?rst Bin Laden: Drohung an Spanien und alle L?nder, die sich am Irak-Krieg beteiligen
Berlin - Video- oder Audiotapes geh?ren seit dem 11. September zur medialen Strategie der Terroristen. Immer wieder melden sie sich mit martialischen Botschaften, nehmen neue Ziele ins Visier. Dabei l?sst sich die Echtheit der B?nder selten wirklich nachpr?fen. Im Oktober vergangenen Jahres lie? ein solches Tape die Beh?rden in Europa und Amerika aufhorchen. Per Tonband meldete sich da ein angeblicher Sprecher der al-Qaida und gab den neuen Kurs der Terroristen aus - eine Generalattacke auf die westliche Welt.
Statt wie in der Vergangenheit fast ausschlie?lich nur der ?berm?chtigen USA Verderben anzuk?ndigen, drohte die Stimme nun auch L?ndern, "die sich an diesem ungerechten Krieg beteiligt haben". Gemeint war der Irak-Krieg, doch um alle Zweifel auszur?umen, nannte der Terror-Prophet auch L?nder wie Spanien oder Australien, die sich aktiv an dem Feldzug des US-Pr?sidenten George W. Bush beteiligt hatten. Die deutschen Geheimdienstler sprachen von einer neuen Qualit?t der Bedrohung.
Heute wirkt die Drohung vom Oktober wie eine Ank?ndigung des blutigen Donnerstags in Madrid. 911 Tage nach dem 11. September 2001 - und damit passend in die teuflische Zahlenlogik der Terroristen - weisen immer mehr Indizien darauf hin, dass die Krieger des Terrorf?rsten Osama Bin Laden mitten in Europa zugeschlagen haben. Der Terror der Gotteskrieger kommt pl?tzlich ganz nah heran an L?nder, in denen sich die Menschen bisher sicher f?hlten.
"Zweites Standbein der Qaida in Europa"
Sp?testen seit die Ermittler am Samstag drei Marokkaner und zwei Inder festnahmen vermutet auch die spanische Regierung islamistische Terroristen hinter den Bombenattacken, die am Donnerstag 200 Menschen in den Tod rissen und 1500 verletzten. Ob und wie die in Madrid festgesetzten M?nner mit den Attentaten zu tun hatten, ist noch offen.
Einer der verhafteten Marokkaner stand offenbar in seinem Heimatland schon l?nger unter Terrorverdacht. Der 30-j?hrige Jamal Zougam war nach Angaben eines Regierungsbeamten in Rabat einer von mehreren tausend Marokkanern, die seit dem Bombenanschlag in Casablanca im Mai vergangenen Jahres unter besonderer Beobachtung der Beh?rden standen.
Bei den Selbstmordanschl?gen auf j?dische Ziele und ein spanisches Restaurant in Casablanca kamen im Mai vergangenen Jahres 45 Menschen ums Leben, unter ihnen zw?lf T?ter. Die Beh?rden machten daf?r eine islamistische Organisation namens Salafia Jihadia verantwortlich, die zum Terrornetzwerk al-Qaida geh?ren soll.
Nach einem Bericht der spanischen Tageszeitung "El Pais" sollen die verhafteten Marokkaner Verbindungen zu "Abu Dahdah" unterhalten haben, dem inhaftierten mutma?lichen F?hrer einer al-Qaida-Zelle in Spanien.
Den Festgenommenen wird vorgeworfen, an der Beschaffung der f?r die Anschl?ge benutzten Mobiltelefone beteiligt gewesen zu sein. Die Verd?chtigen k?nnten also auch nur als gew?hnliche Kriminelle eine Rolle gespielt haben.
EFE / AP
Angeklagter "Abu Dahdah": "Den Kopf abgeschlagen"
Die baskische Untergrundgruppe der Eta war bisher die einzige in Spanien aktive Terror-Organisation, dennoch waren die Umtriebe der al-Qaida in Spanien ?rtlichen Ermittlern bestens bekannt. Seit der Rekonstruktion der Planung des 11. September wissen die Ermittler, dass die al-Qaida neben Deutschland ihr "zweites Standbein" auf der iberischen Halbinsel hatte. So wurden damals die Todesflieger aus Spanien mit P?ssen und Geld versorgt.
Haftbefehl gegen Osama pers?nlich
Nach dem 11. September gingen die spanischen Beh?rden mit aller H?rte gegen Bin Ladens Anh?nger vor und brachten erst im letzten Jahr etliche Qaida-Mitglieder vor Gericht. Das Innenministerium meldete nicht ohne Stolz neue Festnahmen von vermeintlichen Zellen und Einzelpersonen aus dem Umfeld des Terrornetzwerks. M?glich erscheint daher auch, dass die Anschl?ge von Madrid eine Reaktion auf das harte Vorgehen der Justiz - allen voran des umtriebigen Richters Baltazar Garz?n - waren.
Der Ermittlungsrichter mit einer Vorliebe f?r spektakul?re Aktionen hatte sogar f?r Osama Bin Laden h?chstpers?nlich einen Haftbefehl ausgeschrieben und den Gotteskriegern so ?ffentlich den Kampf angesagt. Gegen Bin Laden und rund zehn weitere M?nner l?uft seitdem ein Verfahren wegen Mordes im Zusammenhang mit den Anschl?gen vom 11. September 2001. Daneben will Garzon noch 35 weitere M?nner wegen der Mitgliedschaft in einer islamistisch-terroristischen Vereinigung vor Gericht stellen.
Wie gut sich Spanien als Planungsraum der al-Qaida eignete, zeigen die Ermittlungen nach dem 11. September. Vor den Anschl?gen hatte es unter den Attent?tern zwei wichtige Treffen gegeben, eines davon in Kuala Lumpur, das zweite kurz vor den Attacken in Spanien. Im Sommer 2001 trafen sich der Terror-Pilot Mohammed Atta und sein Logistiker Ramzi Binalshibh in dem spanischen Ferienort Tarragona. Atta, der bereits in den USA die Todesfl?ge vorbereitete, kam per Linienflug aus Miami. Aus Hamburg flog Binalshibh am 9. Juli ein. Mittlerweile wissen die Fahnder aus den Aussagen des inhaftierten Binalshibh, dass bei diesem Treffen "die letzten Details" f?r den t?dlichen 9/11-Plan ausgeheckt wurden.
Als Binalshibh kurz vor dem 11. September seine Flucht nach Pakistan plante, fehlte dem jungen Mann noch ein g?ltiges Reisedokument. Deshalb flog er von Hamburg nach Madrid, wo ihn Glaubensbr?der mit einem gef?lschten Pass f?r seine Reise nach Karatschi ausstatteten. K?rzlich nahm die Polizei in Spanien mehrere Personen fest, die angeblich Binalshibh diesen Pass verschafft haben sollen.
Basis f?r die Todes-Piloten
DPA
Ermittlungsrichter Baltasar Garzon: Unnachgiebiger J?ger der Qaida
Dass sich die Todes-Piloten in Spanien trafen, war kein Zufall. Dort gab es damals ein Netzwerk aktiver Islamisten, das den M?nnern um Atta und Co. dienlich sein konnte. Spuren dieser Art f?hrten schon zuvor immer wieder auf die iberische Halbinsel. Ende des Jahres 2000 beispielsweise wurde in Frankfurt eine Terroristenzelle ausgehoben, die einen Anschlag in Stra?burg plante. Der mutma?liche Anf?hrer, Mohammed Bensakhria alias "Meliani", hatte Kontakte nach Spanien, wo er von Ermittlern schlie?lich auch festgenommen wurde.
Ebenfalls ausgehoben wurde auch eine Gruppe um den geb?rtigen Syrer Imad Eddin Barakat Jarkas, genannt "Abu Dahdah". Bis zu seiner Festnahme im Herbst 2001 galt "Abu Dhadah" als Chef des spanischen Ablegers der Qaida, er soll enge Verbindungen zu Bin Laden pers?nlich gehabt haben. Hauptindizien gegen "Abu Dahdah" sind die Anrufe eines Unbekannten mit dem Namen "Shakar", der vor und nach dem 11. September in Spanien anrief. "Shakar" teilte "Abu Dahdah" im August 2001 mit, er und Komplizen seien beim Flugtraining schon gut vorangekommen. Nach dem 11. September meldete sich "Shakar" erneut und berichtete, man habe "den Kopf abgeschlagen".
Spektakul?re Kampfansagen der Justiz
Auch die Nachforschungen in Hamburg brachten die Ermittler wieder zu "Abu Dahdah". So fanden sie im Adressbuch des Marokkaners Said Bahaji, der eng mit den Todes-Piloten verbandelt war, die Madrider Telefonnummer "Abu Dahdahs". Auch als sich im Jahr 1999 beinahe alle Beteiligten an dem 9/11-Plot zur Hochzeit von Bahaji in Deutschland trafen, reiste auch "Abu Dahdah" an die Elbe, um an dem Event in der al-Quds-Moschee im Hamburger Stadtteil St. Georg teilzunehmen.
FBI/ AFP/ DPA
Terror-Logistiker Binalshibh: Flucht ?ber Madrid
Auch ein weiterer Verd?chtiger der 9/11-Anschl?ge hatte nach Erkenntnissen der Ermittler Kontakte nach Spanien. Zwar k?nnen die Fahnder dem in Hamburg ans?ssigen Gesch?ftsmann Mamoun Darkazanli strafrechtlich nichts nachweisen, doch sind sie von seiner Verflechtung in dem Umkreise der Piloten ?berzeugt. Darkazanli wiederum spielte bei diversen Geld?berweisungen eine Rolle, die letztlich ?ber mehrere Umwege und L?nder zu den Todes-Piloten flossen. Erst im Herbst letzten Jahres verhaftete die Polizei in diesem Zusammenhang mehrere M?nner in Spanien, die nun angeklagt werden sollen.
Nicht weniger gef?hrlich sind auch islamistische Zellen, die in Spanien operieren. So nahm die Polizei im Jahr 2002 den Anf?hrer einer Zelle fest, die mehr als 30 Mitglieder hatte. Anf?hrer Abdullah Khataya soll laut Ermittlungen islamistische K?mpfer, die von Bosnien nach Afghanistan oder Tschetschenien zogen, in konspirativ gemieteten Wohnungen aufgenommen haben. Zudem verschaffte er den Reisegruppen in Sachen Heiliger Krieg die Reisekasse und gef?lschte Dokumente und bereitete sie auf die neuen Aufgaben in den verschiedenen Kampfzonen vor. Immer wieder h?ren die Ermittler solche Geschichten, die Spanien als Durchreiseland f?r die globalisierten Bin Laden-Krieger ausweisen.
Fast jede Woche Festnahmen
Fast jede Woche melden die Beh?rden neue Festnahmen und Sprengstofffunde - ein deutliches Zeichen sowohl f?r die Aktivit?ten der al-Qaida als auch der spanischen Beh?rden. Meist sind die Festgenommenen nur Kuriere oder Mittelsm?nner der Zellen, doch allein die Anzahl l?sst auf ein dichtes Netz von Sympathisanten in Spanien schlie?en. Ermittler vermuten zudem, dass die in Nordafrika aktiven Salafisten immer h?ufiger Mitglieder nach Spanien schleusen, um dort aktiv zu werden. Die Festnahme der Marokkaner nach den Anschl?gen in Madrid k?nnte in dieses Bild passen.
Neben den beiden deutschen Verfahren gegen mutma?liche Helfer der Qaida bei den Pl?nen f?r den 11. September ist Spanien das einzige Land, das den Kampf gegen den Terror in die Gerichtss?le gebracht hat. Indes ist kaum anzunehmen, dass die Verd?chtigen wie in Hamburg am Ende als freie M?nner aus den Verfahren hervor gehen. Vor dem Hintergrund dieses harten Vorgehens gegen Bin Ladens Anh?nger und der US-freundlichen Haltung von Premier Aznar im Irak-Konflikt halten es Sicherheitsexperten f?r plausibel, dass Qaida-Terroristen ihren einst so angenehmen Ruheraum Spanien nun zum Ziel ihrer t?dlichen Attacken erkoren haben. Der Anschlag in Madrid k?nnte daf?r der blutige Startschuss gewesen sein.

Posted by maximpost at 12:35 PM EST
Permalink
Sunday, 14 March 2004



From Salem to Pakistan, an atomic smuggler's plot
By Farah Stockman and
Victoria Burnett, Globe Staff and Globe Correspondent, 3/14/2004
SALEM -- It looked like any other package when a mail truck carried it away from the four-story office park at 35 Congress St., along with packages from other businesses near Pickering Wharf, like the Palmer's Cove Yacht Club and the Harbor Sweets candy store.
But the contents of this particular parcel, mailed in September 2003, were so alarming that US special agents secretly tracked its journey from Salem to an office in Secaucus, N.J., on to a warehouse in South Africa, then to an air cargo shed in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, and to its final destination: a military supplier in Islamabad, Pakistan.
Inside the box were 66 high-speed electrical switches called triggered spark gaps, each the shape of a spool of thread and the size of a soda can. In small numbers, they are used in hospitals to break up kidney stones. In large numbers, they can detonate a nuclear weapon.
The story of how a box at the North Shore office of PerkinElmer Inc., one of about a dozen firms in the world that produce the switches, ended up in the hands of a supplier for the Pakistani army, provides a rare glimpse into the underworld of nuclear smuggling.
In many respects, it is a victory in the in-the-trenches battle to prevent terrorists from obtaining nuclear weapons. Tipped off by suspicious PerkinElmer employees and an anonymous source abroad, US officials arranged for the box's dangerous contents to be disabled before it was shipped, tracked the package, and arrested the alleged nuclear supplier, Israeli businessman Asher Karni.
Karni was arrested on Jan. 1 in Colorado as he flew into the United States for a ski vacation. He was charged in federal court in Washington, D.C., with violating US export laws.
But the case is also a disturbing reminder of how rare it is for a nuclear smuggler to be prosecuted. Karni seems to be the only person facing trial for selling nuclear components to a middleman in Pakistan, which is at the center of a massive international investigation into dozens of companies involved in nuclear black-market trading.
Selling dual-use technology like the switches to certain foreign companies is still legal, but it can be hard to keep the technology from falling into the wrong hands once it goes overseas, according to Ivan Oelrich of the Federation of American Scientists, a nonprofit research group that tracks arms-control issues.
Manufacturers are required by law to scrutinize their customers, flag suspicious orders, and keep track of an ever-growing list of blacklisted companies. Despite heavy fines for noncompliance, security specialists acknowledge that companies cannot catch every problem order.
"You try to catch enough of it so that you deter people," said Gary Milhollin, director of the Wisconsin Project on Nuclear Arms Control, who said two or three people each year are caught trying to smuggle items that can be used for nuclear weapons. "It's like street crime. . . . It's just a continuing battle."
Another problem is that nuclear export controls are essentially gentleman's agreements that lack the legal force of treaties and do not reach several countries that are nuclear suppliers, said David Albright, a former weapons inspector at the Institute for Science and International Security in Washington. "It's a huge problem and not much is being done," he said. "When it comes to giving penalties, they are often just very minor."
Into dangerous hands The case of the switches -- a crucial and hard-to-get ingredient for a modern nuclear weapon -- is even more disturbing because they were bound for Pakistan, a hub for nuclear smuggling to rogue nations around the world.
In January, Abdul Qadeer Khan, who helped developed Pakistan's nuclear bomb, confessed to selling nuclear technology to Iran, Libya, and North Korea. That black market will be a key issue for Secretary of State Colin L. Powell when he travels to Pakistan this week. Despite a probe of Khan's activities that uncovered dozens of middlemen and businesses around the world, few have been punished.
Karni, the 50-year-old Israeli salesman who allegedly ordered the switches from Salem, was an expert at circumventing US export controls, US prosecutors say. His South African company, Top-Cape Technology, often served as a middleman for foreign clients who were banned from buying directly from US firms, according to documents filed in his criminal case.
Karni wrote often by e-mail about how to bypass export license requirements, even lamenting the loss of business when restrictions on the sale of sensitive technology to India and Pakistan were loosened in 2001, according to e-mails submitted as exhibits in his case.
"I have not heard from you in a long time," Karni wrote to a man who procures items for India's Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre. "I guess now that the sanctions are off, you are probably going directly to the manufacturer, but I still think there must be many other opportunities [in] which we can book some orders together."
In summer 2003, Karni was contacted by Humayun Khan, a Pakistani businessman who counts the Pakistani military among his clients.
Humayun Khan, who is no known relation to Abdul Qadeer Khan, allegedly asked Karni to provide 200 triggered spark gaps -- enough, specialists say, to detonate three to 10 nuclear bombs.
Karni called companies in Europe, including PerkinElmer's sales agent in France, asking for the items, but was rebuffed, court records said. He wrote back that the sale was not possible because an export license was required.
But Humayun Khan begged him to try again. "I know it is difficult, but that's why we came to know each other," he wrote. "Please help negotiate with any other source."
Eyebrows raised in Salem So Karni approached Zeki Bilmen, of Giza Technologies Inc., a company based in New Jersey that does not face the same purchasing restrictions as a foreign firm. Karni asked Bilmen to buy the switches and ship them to South Africa, where Karni said they were needed at the Baragwanath Hospital in Soweto.
Bilmen agreed, even though specialists say a hospital would need six triggered spark gaps at most. Bilmen's lawyer, Robert Herbst, said Giza deals with thousands of products a year and did not know enough about this one to notice that the order was unusual.
In July 2003, Bilmen placed the order with PerkinElmer Optoelectronics, based in Salem, for 200 triggered spark gaps, model GP-20B, for $447 each.
But the order -- on the magnitude of a military request -- raised eyebrows in Salem, where PerkinElmer employs a specialist to monitor sales and make sure they comply with all regulations.
"It was such a huge quantity. A hospital buys one or two," said Daniel Sutherby, a PerkinElmer spokesman.
PerkinElmer contacted US officials, who told the company they already were tracking Karni's request, following an anonymous tip from South Africa, according to Sutherby.
Under the direction of special agents with the Department of Commerce, PerkinElmer moved to fill the order as though nothing was wrong. But before the first shipment of 66 switches was sent to New Jersey in September, PerkinElmer employees permanently disabled the devices.
US investigators tracked the package across three continents, until it arrived a month later at Khan's office in a run-down commercial complex in Islamabad. For the last leg of the journey, the package was labeled "scientific equipment" and addressed to "AJKMC Lithography Aid Society." No public record could be found in Pakistan of such an organization.
David Poole, a special agent with the US Department of Commerce, told the court he thinks AJKMC Lithography Aid Society is an organization that prints copies of the Koran. In other court documents, US investigators say "AJKMC" are the initials of the "All Jammu and Kashmir Muslim Conference," a Pakistani opposition party that supports extremist fighters in Kashmir, a disputed terroritory between Pakistan and India.
Lack of punishment In a recent interview with the Globe, Humayun Khan said he had no idea why the package had been shipped to his street address or what AJKMC Lithography is. He also denied ever having seen the package and said he knew nothing about it.
He acknowledged that he had dealt with Karni on the attempted purchase of sensors to guide aircraft and wireless communications equipment, but denied buying the switches. He said the flurry of e-mails sent in his name had come from a rogue employee who has since disappeared. Khan said he has been put on a blacklist by the US Commerce Department and is no longer able to import goods from the United States, a restriction he called rash and unfair.
Karni was arrested Jan. 1 when he flew to the United States for a ski vacation with his family, and was released on bail into the supervision of a Maryland rabbi. His lawyer, Alyza Lewin, declined to comment on his case.
Others accused of involvement in underground nuclear sales to Pakistan have avoided harsh penalties.
Even Abdul Qadeer Khan, who confessed to helping three countries pursue a nuclear bomb, has been pardoned by Pakistan's president and allowed to keep the money he made from the deals.
Milhollin said the lack of punishment is outrageous because the wares that nuclear smugglers sell threaten the lives of far more people than the act of an ordinary criminal: "They are basically businessmen. They sit down and calculate their risks. If you raise the chances of conviction, they are going to alter their behavior."
Back at PerkinElmer in Salem, many feel their role in solving the case is just part of the business. "Employees talked about the incident around the water coolers for a day or so," Sutherby said. "But then everyone went back to their daily routines."
Victoria Burnett reported from Islamabad. Ross Kerber of the Globe staff contributed to this report. Farah Stockman can be reached at fstockman@globe.com.

? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

U.S. Widens View of Pakistan Link to Korean Arms
By DAVID E. SANGER

WASHINGTON, March 13 -- A new classified intelligence report presented to the White House last week detailed for the first time the extent to which Pakistan's Khan Research Laboratories provided North Korea with all the equipment and technology it needed to produce uranium-based nuclear weapons, according to American and Asian officials who have been briefed on its conclusions.
The assessment, by the Central Intelligence Agency, confirms the Bush administration's fears about the accelerated nature of North Korea's secret uranium weapons program, which some intelligence officials believe could produce a weapon as early as sometime next year. The assessment is based in part on Pakistan's accounts of its interrogations of Abdul Qadeer Khan, the developer of Pakistan's bomb, who was pardoned by President Pervez Musharraf in January.
The report concluded that North Korea probably received a package very similar to the kind the Khan network sold to Libya for more than $60 million -- including nuclear fuel, centrifuges and one or more warhead designs.
A senior American official described it as "the complete package," from raw uranium hexafluoride to the centrifuges to enrich it into nuclear fuel, all of which could be more easily hidden from weapons inspectors than were North Korea's older facilities to produce plutonium bombs.
In the report, Mr. Khan's transactions with North Korea are traced to the early 1990's, when Benazir Bhutto was the Pakistani prime minister, and the clandestine relationship between the two countries is portrayed as rapidly accelerating between 1998 and 2002. At the time, North Korea was desperate to come up with an alternative way to build a nuclear bomb because its main plutonium facilities were "frozen" under an agreement struck with the Clinton administration in 1994. North Korea abandoned that agreement late in 2002.
But the new assessment leaves two critical issues unresolved as the Bush administration attempts to use a mix of incentives and threats to persuade North Korea to dismantle its nuclear program, so far with little success.
American intelligence agencies still cannot locate the site or sites of any North Korean uranium enrichment facilities, meaning that if the six-party negotiations over the North's nuclear program fail, it would be virtually impossible to try to attack the facilities, which can be hidden in tunnels or inside mountains, undetectable by spy satellites.
American intelligence has also been unable to forecast exactly when the new facilities would be able to produce enough uranium to make a nuclear weapon. It takes several thousand centrifuges to efficiently produce enough uranium to make a nuclear weapon, but North Korea may only be assembling a few hundred a year.
"The best guess is still in the next year or two, but it is a guess," said one senior United States official with access to the new intelligence report. "That does not leave much time to find this thing and shut it down."
China has told the Bush administration that it believes North Korea is much farther away from creating a uranium bomb, and Chinese officials have dismissed the American concerns with references to mistakes made by American intelligence agencies in assessing Iraq's nuclear program and Saddam Hussein's reputed program to produce biological and chemical weapons.
But North Korea is a very different case. It developed its plutonium program in plain view of American satellites; it is believed to already possess two or more nuclear weapons; and it has bragged about its efforts to produce more.
The C.I.A.'s conclusions about North Korea's uranium were presented to senior White House officials, including the national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, in a series of briefings on March 4 and 5. That followed an inconclusive second round of negotiations involving the United States, North Korea, China, Japan, South Korea and Russia that produced agreements to hold more meetings but no commitment by North Korea to dismantle its nuclear program.
It is unclear whether President Bush, who has been deeply involved setting the strategy concerning North Korea but rarely discusses the issue in public, has yet personally received the new assessment.
The assessment is based partly on interviews that Pakistani officials have held with Mr. Khan and his associates from the Khan Research Laboratories. But so far, American officials have had no direct access to the Pakistani scientist, who is regarded as a hero in his country.
"What we are getting is second-hand accounts, which means the Pakistanis may be editing it," said one senior American diplomat.
The United States, in turn, is declining to disclose some details of its new assessment to some of its closest allies, including Japan, which has asked Pakistan to give it a separate set of briefings about Mr. Khan's confession.
The unusual American reluctance to share its full intelligence findings has led several senior Asian officials, in interviews in recent weeks, to speculate that the assessment is particularly sensitive because the lengthy timeline of transfers it describes inevitably leads to the conclusion that the Pakistani military was a major partner with Mr. Khan.
The evidence suggests that North Korean scientists worked at the Khan Laboratories in the late 1990's, ostensibly on missile technology, and that several of the critical shipments to Pyongyang, the North Korean capital, took place on Pakistani military cargo planes.
According to two officials with access to the intelligence at the time, American spy satellites repeatedly took photographs of Pakistani cargo planes on the tarmac at an airfield in Pyongyang. At the time, many officials believed the cargo planes were picking up parts for North Korean missiles; it was unclear whether they were also unloading material intended for North Korea.
But even then, one of the officials said, "we suspected there was a quid pro quo, and there was a lot of speculation on the nuclear side. But there was no evidence."
The issue is particularly sensitive for Mr. Bush and Mr. Musharraf. Despite the mounting evidence, the White House has decided not to challenge Mr. Musharraf's contention that the Pakistani military was never involved in nuclear transfers to North Korea, and that he was never personally aware of them.
Although Mr. Bush has vowed to pursue and prosecute those who spread nuclear weapons technology, the administration did not criticize Mr. Musharraf when he decided to pardon Mr. Khan, who ran what now appears to be one of the largest nuclear proliferation networks in the past half-century.
Administration officials have conceded that their decision was rooted in pragmatism: Mr. Musharraf's assistance was critical in the search for Osama bin Laden and other leaders of Al Qaeda. Mr. Bush decided, they said, that the search for the Qaeda leader must take priority over pressing Pakistan to hand over Mr. Khan and even over investigating the role of the Pakistani military.
The classified report is largely a history of the Khan Laboratories' dealings with North Korea, a relationship that dates back to the early 1990's. Many of those early dealings concerned importing North Korean missile technology to Pakistan, which needed long-range missiles that could reach virtually all parts of India. That Pakistani goal has now been reached, partly because of North Korea's help.
The report also detailed how Mr. Khan, who was already selling nuclear components to Iran, converted the relationship to that of two-way trade. By the late 1990's, he was sending raw uranium hexafluoride to North Korea directly from the Khan laboratory. North Korea also obtained parts for manufacturing its centrifuges, intelligence officials said, from some of the same factories and middle-men that supplied Libya.



Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company
-------------------------------------------------------

INTRUDERS IN THE HOUSE OF SAUD, PART II
A Nation Unto Himself
By JENNIFER SENIOR

If, in the future, the war on terrorism is fought in the orderly confines of the courtroom and not just in the caves of Tora Bora, then incriminating documents could become the equivalent of smart bombs. Ronald L. Motley, who has made a career of coaxing such documents from the shadows, made this clear in our very first phone conversation, during which he could barely contain his delight. ''Have you heard of Mohammed Fakihi?'' he demanded, in a drawl rich enough to fill a doughnut. ''Investigated by the German police?''

Well, no --.

''That fella had a computer,'' he continued. ''And do you know what I did with that computer?''

He allowed a capacious pause.

''I'll tell you what I did,'' he said. ''I bought it.''

As a trial lawyer, Motley thinks of terrorism not just as a form of war, but as a business -- a depraved, ruthlessly efficient business, whose financiers must be exposed and held accountable for their role in sowing harm. In the case of Sept. 11, Motley, like many in the American intelligence community, concluded that the 19 hijackers would never have been able to carry out their plans without generous Saudi assistance. Nineteen months ago, he filed a civil lawsuit in federal court in Washington charging that a wide variety of parties from the kingdom sponsored the attacks, either directly or indirectly, by making donations to institutions that they knew fostered terrorism. Among the case's 205 defendants are seven Saudi charities, including the largest in the Muslim world; three Saudi financial institutions, including one that is now state-run; dozens of prominent Saudi individuals; and perhaps most audaciously, several members of the royal family, for whom Motley has a rich assortment of epithets. Though Motley is not the only tort lawyer in the United States to have filed an international lawsuit in connection with Sept. 11, his case is by far the largest and most lavishly financed of its kind: he has already spent more than $12 million, most of it his own money or his firm's, investigating the case. The families of 1,667 people who died that day, as well as 1,197 men and women who sustained injuries, have signed on.

With all due respect, I asked Motley, how did he, rather than the F.B.I. or the C.I.A, gain custody of Fakihi's computer?

''Well, think about it this way,'' he said. ''If you had information -- a computer hard drive, a Mullah Omar document or whatever your currency might be -- would you necessarily want to give it to the F.B.I.? Why, you might wind up in Guantanamo Bay. Which is not a pleasant place to be, I understand.''

Nor does it hurt, one imagines, that when it comes to procuring the hard drives of individuals with potentially valuable information, Motley is willing to pay a handsome fee. (Though in this case, the seller, who Motley said was on the lam, charged only $4,000, on the condition that Motley's people also take his car off his hands.)

Motley built a successful legal career by winning quixotic lawsuits -- first against asbestos companies, which made him an extravagantly wealthy man, and then as a central player in the huge, 46-state case against Big Tobacco, at a time when going after cigarette manufacturers was a demonstrable route to bankruptcy. But whatever risks he took in suing multibillion-dollar corporations pale in comparison to this terrorism case. In trying to use domestic courts to redress the problem of global terror, Motley is potentially subverting, or at least opening to redefinition, the very notion of diplomacy. He and his clients are effectively acting as their own nation. This is naturally worrisome to international-relations professionals, who wonder whether profit-seeking trial lawyers have the legitimacy, expertise or proper motivations to be making foreign policy. ''That's why we have a government,'' said Sean D. Murphy, who served as a State Department lawyer from 1987 to 1998. ''It's elected to make some of the hard calls about how to handle foreign countries.''

That may be so. The problem, as Motley sees it, is that sometimes governments are not in the position to make those hard calls, whether it be for political or for commercial reasons. So instead, they make easy ones. They resort to gentle persuasion, and their pleas fall on deaf ears. ''Since 1999,'' Motley said later, ''officials at the highest levels of our government have tried repeatedly to warn the Saudis about terrorism funding. And what did they do? They ignored them.''

He took another dramatic pause.

''Which is why our defendants,'' he concluded, ''ought to be held accountable in an American court.''


Unlike most of the litigation filed in the aftermath of Sept. 11, which involves a fairly traditional body of laws and assumes a predictable pattern (the victims' families suing the airlines suing the insurers), the sweeping antiterrorism case brought by Ron Motley relies on new and evolving legal terrain, and its key defendants live in a Muslim monarchy halfway around the world. The United States also happens to consider this monarchy an ally, no matter how imperfect it may be. While Motley is aiming at other foreign parties, too, and while he is not suing the kingdom of Saudi Arabia itself, he is making a rather provocative statement by going after the kingdom's prominent citizens, banks and even some of its leaders. The State Department, while not formally weighing in against the suit, is watching it warily: the last thing it desires is the transformation of the American legal system into a blunt instrument of foreign policy. Bankrupting terrorism is certainly a national priority, even an urgent one, but hardly the task the diplomatic corps wants to entrust to a man who once, during closing arguments, wore a toy stethoscope in court.

Motley insists, frequently and not always convincingly, that he doesn't mean to make a national nuisance of himself; he is simply trying to address a fundamental injustice. Why, in the context of terrorism, should the needs of the state be privileged above the rights of the victims? Or, put another way, why should the flesh-and-blood targets of terrorist attacks -- the deceased and the bereaved -- take a back seat to the less tangible target, the state?

''Going through the court system and trying to take their money is the only recourse I have,'' explained Deena Burnett, the first client to sign on to Motley's suit. Her husband, Thomas, was on United Airlines Flight 93, which crashed into the empty field in Shanksville, Pa. ''I can't join the military. It would be impractical for me to go abroad. But if I can put a stranglehold on their finances,'' she said, ''it assists our president in the war on terrorism.''

Whether George W. Bush is grateful for her assistance is another matter. As Motley, a generous donor to the Democratic Party, is fond of pointing out, the president's ties to the Saudi kingdom are personal as well as political: his father, George H.W. Bush, was until recently a senior adviser to the Carlyle Group, an investment firm that counted bin Laden family members among its investors until October 2001. James Baker, whom Bush recently sent abroad seeking help to reduce Iraq's debt, is still a senior counselor for the Carlyle Group, and Baker's Houston-based law firm, Baker Botts, is representing the Saudi defense minister in Motley's case.

Yet however committed a Democrat Motley might be, Burnett v. Al Baraka Investment and Development Corporation, as the case is known, could hardly be described as a partisan crusade. Allan Gerson, a Washington lawyer and Motley's co-counsel, worked in the Reagan Justice Department. Private legal actions against terrorist financiers also have the support of a number of prominent Congressional Republicans, who have shown dwindling patience with the Bush administration's gingerly approach to Saudi diplomacy. Senator Arlen Specter, the Pennsylvania Republican, strongly supports Motley's investigation. Charles Grassley, an Iowa Republican and chairman of the Senate Finance Committee, was one of the original proponents of the legislation Motley is relying on for his case. In December, Grassley sent a sternly worded letter to the Treasury Department, demanding to know why the United States was slower than Europe to freeze certain Saudi assets. Last July, Richard Shelby, an Alabama Republican and former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, publicly chastened the administration for classifying 28 pages reportedly about the Saudis from a Congressional report on Sept. 11.

Recently, I asked Shelby if he was nervous that Burnett might complicate life for the president. His answer was blunt. ''If Ron Motley can help unravel the mystery of a lot of terrorist financing,'' he said, ''I don't care who the president of the United States is. Or where the trail leads.''

Assuming the answer is Saudi Arabia, what does that make Motley's case, exactly? A glorified, globalized tort suit? Or an example of a new wartime jurisprudence, one that fights terrorism with lawyers as well as guns and statesmen? The answer, in a sense, is both, and it could be the new way of the world. Those who take a dim view of Motley's work, dismissing it as nothing more than worldwide ambulance chasing, will be startled to learn that it is theoretically possible, in today's borderless society, to follow a screaming siren all the way to Riyadh. ''Telling U.S. courts not to evaluate international tort claims is like King Canute telling the tide not to come in,'' said Harold Hongju Koh, the international law expert and next dean of Yale Law School. ''I'm sorry, but the sun is coming up tomorrow, and it's called globalization.''


Last fall Motley stood at a podium of a hotel conference room in suburban Virginia, addressing a large gathering of families of airline-disaster victims. ''Let's pick on the Saudis for a moment,'' he said, grinning as the C-Span cameras rolled. He's regulation height, with a face that reddens easily and hair that's prone to feathering behind his ears. ''I loooove,'' he continued, ''to pick on the Saudis.''

Motley, 59, is usually a dervish of energy and restless tics. His eyes dart and his fingernails tip-tap; in conversation he regularly interrupts himself. But not here. As soon as he stands before a crowd, armed with a PowerPoint presentation and a linear legal argument, that energy field of mayhem disappears.

''I think,'' he said, ''that we should be very angry with the Saudis.''

In order to justify his latest legal undertaking, Motley must establish that the Arabian Peninsula is the fund-raising capital for merchants of terror. Though the allegation has always drawn adamant denials from the Saudis -- their Washington embassy refuses to comment on Motley's case -- it is not, from the intelligence-community point of view, a particularly controversial point. In the months after Sept. 11, Treasury and National Security officials appeared before Congress, declaring Saudi Arabia the epicenter of terrorism financing. (This, in fact, was the precise phrase used by David Aufhauser, a former general counsel to the Bush Treasury Department who was also chairman of the National Security Council's committee on terrorist financing.) Perhaps the most scathing declaration on the subject appeared in a report from the Council on Foreign Relations, issued 17 months ago: ''It is worth stating clearly and unambiguously what official U.S. government spokespersons have not. For years, individuals and charities based in Saudi Arabia have been the most important source of funds for Al Qaeda, and for years the Saudi officials have turned a blind eye to this problem.''

While Motley suggests that Saudi money occasionally takes a direct path into Al Qaeda's coffers -- generally via wealthy individual donors -- it more frequently takes a circuitous route, either through the clean-and-rinse cycle of quasi-legitimate businesses or, more commonly, through a highly complex web of Muslim charities, which receive a steady stream of alms from both individuals and Saudi banks. Some of the charities named in Motley's suit are already the subjects of federal criminal investigations. But others, like the Muslim World League, are highly esteemed in the Arab world.

''Here's how I would explain to a jury all this legal mumbo jumbo,'' Motley told the crowd in the hotel conference room. The graphic behind him changed to a cartoon of heaving smokestacks and tangled pipes. ''This,'' he said, ''is a terrorist factory. Let's call it Al Qaeda Inc. And those smokestacks are spewing out terror, hatred, jihad, suicide bombers. So who's liable if you've lost a loved one to Al Qaeda Inc.?'' He looked around. ''It's the bank that loaned the money. It's the architect who designed the factory, knowing it was going to be spewing out hatred. It's the suppliers who supplied the factory with ingredients to manufacture terrorist acts. They're all responsible, each and every one.'' He thumped the podium. ''That's the law of the United States.''

Congress has indeed passed several antiterrorism laws over the last dozen years. In 1992, it enacted a law that said terror victims could sue for civil damages; in 1994, it explicitly criminalized providing ''material support'' for terrorist activities, making sure the definition included not just money but also lodging, training, personnel, telecommunications equipment, false documents, safe houses, transportation -- as broad a range of terrorism services as the authors of the bill could identify. In 1996, Congress also made it possible to file civil suits against foreign governments identified by the State Department as sponsors of terrorism.

The problem with these statutes -- particularly those involving ''material support'' -- is that they are vague, largely untested and now being challenged partly on First Amendment grounds. For now, Motley is relying on just a handful of precedents to make his case, hoping they aren't overturned along the way. The most important emerged from the Seventh Circuit in the summer of 2002, when the appeals court refused to dismiss a case against several American-based institutions alleged to have contributed to the Palestinian militant group Hamas; the court declared that the institutions could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for the Hamas killing of an American student, David Boim, in the West Bank, even if the charities had nothing to do with the specific planning of the murder. ''Civil liability for funding a foreign terrorist organization,'' the opinion stated, ''does not offend the First Amendment so long as the plaintiffs are able to prove that the defendants knew about the organization's illegal activity, desired to help that activity succeed and engaged in some act of helping.'' The case, commonly known as Boim, is now in federal court in Chicago.

Of course, with a case involving 205 defendants, many of them armed with the finest legal representation that money can buy, Motley can expect a world's worth of obstacles before Burnett ever gets that far. There will be motions to dismiss, extensions, delays -- all manner of procedural jujitsu that will probably keep the case going for years. Perhaps the biggest procedural obstacle of all is the question of jurisdiction: unlike Boim, Motley's case goes mainly after parties abroad. While collectively they have substantial American assets, it's unclear whether American courts will feel comfortable asserting jurisdiction over them. ''The courts,'' Gerson said, ''have to become involved in dealing with the reality of foreign affairs.''

From behind the podium, Motley told the audience that he was about to run what he said was a surveillance video made in 1997 by the Madrid Qaeda cell. He warned it would be chilling. ''When we intervened with the Spanish prosecution of this case,'' he explained, ''the judge gave it to us.''

For Motley, Burnett is a case not ultimately about foreign policy but about facts, which means that proving his defendants knowingly provided material support to terrorists is his other significant legal challenge. For the last two years, he has bankrolled a worldwide intelligence-gathering operation that makes the discovery process, ordinarily marked by subpoenas and dry depositions, read like a Tom Clancy novel. One process server he hired, he told me, disappeared in Saudi Arabia. Motley himself has received death threats, prompting him to hire a 350-pound former Army sergeant, the same bodyguard who accompanied him during the tobacco years.

Around the globe, Motley has hired 10 foreign ''informants'' -- including a former Taliban official -- whom he insists on referring to by code names (Arnold, the Albanian, the Muslim, Top Source). He has also hired Jean-Charles Brisard, a French intelligence expert, to persuade foreign governments to cooperate with his suit. Brisard is the author of the European best seller ''Forbidden Truth,'' which posited that before Sept. 11 the Bush administration tried to coerce the Taliban into surrendering Osama bin Laden in exchange for a lucrative oil pipeline.

Motley asked his assistant to show the video. The footage at first looked like any tourist video -- a busy Manhattan streetscape, food vendors and people whizzing by, a seemingly reverential shot of the green sign that says Wall Street. Then the camera slowly panned up and down the length of the World Trade Center, while a voice spoke in Arabic. The subtitle translated: ''I'll knock them all down.''


From the very earliest days of his career, Motley showed the kind of passion, cocksureness and hallucinatory sense of possibility that have long made trial lawyers a metabolically distinctive species. He lived on credit cards, spent weeks on the road, drank hard in the evening and jogged long in the morning. He took on projects that seemed like surefire losers, sometimes to the utter disgust of his colleagues. To this day, said his partner, Joe Rice, ''Ron just assumes there'll be money there to pay the bills.''

Yet few who know Motley, including his adversaries, would dispute his talents as a lawyer. He thinks quickly, possesses a gift for making difficult concepts accessible and can quote, almost verbatim, documents and testimony he read months before. In the courtroom, he lurches between ruthlessness and shameless vaudeville but still manages to endear himself to juries, probably because his antics -- like bringing water guns to court -- provide relief from the undertaker-sonorousness of most defense lawyers. Slowness he finds infuriating, especially these days, as he waits for documents from his more leisurely and bureaucracy-prone counterparts in Europe. (''They meet more often than the elders of the Church of the Nazarene,'' Motley complained. ''And probably get less done.'')

But underneath the comedy runs a hard streak of determination. ''With Ron, there's this huge sense of wanting to beat the pants off Goliath,'' said Paul Hanly, a New York lawyer also working on the Burnett case, who in previous years opposed Motley as a defense attorney. ''And then there's this whole populist thing -- that he's up against the Republican-funded, blue-chip, white-shoe Wall Street law firms who wouldn't have hired him as a paralegal when he graduated from law school.''

Motley grew up in North Charleston, S.C. From the time he was tall enough to reach the nozzle, he pumped gas at his father's service station in a mostly black, working-class section of town. He attended the University of South Carolina, had a brief stint as a high-school history teacher, then returned to the university for law school. His ascent after graduation was swift. He had his own name on the law-firm door by 1975. He became the youngest president of the South Carolina Trial Lawyers Association in 1977. During the early 1980's, he formed an archipelago of agreements with law firms around the country, trying asbestos cases by the dozen. Then, in 1993, the Mississippi attorney general, Michael Moore, recruited Motley and a handful of other lawyers to lead an improbable assault against Big Tobacco on behalf of his state. The case ultimately swelled into a gargantuan project involving dozens of plaintiffs' lawyers representing 46 states and five United States territories. Motley's firm represented 25 government entities and, in a remarkable settlement in 1998, secured $246 billion for them over the course of 25 years.

Motley's firm reaped an estimated $2 billion in fees from the tobacco settlement, too, but the money seemed only to fuel an already festering tension between Motley and his partners. As he was gambling on Big Tobacco, they were toiling away on less risky, less glamorous cases, trying to keep the firm solvent. Then Motley started talking about 9/11 litigation, even though he'd never tried a single international case in his life. The partnership, Ness, Motley, Loadholt, Richardson & Poole, dissolved in 2002. Motley and Rice went on to form their own firm, based in Mount Pleasant, S.C.

Motley's fans concede that to know him is to appreciate his pandemonium, but he also has a quieter side. ''He has this reputation for being a brash, successful plaintiffs' lawyer,'' said Marc Kasowitz, who faced Motley in the tobacco years as a lawyer for the Liggett Group. ''But in person, he's very straightforward, actually, and sort of a sensitive guy.'' During the asbestos years, Rice recalled, Motley took breaks from his depositions of witnesses with lung disease to go outside and cry.

Opportunistic and compassionate, bombastic and fragile, undisciplined and focused -- it's a binary personality code that applies to a lot of successful people, and it applies rather vividly to Motley, who for all his bluster still stands with the sloped posture of someone who's both heartsick and disappointed in himself. He is three times divorced, admits he still drinks more than he should and now regrets, in ways he could hardly have imagined, that he saw too little of his two children as they were growing up. When Thomas Burnett's father phoned in the winter of 2001, inquiring about a potential Sept. 11 lawsuit, what drew Motley in were doubtless the same things that always did -- money, publicity, outrage, intellectual sport. But there was something else, too, and that was a terrible sense of identification: his own 28-year-old son, Mark, had died just 10 months before, following experimental surgery for epilepsy. When he met the Burnetts in person three months later, he told them so.

''Understand, it's not like I use it as a marketing tool,'' Motley told me. ''But people who haven't been through it, they don't know what it's like to be in the fog of death.'' He was silent for a second. ''Like I'm told I did my son's eulogy. I'm told I got up that morning, wrote it out and never read from a script. I'm told that it was the most eloquent thing anybody's ever heard. And I don't remember a word I said.''


Twitching his eyes and bouncing his knees, Motley sat in the pillowed corner of a common room at the Pentagon City Ritz-Carlton last October, drowning in his own adrenaline. He was preparing for a hearing in Washington the next day, during which a judge was to entertain motions to dismiss the two highest-profile defendants in his case: Prince Turki al-Faisal, the former head of Saudi intelligence, and Prince Sultan bin Abdel Aziz, the Saudi minister of defense.

''Say,'' he shouted to a colleague. ''Have you gotten that memo on the Prince of Baloney yet?'' Motley was referring to Prince Turki, whom he also once referred to on television as ''Prince Cooked Goose.'' He turned and elaborated. ''Turki gave a speech last night and labeled our charges baloney. So now we have a new name for him.''

Gerson, rabbinical and elegant in a three-piece suit -- Motley was in sweats -- gently admonished him, suggesting that perhaps he ought not call the princes names.

As a trial lawyer, Motley is a generalist. Though clearly important to him, Burnett ultimately amounts to another chapter in a long and varied career. The same cannot be said of Gerson. Thoughtful, arrogant and tangibly intense, he has spent most of his adult life contemplating the relationship between individuals and nations -- first as chief counsel to the American delegation to the United Nations under Jeane Kirkpatrick, then as a lawyer in the Reagan Justice Department working on international affairs. When Gerson discusses Burnett, he talks in sweeping, conceptual terms, not tactical ones. His attitude toward the case borders on the messianic.

Like many specialists in international law, Gerson said he believes that domestic courts have a role to play in holding foreign parties accountable for their misdeeds. He came of age as a doctoral student at Yale under the tutelage of Myers McDougal, the eminence grise of international law, who preached that lawyers had a legitimate role in advancing political objectives. As soon as he entered the private sector, he began to put this philosophy into practice, becoming the first lawyer to file a civil suit against Libya for the bombing of Pan Am Flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland. Shortly after Sept. 11, he had an idea for a similar suit aimed at Saudis. A colleague introduced him to Motley in the spring of 2002, at the private-jet area of Dulles airport, where Motley had diverted his plane in order to meet him. Having already agreed to represent the Burnetts, Motley was digging a tunnel in the same direction. The two men -- a Democratic trial lawyer and a neoconservative Reaganite -- made a verbal agreement that afternoon.

What Gerson sees in Burnett is the perfect opportunity for the judiciary to play a critical role in the war on terror, punishing those enemies of the United States that the executive branch, hamstrung by diplomatic considerations, cannot. ''If we left justice solely to the U.S. government, when it has so many commercial and other interests with countries like Saudi Arabia, what action would be taken?'' he asked. ''We've refused to join the international criminal court. And trying to accuse a foreign country of criminal activity gets us into a terrible diplomatic mess. So why shouldn't they be held responsible in our courts?''

To those accustomed to the genteel rites of diplomacy, the adversarial American court system may seem an unfortunate forum to engage questions of international wrongdoing. In an affidavit in the Burnett case, Charles Freeman, a former ambassador to Saudi Arabia, disparagingly referred to this solution as ''the privatization of foreign policy.'' Gerson prefers to call it the privatization of justice. Absent the judiciary, he argues, victims of terror have no other means of redressing wrongs. ''Freeman's notion, which represents institutionalized State Department dogma, is like the old idea that the Post Office is only something that the U.S government can do -- it's so antiquated it's absurd,'' he said. ''The idea is that the government is obligated only to itself and responsible to no one. Well, that idea has been eroding with the advent of contemporary human rights. This is the great human rights case. It's the right to be free from terrorism.''

American civil courts are not unfamiliar with lawsuits involving international human rights. Since 1980, lawyers have made shrewd use of an obscure 1789 law called the Alien Tort Claims Act, originally intended to combat piracy, which gives American courts ''original jurisdiction of any civil action by an alien for a tort only, committed in violation of the law of nations or a treaty of the United States.'' As a result, American judges have heard from Guatemalan victims of torture, from Haitian dissidents and from survivors of the Bosnian genocide. In the last decade, the same law has also been used in an attempt to hold multinational corporations accountable for malfeasance -- like Unocal, for example, for its alleged use of forced labor to provide security for oil pipelines in Myanmar.

The difference between Alien Tort cases and Burnett, however, can be measured in light years. Alien Tort cases are generally brought by human rights lawyers, working for a pittance, hoping to turn a 215-year-old law into an instrument of justice for citizens around the globe. Burnett is being brought by a plaintiffs' lawyer, toiling for a cut of the proceeds, hoping to use laws recently enacted by a law-and-order Congress to punish those who have brought harm to Americans. One can see how tastelessly opportunistic it might seem from the point of view of the human rights community: plaintiffs' lawyers, swooping in, turning a handsome profit off history's ugliest moments. Yet some human rights experts see real value in Burnett. ''It seems like a righteous case brought by an experienced lawyer,'' said Paul Hoffman, the human rights attorney involved in the Unocal suit. ''And who else has the kind of resources for it? Who else has that kind of cash up front?''

Motley does, of course. Yet there aren't many precedents for spectacular payoffs in cases like this one. Almost none of the plaintiffs who have sued successfully using the Alien Tort Claims Act have been able to collect from the hostile foreign parties they've targeted; generally, they are awarded default judgments when the defense doesn't show up in court. And most of the successful cases using antiterrorism statutes have been directed at countries on the State Department list of terrorism sponsors, like Iran and Cuba, whose American assets, if there are any, are generally frozen. The victories in all these cases are mainly moral rather than financial. In going after wealthy Saudis and Saudi financial institutions with considerable assets in the United States, Motley is part of the first generation of lawyers trying these cases who might actually be able to collect.

Unless, that is, the Bush administration tries to block the suit. As a rule the administration favors a limited role for the judiciary in international cases. Later this month, it will argue before the Supreme Court against the use of the Alien Tort statute for human rights cases, absent a law from Congress explicitly allowing as much. Even with an imprimatur from Congress, the president clearly doesn't like Motley's use of the antiterrorism statutes; back in October 2002, news articles reported ''administration officials'' saying that the government was considering asking the courts to dismiss the suit. Victims' families reacted with the outrage you'd expect. The administration never intervened.

But should the administration consider Motley's suit a threat? David Aufhauser, the former general counsel to the Treasury Department, said he believes that private and government action against terrorism are not mutually exclusive pursuits. ''If brought soberly and with substance, private actions can be of material assistance to the government,'' he said. ''Because I can tell you: the bankers of terror are cowards. They have too much to lose by transparency. Name, reputation, affluence, freedom, status. They're the weak link in the chain of violence. They are not beyond deterrence.''


Jean Charles-Brisard, Motley's chief European investigator, was a bit late to arrive at La Reserve Hotel in Geneva one afternoon last December, but it didn't seem to matter. The witness he was meeting, Carmen bin Laden, wasn't ready to speak with him anyway, because she was still talking to a pair of foreign journalists about ''Inside the Opaque Kingdom,'' her chronicle of tribulations within the bin Laden family. When she finally finished, she walked over to Brisard, magisterially shook his hand and took a seat on a hard maroon couch. She was trim, plump-lipped, imposing and, in her own way, spectacular. Her face was stretched as taut as a volleyball net, and her coat collar was a vivid species of fur. She pulled out a cigarette.

Carmen bin Laden is Osama's Swiss-born sister-in-law. She is currently embroiled in a bitter divorce from his half-brother Yeslam, who is a defendant in Burnett. This makes her, like many of the witnesses in Motley's case, fairly rich in ulterior motives. Her discussion with Brisard did not last long. After just a few minutes, she received a phone call and abruptly left. Brisard turned to me and apologized for her ''bizarre'' behavior. ''She's not a key witness,'' he said. ''She's a contextual witness.''

Over the course of their investigation, Motley's team has learned what the professional intelligence community has long known: the information trade often involves questionable types. Michael Elsner, an associate at Motley Rice who often accompanies Brisard on these trips, told me of once receiving a phone call from a Russian fellow named Igor who said just enough about Islamic banks and charities operating in Chechnya to earn himself an invitation to chat. The man who showed up was bald, rotund and almost permanently attached to a shining silver briefcase. ''He was supposed to get us things,'' Elsner said. Yet he never returned. It's probably just as well. A background check revealed that Igor had a small problem with embezzling.

With his $12 million, Motley has begun an investigation that even most nation-states could not afford. But money alone is not enough to form an ersatz C.I.A. Motley sought out former intelligence agents, journalists and professors, all of whom spent their lives obsessing about Al Qaeda. Some turned out to be shady and unreliable. Yet Motley has had some success. Early on, one of his sources in Afghanistan learned of a Taliban fighter who was selling a computer file that he claimed had belonged to Muhammad Atef, military commander for Al Qaeda until he was killed in November 2001 in Afghanistan. The seller wanted $80,000. Motley wired it to Dubai. Motley's team also discovered a document supposedly signed by Mullah Omar containing a directive to turn over $2 million ''in Saudi Arabia aids'' to a terrorist in central Asia. That got attention in the press.

But Motley also concedes that his team had a hard time separating wheat from chaff when it began its investigation two years ago. Fakihi's computer, which Motley was so pleased to have obtained, for example, ended up adding little to the information he'd already collected. The car that came with it is still sitting somewhere in Europe.

Motley is now focusing on the documents culled by foreign governments, which have already been vetted and, presumably, authenticated. This is where Brisard comes in. Though his book was criticized in the United States, he is nevertheless considered an expert on Al Qaeda's financing stream, particularly its Saudi tributaries, and has written a well-respected report on the subject for the United Nations Security Council. So far Brisard has gotten his hands on two million pages of documents from 35 foreign governments, some of them quite tantalizing: Swiss bank records of Osama bin Laden; Albanian intelligence reports on bin Laden business dealings; information from 34 Bosnian hard drives from the offices of Al Haramain Charitable Foundation, which Brisard said he managed to get instead of the F.B.I. (Why? I asked. ''Because the U.S. promised to give them the technology to recover the deleted files, but didn't,'' Brisard answered. ''And we did.'') Recently, added Motley, an Oregon federal prosecutor investigating Al Haramain called him, wondering whether he could have a look at those files. Motley said he obliged.

One may wonder why these countries would bother cooperating with an American civil lawsuit. Motley has a characteristically blunt explanation. ''Please -- these countries have their own parochial agendas,'' he said. ''Radical Islamic fundamentalism is a huge problem in France. A huge problem in Spain. A terrible problem in Germany. And look at Chechnya! Why do you need to look any further at why Russia's gonna help us? Or look at Jordan. It's a secular kingdom! They're certainly not rah-rah-rah on the Wahhabi movement.''

How this formidable pile of information will be interpreted by the courts -- if Motley's case ever gets that far -- remains to be seen. For the lay person, any foray into the intelligence world is surreal and initially intoxicating; who wouldn't respond to the formation minutes of Al Qaeda, which the team obtained from Bosnia? If genuine, this and many of Motley's documents are certainly of historical relevance, but whether they're of legal relevance, demonstrating that Motley's defendants knew they were providing material support to terrorists, is another question entirely.

''The claim against my client is that it gave money to charities and the money ended up in the hands of terrorists,'' said Christopher Curran, the lawyer for Al Rajhi Bank, one of the banks being sued by Motley. ''But these were government-regulated and government-approved charities that held themselves out as bona fide charitable organizations. When we Americans donate our clothes to Goodwill or our funds to the United Way, do we really know where it's all going? Don't we also rely on government regulation and the representations of the charities themselves?''

Even if Motley compiles enough evidence to prove his defendants knowingly financed terrorism, it may not be enough: the judge must still agree that it is appropriate for an American court to assert jurisdiction over them. In the cases of the Saudi Princes Turki and Sultan, for example, the judge did not. In November the United States District Court in Washington ruled that the allegations against the princes, as Saudi officials, were not enough to surmount sovereign immunity, a powerful privilege that protects states and their officials not just from liability but also from lawsuits themselves.

The ruling didn't affect Motley's banking, charity and nonsovereign defendants, but his team was devastated when it heard the news. ''The judge proceeded as if it were a time of peace,'' Gerson said, ''and it's a time of war.''


For Gerson and Motley, war means interpreting the antiterrorism statutes as aggressively as possible. But even people sympathetic with their efforts think there are limits. Like suing sovereigns. ''Look,'' said Aufhauser, the former Bush administration official, ''you have to be mindful that bringing them into an American court is an invitation for enormous mischief abroad, potentially against former and current U.S. officials . . . like me.''

The United States more or less had to cope with this problem last year, when Iraqi families, using Belgium's ''universal jurisdiction'' law (now amended to give immunity to world leaders), tried to call Colin Powell, former President Bush and Dick Cheney into court for the bombing of a civilian shelter during the gulf war in 1991. Youssef M. Ibrahim, a former New York Times reporter who is now the managing director of Strategic Energy Investment Group, a consulting firm based in Dubai, told me that two lawyers in Saudi Arabia are flirting with the idea of recruiting Iraqi clients to sue Donald Rumsfeld for the use of depleted uranium munitions in Iraq. What if their targets don't stop with Rumsfeld? And what if they also sue Lockheed Martin and Northrop Grumman for making those arms? Or their engineers for designing them?

For those who believe the executive branch should be wholly in charge of foreign policy, Burnett feels like a mockery of international relations, a flagrant end run around the institutions designed to engage the world community. ''If people think we should be tougher on these countries, we have a democratic process to try to bring that about,'' said Murphy, the former State Department official. ''They can vote, they can lobby, they can form networks and lobby even better. But it shouldn't be dictated by the initiatives of just a few victims.''

Particularly, the argument goes, when Saudi Arabia has an incentive to finally address the problem of terrorist financing itself. In May and November 2003, terrorists blew up housing complexes in Riyadh, which reportedly spurred more on-the-ground intelligence cooperation between the United States and Saudi Arabia than ever before. The Treasury Department, charged with tracing terrorism dollars, noted in an announcement in January that it worked jointly with Saudi Arabia to close down four offices of the charity Al Haramain outside the kingdom. Would now be the time to humiliate Saudi Arabia with a lawsuit, just as our objectives are finally starting to align?

''Basically, this is U.S. diplomacy by contingency-fee lawyer,'' said Curran, the defense lawyer. ''No one disputes that all of those responsible for 9/11 should be tracked down and held fully responsible. But in this case, allegations have been made indiscriminately against some of the most prominent and reputable Saudi organizations and citizens -- many of whom are Western-oriented and could play a major role in fostering constructive relations between our two countries. These lawsuits undermine that possibility.''

Meanwhile, the American budget and trade deficits continue to grow. Is now the time to scare away the foreign investors who are pouring money into the American economy and buying Treasury bonds? Less than a year after Sept. 11, The Financial Times reported, Saudi investors had already withdrawn as much as $200 billion from the United States. ''At the end of the day, I believe this president will prevent this lawsuit,'' Ibrahim said. ''There's nothing more cowardly, as you know, than capital.''

Some human rights lawyers, though reasonably convinced of the merits of Motley's case, also balk at the ''material support'' clauses it relies so heavily upon, believing they've been defined too broadly and could therefore unwittingly penalize those who give money to groups they consider politically legitimate. ''When Nelson Mandela came to Yankee Stadium, should all the people who put $10 in the hat be treated as terrorists?'' asked David Cole, a human rights lawyer who is leading an aggressive challenge to these statutes. Cole pointed out that not long before, the United States government had labeled the African National Congress a terrorist organization. ''Are we going to go down the road of guilt by association in the name of fighting terrorism, just as we did in the name of fighting Communism?'' Cole said. ''That's my principal concern.''

Motley would point out that he is not going after $10 donors in his lawsuit, but the gulf states may not view it that way. ''I give to charity personally,'' said Khaled Al-Maeena, editor in chief of The Arab News, an English-language newspaper published in Jidda. ''You can quote me on this. A lot of people supported the Afghan struggle against the Soviet Union. Some of that money may have been siphoned. But that does not mean we are responsible for Sept. 11. Who are these people who are accusing them? They are fat-cat lawyers -- fat-cat lawyers who want to make money.''

Indeed, perhaps the most discomfiting aspect of the Burnett case is the message it sends abroad. The United States already has an international reputation for unquenchable litigiousness. And Motley, often prone to rhetorical excess -- like referring to Prince Turki as Prince Cooked Goose -- hardly seems like the most sensitive champion of private action against foreign defendants. The average Saudi may read about Burnett and feel not deterred but further inflamed: the United States walked away from the Kyoto treaty; it attacked Iraq with only meager international support; it repeatedly flouted the desires of the United Nations. And now, the United States, whose citizens are among the richest and luckiest on Earth, has responded to its misfortune with a trillion-dollar lawsuit aimed at, of all things, some of the most prominent relief organizations in the Middle East.

''A judgment will cause great resentment on the part of the people here,'' Al-Maeena concluded, with a sigh so audible it temporarily muffled our connection across the globe. ''And it will be fuel, I think, for our own extremists.''


In mid-December, the Motley team got some disorienting though not entirely unexpected news. A panel of federal judges ordered the consolidation of all Sept. 11 cases involving foreign defendants into the Southern District of New York. It's for the pretrial phase only, in order to spare the defendants the hassle of showing up in multiple courts for multiple lawsuits, but it nevertheless has its consequences. Motley, who had been following his own rhythms, must now reach a power-sharing agreement with the lawyers representing a dozen or so other cases, and their styles, defendants and theories of liability are not necessarily the same. As it turns out, Motley's first attempt at court-driven diplomacy may not involve his defendants but his new colleagues. And lawyers, of course, get along only slightly better than warring nations. So far, no agreement has been reached.

Because Motley has served the most defendants and is representing the most wrongful death claims, he will doubtless have leverage in this deal. And some of the other lawyers now involved in this case could prove a real asset to Motley's team. Like James Kreindler, for example. Though Gerson was the first to sue Libya in the case of Pan Am 103, it was Kreindler, an airline litigation expert, who ultimately represented most of the families. His faint New York patois and familiarity with the folkways of the Southern District also can't hurt; he seems to have a genuine rapport with the new judge in this case, Richard C. Casey.

But Kreindler has spent only $2million so far on his suit. A good portion of it went toward examining Al Qaeda's ties with Iraq, which now appears to be moot -- even if he could provide proof, the Bush administration has declared Iraq's assets off-limits. Most important, though, Kreindler's approach to his lawsuit is very different from Motley's. ''You have to handle this case in a delicate way,'' he said, ''in a way that doesn't burn bridges with our government.'' He stressed that he's a Democrat. ''But I believe in letting the government go first in their criminal prosecutions, and it takes years for the government to do its work. But when that's done, you have the weight of the government behind you when you make allegations.''

This approach does not harmonize well with Motley's instincts. Patience is not his strong suit. ''Jim is the Job of the trial bar for waiting so long on Pan Am 103,'' he said. ''But my clients don't want to wait. They want the trial last week.''

And yet they may have no choice. The court system, their chosen means of justice, is a fundamentally slow, lumbering thing, and with so many different lawyers and philosophies now thrown in the mix, it seems now to be even slower. Motley's clients, like Motley himself, may have to accept that legal solutions to misfortune, as gratifying and empowering as they seem, still don't give their victims full control.

Still, Motley is proceeding apace, serving defendants and collecting documents from around the globe. And Bush has yet to interfere. Last year, at a Republican fund-raiser in Little Rock, Deena Burnett said she asked the president what he thought of the lawsuit she had initiated. The two were standing side by side, waiting to have their picture taken together. She said that Bush turned and looked at her, just before the flashbulb popped. ''You just keep doing what you're doing,'' he said.

Jennifer Senior is a contributing writer for the magazine. She last wrote about Gov. George E. Pataki.

Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company
-------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 9:51 PM EST
Permalink

Newer | Latest | Older